HDFC BANK LIMITED
Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

     
(Mark One)    
o
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004
 
  OR
 
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
  For the transition period from                                        to                                       

Commission file number 001-15216

HDFC BANK LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

India
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

HDFC Bank House,
Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai- 400 013, India

(Address of principal executive offices)

     Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

     
Title of each class
American Depositary Shares
  Name of each exchange on which registered
The New York Stock Exchange
  Each representing three equity shares, par value Rs. 10 per share
(Title of Class)
   

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
Not Applicable

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
Not Applicable
(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

282,844,438 Equity Shares

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

     
þ  Yes   o  No

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

     
o  Item 17   þ  Item 18

September 28, 2004

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
    Page
    2  
    4  
    5  
    6  
    29  
    38  
    40  
    41  
    42  
    44  
    59  
    80  
    94  
    95  
    98  
Information About India:
       
    105  
    120  
    121  
    123  
    F-1  
 EX-12.1 CERTIFICATION TO RULE 13a-14b
 EX-12.2 CERTIFICATION TO RULE 13a-14b
 EX-13 CERTIFICATION TO SECTION 1350

1


Table of Contents

CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

                 
Form 20-F Item            
Number
  Item Caption
  Location
  Page
Part I
               
 
Item 1
  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors   Not Applicable        
Item 2
  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable   Not Applicable        
 
Item 3
  Key Information   Exchange Rates     4  
      Risk Factors     29  
      Selected Financial and Operating Data     42  
 
Item 4
  Information on the Company   Business     6  
      Selected Statistical Information     44  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis     59  
      Principal Shareholders     94  
      Related Party Transactions     95  
      Supervision and Regulation     105  
 
Item 5
  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects   Management’s Discussion and Analysis     59  
 
Item 6
  Directors, Senior Management and Employees   Business—Employees     27  
      Management     80  
      Principal Shareholders     94  
 
Item 7
  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions   Principal Shareholders     94  
      Related Party Transactions     95  
 
Item 8
  Financial Information   Financial Statements     F-1  
 
Item 9
  The Offer and Listing   Price Range of Our American Depositary Share and Equity Shares     38  
 
Item 10
  Additional Information   Management     80  
      Description of Equity Shares     40  
      Taxation     98  
      Supervision and Regulation     105  
      Exchange Controls     120  
      Restrictions on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities     121  
      Additional Information     123  
 
Item 11
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures   Business—Risk Management     22  
  About Market Risk   Selected Statistical Information     44  
      Notes to Financial Statements     F-7  
 
Item 12
  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities   Not Applicable        
 
Part II
               
 
Item 13
  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies   Not Applicable        

2


Table of Contents

                 
Form 20-F Item            
Number
  Item Caption
  Location
  Page
Item 15
  Controls and Procedures   Management     90  
 
Item 16A
  Audit Committee Financial Expert   Management     90  
 
Item 16B
  Code of Ethics   Management     90  
 
Item 16C
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   Management     91  
 
Part III
               
 
Item 18
  Financial Statements   Financial Statements     F-1  
      Report of Independent Auditors     F-2  
 
Item 19
  Exhibits   Exhibits        

3


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATES

     Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the US dollar will affect the US dollar equivalent of the Indian rupee price of the equity shares on the Indian stock exchanges and, as a result, will affect the market price of the ADSs in the United States. These fluctuations will also affect the conversion into US dollars by the depositary of any cash dividends paid in Indian rupees on the equity shares represented by ADSs.

     Until fiscal 2002, the rupee consistently declined against the dollar since 1980. However, the Indian rupee appreciated in 2004 as against 2003. The rupee’s appreciation has been due to remittances from exporters, non- resident Indians, foreign direct investment and foreign institutional investor inflows, along with the weakening of the US dollar against major currencies.

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between Indian rupees and US dollars based on the noon buying rate in the city of New York for cable transfers of Indian rupees as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York:

                                 
Fiscal Year
  Period End(1)
  Average(1)(2)
  High
  Low
1999
    42.50       42.27       43.60       39.41  
2000
    43.65       43.46       43.75       42.50  
2001
    46.85       45.88       47.47       46.63  
2002
    48.83       47.70       48.91       46.58  
2003
    47.53       48.43       49.07       46.85  
2004
    43.40       45.95       47.46       43.40  

(1)   The noon buying rate at each period end and the average rate for each period differed from the exchange rates used in the preparation of our financial statements.
(2)   Represents the average of the noon buying rate on the last day of each month during the period.

     The following table sets forth the high and low noon buying rate for the Indian rupee for each of the previous ten months.

                                 
Month
  Period End
  Average
  High
  Low
November 2003
    45.82       45.55       45.95       45.30  
December 2003
    45.55       45.57       45.77       45.50  
January 2004
    45.32       45.46       45.68       45.29  
February 2004
    45.32       45.27       45.32       45.22  
March 2004
    43.40       44.97       45.32       43.40  
April 2004
    44.52       43.89       44.52       43.40  
May 2004
    45.42       45.18       45.57       44.55  
June 2004
    45.99       45.50       46.21       44.94  
July 2004
    46.40       46.05       46.45       45.66  
August 2004
    46.35       46.32       46.40       46.21  

     Although we have translated selected Indian rupee amounts in this report into US dollars for convenience, this does not mean that the Indian rupee amounts referred to could have been, or could be, converted into US dollars at any particular rate, the rates stated below, or at all. All translations from Indian rupees to US dollars are based on the noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers in Indian rupees at US$1.00 = Rs. 43.40 on March 31, 2004. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York certifies this rate for customs purposes on each date the rate is given. The noon buying rate on September 13, 2004, was Rs. 46.18 per US$1.00.

4


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     We have included statements in this report which contain words or phrases such as “will,” “aim,” “will likely result,” “believe,” “expect,” “will continue,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “contemplate,” “seek to,” “future,” “objective,” “goal,” “project,” “should,” “will pursue” and similar expressions or variations of these expressions, that are “forward-looking statements.” Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements due to certain risks or uncertainties associated with our expectations with respect to, but not limited to, our ability to successfully implement our strategy, the market acceptance of and demand for various banking services, future levels of non-performing loans, our growth and expansion, the adequacy of our allowance for credit and investment losses, technological changes, volatility in investment income, cash flow projections and our exposure to market and operational risks. By their nature, certain of the market risk disclosures are only estimates and could be materially different from what actually occur in the future. As a result, actual future gains, losses or impact on net interest income could materially differ from those that have been estimated.

     In addition, other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by the forward-looking statements contained in this document include, but are not limited to: general economic and political conditions in India and the other countries which have an impact on our business activities or investments, the monetary and interest rate policies of India, inflation, deflation, unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices or other rates or prices, the performance of the financial markets in India and globally, changes in domestic and foreign laws, regulations and taxes, changes in competition and the pricing environment in India, and regional or general changes in asset valuations. For further discussion on the factors that could cause actual results to differ, see “Risk Factors.”

5


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

     We are a leading private sector bank and financial services company in India. Our goal is to be the preferred provider of financial services to leading corporations and middle and upper-income individuals in India. Since commencing operations in January 1995, we have grown rapidly while maintaining strong asset quality and a low-cost funding structure. Our strategy is to provide a comprehensive range of financial products and services for our customers through multiple distribution channels, with high quality service and superior execution. We have three principal business activities: wholesale banking, retail banking and treasury operations. We are regulated as a banking company by the Reserve Bank of India (or RBI) in accordance with rules and regulations framed by the RBI from time to time.

     While our business has expanded rapidly over the past nine years, we have maintained a disciplined growth strategy and a strong balance sheet. At March 31, 2004, our total customer assets (which consist of loans and credit substitutes) represented 65.2% of our deposits and customer deposits represented 76.9% of our total liabilities. On average, checking accounts and low-interest savings accounts represented 46.9% of these deposits in fiscal 2004. These low-cost deposits, which include the cash float associated with our transactional services, led to a cost of funds excluding equity for fiscal 2004 of 3.6%. At March 31, 2004, our net non-performing loans and impaired credit substitutes constituted 0.2% of our net customer assets.

     Since we commenced operations, we have made substantial investments in our technology platform and distribution capabilities. In addition to our growing branch and ATM network, we offer 24-hour automated telephone banking, real-time internet banking and banking services by mobile telephone. We have centralized transaction processing and open, scaleable systems that can accommodate significant future growth. These resources give us the capability to deliver a broad selection of banking products through multiple delivery channels that are convenient for our customers. We believe this positions us well to grow as the Indian financial services industry evolves.

     We were incorporated in August 1994 as a public limited company under the laws of India. On February 26, 2000 we merged with Times Bank Limited. The merger was a stock-for-stock transaction where we issued one share for every 5.75 shares of Times Bank Limited resulting in 23,478,261 of our shares being issued. Our legal name is HDFC Bank Limited, though we are also known commercially as HDFC Bank. Our principal corporate and registered office is located at HDFC Bank House, Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai- 400 013, India, our telephone is 91-22-5652 1000, and our website is www.hdfcbank.com. Our registered agent in the United States is Depositary Management Corporation, 570 Lexington Avenue, 44th Floor, New York, NY 10022 .

     We are part of the HDFC group of companies founded by our parent, Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited (HDFC Limited), a public limited company under the laws of India. HDFC Limited and its 100% owned subsidiary, HDFC Investments Limited, own approximately 24.2% of our outstanding equity shares. For more information, please see “Principal Shareholders”.

Our Business Strategy

     Our goal is to be the leading private sector bank to leading corporations and middle and upper-income individuals in India by providing a comprehensive range of products and services as well as superior customer service at competitive prices. Our business strategy emphasizes the following elements:

    Increase our market share in India’s expanding banking and financial services industry by following a disciplined growth strategy and delivering high quality customer service.
 
           India’s banking and financial services industry is undergoing a period of change and expansion. We believe this process will be further hastened by the growth of the Indian economy, expansion of the middle and upper-income classes as well as increasing globalization. In addition to benefiting from this growth, we believe we can increase our market share by following a disciplined, targeted strategy. We believe we can distinguish ourselves from many of our competitors by

6


Table of Contents

      continuing to emphasize high quality service, efficient and reliable execution, multiple distribution channels and comprehensive product offerings at a good value to our customers.
 
    Leverage our technology platform and open, scaleable systems to deliver more products to more customers and to control operating costs.
 
           Since beginning operations in 1995, we have invested heavily in our technology platform and systems and believe we can increasingly leverage these systems to deliver additional products to more customers. We refer to our systems as “open” because they are compatible, in terms of connectivity, with a variety of hardware and software systems and as “scaleable” because the capacity of our systems can be increased so as to accommodate more customers and more products without overhauling all aspects of the system. Our multiple distribution mechanisms include an electronically-linked branch network, 24-hour ATMs, telephone banking, internet banking and banking by mobile telephone. This investment has provided us with centralized transaction processing in Mumbai, together with a number of regional centers. We also outsource certain back-office functions to reduce operating costs. As a result, we believe we can efficiently expand both the types of products offered and the base of customers served.
 
    Maintain our current high standards for asset quality through disciplined credit risk management.
 
           We have maintained high quality loan and investment portfolios through careful targeting of our customer base, a comprehensive risk assessment process and diligent risk monitoring and remediation procedures. Under US GAAP, our ratio of gross non-performing assets to customer assets (which includes gross loans and credit substitutes) was 1.6% at March 31, 2004, and our net non-performing assets were 0.2% of net customer assets.
 
    Develop innovative products and services that attract our targeted customers and address inefficiencies in the Indian banking sector.
 
           We concentrate on developing and delivering products and services that address the evolving needs of our targeted customers and the inefficiencies in the Indian financial sector. For example, through our cash management services, we provide payment and collection mechanisms that are more efficient and cost effective than the traditional Indian systems. We have leveraged our experience in transactional services by becoming the first private sector bank to be appointed to collect direct taxes. We are one of the few private sector banks to have recently received a mandate to collect indirect taxes like excise duty and service tax. In retail banking, we were the first or one of the first banks to offer international debit cards, real-time internet banking, banking services by mobile telephone and an internet secure card. We plan to continue to capitalize on opportunities to be the first mover in products and services that utilize our technological and delivery strengths without requiring significant capital commitment.
 
    Continue to develop products and services that reduce our cost of funds.
 
           We believe we have one of the lowest overall cost of funds in the Indian banking industry. For fiscal 2004, our average cost of funds excluding equity was 3.6%. We believe we can maintain and enlarge this low-cost funding base by increasing our base of retail deposits as well as the free float generated by our cash management, stock exchange clearing and other services. In the retail sector, we believe we can increase our deposit base by offering a superior range of products and high quality service and by expanding our geographic reach to targeted locations. We believe we can increase our transactional services through a variety of measures, including aggressive cross-selling to our corporate and institutional client base and expanding our services to cover dividend distribution and tax collection.

7


Table of Contents

    Focus on high earnings growth with low volatility.
 
           Our earnings have grown rapidly, both on an aggregate basis and a per share basis. Our aggregate earnings (as per US GAAP) have grown at a compound average rate of 35.2% per year during the three-year period ending March 31, 2004. This was driven in part by a growth in our retail assets portfolio and an increase in branch expansion, which provides a stable and a low cost retail fund base. Our basic earnings per share grew from Rs. 12.57 for fiscal 2003 to Rs. 16.87 for fiscal 2004. We intend to maintain our focus on earnings growth with low volatility through conservative risk management techniques and maintaining our focus on low cost funding. In addition, we intend not to rely heavily on revenue derived from trading so as to limit volatility.

Our Principal Business Activities

     Our principal banking activities consist of wholesale banking, retail banking and treasury operations. The following table sets forth our net revenues attributable to each area for the last three years.

                                         
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2004
    (in millions, except percentages)
Wholesale banking
  Rs.  2,803.1     Rs.  2,960.5     Rs.  4,653.0     US$  107.2       31.1 %
Retail banking
    3,883.3       6,193.7       8,848.1       203.9       59.1 %
Treasury operations
    1,762.6       2,147.2       1,461.5       33.7       9.8 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net revenues
  Rs.  8,449.0     Rs.  11,301.4     Rs.  14,962.6     US$ 344.8       100.0 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Wholesale Banking

   Overview

     We provide our corporate and institutional clients a wide array of commercial banking products and transactional services with an emphasis on high quality customer service and relationship management.

     Our principal commercial banking products include a range of financing products, documentary credits (primarily letters of credit) and bank guarantees, foreign exchange and derivative products and corporate deposit products. Our financing products include loans, bills discounting and credit substitutes such as, commercial paper, debentures and other funded products. Our foreign exchange and derivatives products assist corporations in managing their currency and interest rate exposures.

     Our principal transactional services include cash management services, capital markets transactional services and correspondent banking services. We provide physical and electronic payment and collection mechanisms to a range of corporations, financial institutions and government entities. We were the first private sector bank to be appointed by the government of India to collect direct taxes. We are one of the few private sector banks to have received a mandate from RBI to collect indirect taxes on behalf of the Central Board of Excise and Customs (CBEC). Our capital markets transactional services include custodial services and stock exchange clearing bank services. We provide custodial services primarily to Indian mutual funds. We are a clearing bank for eight major Indian stock exchanges, including the National Stock Exchange and The Stock Exchange, Mumbai. In addition, we provide correspondent banking services, including cash management services and funds transfers, to approximately 24 foreign banks and more than 1,100 cooperative banks. We have recently commenced being the clearing banking services for major commodity exchanges in the country.

     For our commercial banking products, we generally target the top end of the Indian corporate sector, including companies that are part of the large private sector business houses, large public sector enterprises and multinational corporations. We also target suppliers and distributors of top end corporations as a part of the supply chain initiative for both our commercial banking products and transactional services. We provide

8


Table of Contents

transactional services to a wide range of corporations, as well as financial institutions and government entities. We aim to provide our corporate customers with high quality customized service. We have relationship managers who focus on particular clients and who work with teams that specialize in providing specific products and services, such as cash management and treasury advisory services.

   Commercial Banking Products

     Commercial Loan Products and Credit Substitutes

     Our principal financing products are working capital facilities consisting of short or medium-term loans, cash credit facilities and bill discounting. Cash credit facilities are revolving credits provided to our customers, which are secured by working capital such as inventory, and accounts receivable. Bill discounting consists of short term loans which are secured by bills of exchange that have been accepted by our customers or drawn on another bank. In many cases, we provide a package of working capital financing that may consist of loans and a cash credit facility as well as documentary credits or bank guarantees. We also purchase commercial paper, non-convertible debentures and redeemable preference shares and selectively extend longer-term loans. More than 90% of our loans are denominated in rupees with the balance being denominated in various foreign currencies, principally the US dollar. All our loans have been made to customers in India. If a borrower wishes to renew or rollover the loan, we apply substantially the same standards as we would to granting a new loan except that we do not usually perform an entirely new credit review. Typically, we perform an annual credit review of each loan customer and update the review during the course of the year as circumstances warrant, and we rely on such review in connection with a rollover or renewal. The following table sets forth the asset allocation of our commercial loans and financing products by asset type. For accounting purposes, we classify cash credit facilities and bills discounting as loans, and classify commercial paper, debentures and preference shares as credit substitutes.

                                         
    At March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2004
    (in millions)
Gross commercial loans:
                                       
Term loans
  Rs.  32,181.8     Rs.  43,005.0     Rs.  53,819.3     US$ 1,240.1       43.1 %
Cash credit facilities
    10,010.9       18,769.5       20,363.8       469.2       16.3  
Bills discounting
    16,640.8       26,760.7       33,740.7       777.4       27.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total commercial loans
  Rs.  58,833.5     Rs.  88,535.2     Rs.  107,923.8     US$ 2,486.7       86.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Credit substitutes:
                                       
Commercial paper
    12,028.9       6,009.7       906.7       20.9       0.7  
Non-convertible debentures
    21,874.3       22,898.7       15,286.4       352.3       12.2  
Preference shares
    1,222.8       844.4       848.4       19.5       0.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total credit substitutes
  Rs.  35,126.0     Rs.  29,752.8     Rs.  17,041.5     US$ 392.7       13.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Customer assets
  Rs.  93,959.5     Rs.  118,288.0     Rs.  124,965.3     US$  2,879.4       100.0 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     While we generally lend on a cash-flow basis, we also require collateral from the majority of our borrowers. All borrowers must meet our internal credit assessment procedures, regardless of whether the loan is secured. Our secured demand and short-term loans are generally secured against receivables and inventory. Our medium and long-term loans are generally secured by fixed assets. We may also require corporate parent or personal guarantees or other collateral. We generally do not make purely collateral-based loans, project loans or loans to property developers. See “—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Corporate Credit Risk.”

     In addition to our loan products, we provide cash credit facilities, which are revolving overdraft lines of credit for meeting working capital needs. These facilities are generally secured in the same manner as our short-term loans. We typically extend cash credit facilities for one year, subject to annual review. We provide bills discounting through negotiable instruments. These instruments can then be re-discounted with other banks or financial institutions, which provides us liquidity.

     We provide financing to corporations through a variety of credit substitutes. We apply the same credit evaluation process to these investments and arrangements as we do to our loans. We purchase a variety of debt securities including commercial paper generally for 90-day periods, non-convertible debentures generally for

9


Table of Contents

periods ranging from 30 days to five years and preference shares, which are usually redeemable in one to five years.

     We price our loans based on a combination of our own cost of funds, market rates and our rating of the customer. Currently we have prime lending rates that vary by the term of the loans. An individual loan is priced on a fixed or floating rate basis based on one of these rates with a margin that depends on the credit assessment of the borrower.

     The RBI has advocated for banks a benchmark Prime Lending Rates (“PLR”) taking into account their actual cost of funds, operating expenses, a minimum margin to cover regulatory requirement of provisioning, capital charge and the profit margin. Since all other lending rates can be determined with reference to the benchmark PLR, the system of tenor-linked PLR has been discontinued.

     The RBI requires banks to lend to specific sectors of the economy. For a detailed discussion of these requirements, see “Information About India—Supervision and Regulation—Regulations Relating to Making Loans—Directed Lending.”

     Bills Collection, Documentary Credits and Guarantees

     We provide bills collection, documentary credit facilities and bank guarantees for our corporate customers. Documentary credits and bank guarantees are typically provided on a revolving basis. The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, the value of transactions processed of our bills collection, documentary credits and bank guarantees:

                                         
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2004
    (in millions, except percentages)
Bills collection
  Rs.  109,909     Rs.  117,809     Rs.  172,623.6     US$ 3,977.5       74.5 %
Documentary credits
    22,981       25,721       44,030.0       1,014.5       19.0  
Bank guarantees
    13,539       9,696       15,197.0       350.2       6.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs.  146,429     Rs.  153,226     Rs.  231,850.6     US$  5,342.2       100.0 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Bills collection. We provide bill collection services for our corporate clients in which we collect bills on behalf of a corporate client from the bank of our client’s customer. We do not advance funds to our client until receipt of payment.

     Documentary credits. We issue documentary credit facilities on behalf of our customers for trade financing, sourcing of raw materials and capital equipment purchases. The term is typically less than one year.

     Bank guarantees. We provide bank guarantees on behalf of our customers to guarantee their payment or performance obligations. The term of our guarantees is generally less than 24 months but can have tenors up to five years. A large part of our guarantee portfolio consists of margin guarantees to brokers issued in favor of stock exchanges. These are typically one year guarantees generally secured by cash and share margins of 25-40%.

     Foreign Exchange and Derivatives

     We offer our corporate customers foreign exchange and derivative products including spot and forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps, currency swaps, currency options and other derivatives. We are a leading participant in many of these markets in India and believe we are one of the few Indian banks with significant expertise in derivatives, a market currently dominated by the foreign banks. We provide these products to our corporate clients through the joint efforts of our wholesale banking and treasury groups. See “—Treasury—Foreign Exchange and Derivatives.” We have now been allowed to offer to customers Indian rupee currency options and exchange traded interest rate futures by the RBI.

10


Table of Contents

     Gold Distribution

     The abolition of the Gold Control Act in the mid 1990s made the import of gold into India more lucrative and potentially rewarding. After the Act was abolished, the Government of India authorized about 10 institutions comprising banks and non banking entities to enter the business of importing bullion into India for sale to end user clients. Since 1997, more entities have entered this line of business and at last count, the number of such institutions has crossed 18. HDFC Bank entered this segment last year to leverage its distribution and servicing strengths and cater primarily to the domestic bullion trader segment. We import gold on a consignment basis typically on concluding an arrangement to sell.

     Wholesale Deposit Products

     At March 31, 2004, we had wholesale deposits totaling Rs. 103.8 billion which represented 34.1% of our total deposits and 24.3% of our total liabilities, including stockholders’ equity. We offer both non-interest-bearing current accounts and time deposits. We accept time deposits from our corporate customers with terms ranging from seven days to five years. Under RBI regulations, we cannot pay interest for periods of less than seven days. We are allowed to vary the interest rates on our wholesale deposits based on the size of the deposit (deposits greater than Rs. 1.5 million) so long as the rates booked on a day are the same for all customers of that deposit size for that maturity. See “Selected Statistical Information” for further information about our total deposits.

   Transactional Services

     Cash Management Services

     We are a leading provider of cash management services in India. Our services make it easier for our corporate customers to expedite inter-city check collections, make payments to their suppliers more efficiently, optimize liquidity and reduce interest costs. In addition to benefiting from the cash float, which reduces our overall cost of funds, we also earn commissions for these services.

     Our primary cash management service is check collection and payment. Through our electronically linked branch network, correspondent bank arrangements and centralized processing, we can effectively provide nationwide collection and disbursement systems for our corporate clients. This is especially important because there is no nationwide payments system in India, and checks must generally be returned to the city from which written in order to be cleared. Because of mail delivery delays and the variations in city-based interbank clearing practices, check collections can be slow and unpredictable, which can mean uncertainty and inefficiencies in cash management. We believe we have a strong position in this area relative to most other participants in this market. Although the public sector banks have extensive branch networks, most of their branches typically are still not electronically linked. In practice, the foreign banks are restricted in their branching ability.

     At March 31, 2004, approximately 3,000 wholesale banking clients used our cash management services. These clients include leading private sector companies, public sector undertakings and multinational companies. We also provide these services to most Indian insurance companies, many mutual funds, brokers, financial institutions and various government entities.

     We have also implemented a straight through processing solution to link our wholesale banking and retail banking systems. This has led to reduced manual intervention in transferring funds between the corporate accounts which are in the wholesale banking system and beneficiary accounts residing in retail banking systems. This new initiative will help in reducing transaction costs.

     We have over 1,500 commercial clients directly using e-net, the Bank’s corporate internet banking solutions. The number of corporate users, primarily comprising of vendors and distributors, is over 18,500.

     The RBI has recently introduced a new inter-bank settlement system called the Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS). The system facilitates real time settlements between banks, initially in select locations. This system is currently not fully operational.

11


Table of Contents

     Clearing Bank and Stock Exchange Services

     We serve as a cash-clearing bank for eight major stock exchanges in India, including the National Stock Exchange and The Stock Exchange, Mumbai. Prior to 1997, each Indian stock exchange typically used just one clearing bank. We introduced the concept of multiple clearing banks by seeking to participate in the clearing business of the National Stock Exchange. Today, most Indian stock exchanges use several banks for these services. In fiscal 2004, we estimate that we handled approximately 65%-70% of the cash clearing volumes on the National Stock Exchange and more than 45% on The Stock Exchange, Mumbai.

     As a clearing bank, we provide the stock exchanges or their clearing corporations with a means for collecting cash payments due to them from their members or custodians and to make payments to these institutions. We make payments once the funds are deposited by the broker or custodian with us. In addition to benefiting from cash float, which enables us to reduce our cost of funds, in certain cases we earn a commission on such services.

     We believe our clearing bank services are at the core of our range of stock market and broker-related services, which also include working capital funding and margin guarantees to brokers, depositary accounts for retail customers and loans against securities. For further information about our stock exchange-related services, see “—Retail Banking—Other Services and Products—Individual Depositary Accounts” and “—Retail Banking—Retail Loan Products—Loans Against Securities.”

     Custodial Services

     We provide custodial services principally to Indian mutual funds, as well as to domestic and international financial institutions. These services include safekeeping of securities and collection of dividend and interest payments on securities. Most of the securities under our custody are in book-entry (dematerialized) form, although we provide custody for securities in physical form as well for our wholesale banking clients. We earn revenue from these services based on the value of assets under safekeeping and the value of transactions handled.

     Correspondent Banking Services

     We act as a correspondent bank for more than 1,100 cooperative banks and approximately 24 foreign banks. We provide cash management services, funds transfers and services such as letters of credit, foreign exchange transactions and foreign check collection. We earn revenue on a fee for service basis and benefit from the cash float, which enables us to reduce our cost of funds.

     We are well positioned to offer this service to cooperative banks and foreign banks in light of the structure of the Indian banking industry and our position within it. Cooperative banks are generally restricted to a particular state, and foreign banks have limited branch networks. The customers of these banks frequently need services in other areas of the country that their own bank cannot provide. Because of our technology platforms, geographical reach and electronic connectivity of our branch network, we can provide these banks with the ability to provide such services to their customers. By contrast, although the public sector banks have extensive branch networks and also provide correspondent banking services, their branches typically operate independently of one another and do not constitute an electronically connected nationwide network.

     Tax Collections

     Effective April 1, 2001, we were appointed by the government of India to collect direct taxes. We were the first new private sector bank to be appointed to provide this service. In the fiscal year 2004 we collected more than Rs. 125.1 billion of direct taxes for the government of India. We earn a fee from each tax collection and benefit from the cash float. We hope to expand our range of transactional services by providing more services to government entities.

     We are one of the few private sector banks to have received a mandate from RBI to collect indirect taxes on behalf of the Central Board of Excise and Customs (CBEC).

12


Table of Contents

   Marketing and Customers

     We are committed to providing high quality, customized service to our corporate and institutional clients. We have dedicated relationship managers who are each responsible for a set of accounts. Our relationship managers work with other staff who specialize in particular products and services such as cash management services, foreign exchange services and other fee-based services in order to cross-sell products and to expand our relationship with the customer. For example, our treasury advisory group works with our wholesale banking group to provide foreign exchange and derivative products to our corporate clients. Our retail group representatives work with our wholesale banking group to offer Corporate Salary Account packages to employees of our corporate clients. In these ways, we emphasize not only high quality service in the delivery of traditional banking products, but also working with our customers to develop services and products that meet almost their entire financial needs.

     Our primary target market for our commercial banking products is the top end of the corporate market in India. This includes private sector companies affiliated with the best known Indian business houses, large public sector companies and leading multinational companies. We focus in particular on large manufacturing companies. At March 31, 2004, we had more than 700 customers in our primary target area of which we defined approximately 350 as core relationships.

     We have extended our commercial banking products and transactional services to suppliers and customers of our corporate clients. For enterprises that have dealings with large corporate customers of the Bank we extend credit facilities for transactions. This helps our corporate customers complete their supply chain management (‘SCM”) and help their business associates to optimize their borrowing.

     Over the past two years, we have acquired the supply chain business of over 150 large corporate customers thereby developing relationships with around 1,300 dealers and around 3,500 vendors. We have a range of products for SCM clients including bills discounting, invoice discounting, purchase order discounting, current account with various product features, overdrafts, cash credit, loans, cash management services, and internet banking with a straight through processing facility to name some.

     We provide our transactional services to a wide range of corporations, financial institutions and government entities. For example, we provide employee trust customers and insurance companies with custody services, security settlement services and nationwide payments. For our mutual fund clients, we market our services as a one-stop shop, providing custodial services, cash management collection, redemption services and mutual fund sales.

     As a leading provider of cash clearing services to stock exchanges, we deal with a large number of domestic and foreign brokers to whom we extend various transactional services and in some cases working capital facilities. We also extend to this segment margin guarantees including on a product program basis for mid-sized brokers.

Retail Banking

   Overview

     Our retail banking group strives to be a one-stop shop for the financial needs of middle and upper-income and high net worth individuals. We provide a comprehensive range of financial products including deposit products, loans, credit cards, debit cards, bill payment services, third party mutual funds, investment advice and other services. We offer high quality service and greater convenience by leveraging our technology platforms and multiple distribution channels. Our goal is to provide banking and financial services to our retail customers on an “anytime, anywhere, anyhow” basis.

     We market our services aggressively through our branches, personal bankers and direct sales associates, as well as through our relationships with stockbrokers and corporate clients and through franchise arrangements with cooperative banks. We seek to develop a relationship with a retail customer and then expand it by offering more products and expanding our distribution channels so as to make it easier for the customer to do business with us. We believe this strategy, together with the general growth of the Indian economy and the Indian middle and upper classes, affords us significant opportunities for growth.

13


Table of Contents

     At March 31, 2004, we had 312 branches, including 21 extension counters, and 910 ATMs. We expect to add approximately 100 branches and 150 ATMs by March 2005, subject to regulatory approvals. We plan to continue to expand our other distribution channels, such as telephone banking, internet banking and mobile banking. A second avenue for growth will be to target our marketing efforts to particular segments of the retail market. We seek to acquire customers who are high net worth individuals through our priority and preferred banking services, in which we offer an extensive range of products and dedicated customer service representatives. We work with our corporate banking group to target corporations where we can offer our Corporate Salary Account product package and various retail loan products and credit cards to hundreds or thousands of employees at a time. We also plan to put greater emphasis on targeting the affluent non-resident Indian population through specialized deposit products, non-resident tax services and our internet banking channel. A third avenue for growth will be to expand our products. We offer credit cards and have recently commenced distributing a range of insurance products and mutual funds underwritten by other companies.

   Retail Loan Products

     We offer a wide range of retail loans, including loans against securities, auto loans, personal loans and two-wheeler loans and business banking loans. Price, speed of commitment and quality of service are the key competitive factors. Our retail loans were 40.4% of our gross loans at March 31, 2004. Apart from our branches we use our ATM screens and website to promote our loan products, and we employ additional sales methods depending on the type of product. Because there is no credit bureau in India, we perform our own credit analyses of the borrowers or the value of the collateral. See “—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Retail Credit Risk.”

     The following table shows the value and share of our retail loan products:

                                 
    At March 31, 2004
   
                            % of total
    Number of loans
  Value in millions
  value
Loans against securities
    25,000     Rs.  9,379.8     US$ 216.1       12.8 %
Auto loans(1)
    129,000       28,362.6       653.5       38.7  
Personal loans
    108,000       10,526.1       242.5       14.4  
Two wheeler loans
    190,000       4,345.0       100.1       5.9  
Business banking
    1,000       2,659.3       61.3       3.6  
Credit cards
    530,000 (2)     2,489.9       57.4       3.4  
Commercial vehicle(1)
    23,900       12,152.7       280.0       16.6  
Other retail loans
    27,000       3,336.2       76.9       4.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    1,033,900     Rs.  73,251.6     US$  1,687.8       100.0 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

(1)   net of receivables securitized out.
(2)   no. of cards in force.

     Loans Against Securities

     We offer loans against equity securities, mutual fund units and against bonds issued by RBI that are on our approved list. We lend only against shares in book-entry (dematerialized) form, which ensures that we obtain perfected and first priority security interests. The minimum margin for lending against shares is 40%. We also limit our loans to Rs. 2.0 million per retail customer in line with regulatory guidelines and limit the amount of our total exposure secured by particular securities. We currently mark collateral subject to price variations to market at least every week or more often if conditions require and demand additional collateral as necessary.

     Auto Loans

     We offer auto loans at fixed interest rates for financing new automobile and used car purchases. In addition to the pledge of the vehicle, we generally obtain post-dated checks covering all payments at the time the loan is made. It is a criminal offense in India to issue a bad check. These loans typically range in value from Rs. 100,000 to Rs. 3.0 million, with a repayment period ranging from 12 to 60 months. We also offer a corporate employee car loan program and a preferred customer car loan program for existing deposit account holders. Subject to subsequent credit verification, we offer pre-approved auto loans for certain of our Corporate Salary Account

14


Table of Contents

customers and select branch customers and high networth individuals. In addition to our general marketing efforts for retail loans, we market this product through relationships with car dealers, corporate packages and joint promotion programs with automobile manufacturers in more than 185 cities across India.

     Personal Loans

     We offer unsecured personal loans at fixed rates, in amounts ranging from Rs. 25,000 to Rs. 1,000,000, repayable in equal monthly installments over a period of 12 to 60 months. We obtain post-dated checks to cover all payments at the time the loan is made. We have also introduced the direct debit facilities for our existing bank customers and electronic clearing system (ECS) for external customers. Our personal loan products include loans for salaried individuals, corporate employee loan programs, loans to self-employed professionals (such as doctors and chartered accountants) and loans to self-employed businessman. We have introduced various surrogate programs aimed at addressing specific customer segments.

     Two Wheeler Loans

     We offer loans at fixed rates in amounts ranging from Rs. 7,000 to Rs. 200,000, repayable in monthly installments typically over a period up to 36 months for financing the purchase of new scooters or motor cycles. We obtain post-dated checks to cover all payments at the time the loan is made. Subject to subsequent credit verification, we offer fast approval processes, including fax and internet approvals. The bank considers the two wheeler loan segment as an opportunity to be a significant player. The bank expects to increase its geographical presence significantly for this product in fiscal 2005.

     The Bank has discontinued marketing consumer durable loans from a risk and profitability perspective.

     Business Loans

     We offer business loans to address the borrowing needs of the trading community around the bank branches by offering them various facilities like credit lines, term loans for expansion/addition of facilities, discounting of credit card receivables, letters of credit, guarantees and other basic trade finance products and cash management services. The sizes of advances typically vary between Rs. 100,000 to Rs. 100 million and tenor varies between 1 year to 5 years for term loans with repayments typically through equated monthly installments. The lending is normally secured with current assets hypothecated to us with additional collateral of immovable property and fixed assets in some cases.

     Credit Card Receivables

     We offer silver and gold credit cards with the average spend per active card ranging between Rs. 5,000 to Rs. 6,000. Customers are billed every month, and are expected to repay a minimum percentage of the billed value, and can revolve the balance at their option, or repay the full amount. Approximately 70% of the billed amount typically is revolved between one month and the next.

     Commercial Vehicles

     We cater to the needs of the transport industry by financing for commercial vehicles. We also selectively provide working capital, bank guarantees and trade advances to customers who are transport operators. The average size of the disbursement for commercial vehicles is around Rs 400,000 with repayment spread over three to four years in the form of equated monthly installments, secured by the vehicle.

     Construction Equipment Finance

     We serve the infrastructure sector of the country by financing construction equipment used for highways, ports, mining and other construction related activities. Our loans range from Rs. 500,000 to Rs. 20 million for a

15


Table of Contents

tenor up to five years. In addition to the funding of domestic assets, we also finance imported assets for which we open foreign letters of credit and offer treasury services like forward exchange cover. We co-ordinate with almost 33 manufacturers and jointly promote our financing options to their clients.

     Housing Loans

     We have recently commenced home loan business under an arrangement with HDFC Ltd., whereby we act as a service associate to sell the HDFC Home Loan product.

     Under this arrangement HDFC Ltd. approves and disburses the loans, which are booked in the books of HDFC Ltd. For such loans, we are paid a sourcing fee. HDFC Ltd. will provide credit, legal and technical appraisal for these loans. HDFC Ltd. is obligated to sell up to 70% of the fully disbursed home loans sourced under the arrangement through the issue of mortgage backed pass through certificates (PTCs) and the balance would be retained by HDFC Ltd. The mortgage backed PTCs will be invested in by us at the underlying home loan yields less a fee paid to HDFC Ltd. for administration and servicing of the loans. A part of the home loans also qualifies for our directed lending.

     The arrangement seeks to leverage the strengths of the two organizations in terms of HDFC Ltd’s product acceptance, operational efficiencies and credit expertise on one hand and our sales origination and distribution on the other.

     Other Retail Loans

     These primarily constitute overdraft facilities against time deposits placed with us. We typically lend up to 75-90% of the amount of the time deposit with us.

     Securitization of Receivables

     The Bank from time to time securitizes out commercial loans to a special purpose vehicle. Post securitization, we continue to maintain customer account relationships and service the loans transferred to this special purpose vehicle. The securitized paper is without recourse to us. We provide credit enhancements generally in the form of cash collaterals and/or by subordination of cash flows to senior pass through certificates (PTCs). During the fiscal year 2004 we securitized loans with a carrying value of Rs. 8,698 million.

   Retail Deposit Products

     Retail deposits provide the bank with a low cost, stable funding base and have been a key focus area for us since commencing operations. The following chart shows the number of accounts and value of total deposits by our various deposit products:

                                         
    At March 31, 2004
                            Number of    
                            accounts    
    Value (in millions)
  % of total
  (in thousands)
  % of total
Savings
  Rs.  70,745.0     US$  1,630.1       35.3 %     2,645.2       73.1 %
Current
    32,301.4       744.3       16.1       233.2       6.4  
Time
    97,256.4       2,240.9       48.6       741.3       20.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs.  200,302.8     US$ 4,615.3       100.0 %     3,619.7       100.0 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Our individual retail account holders receive the benefit of a wide range of direct banking services, including an ATM card, access to our growing branch and ATM network, access to our other distribution channels and eligibility for utility bill payment and other services. Our retail deposit products include the following:

    Current accounts, which are non-interest-bearing checking accounts designed primarily for small businesses. Customers have a choice of regular and premium product offerings with different minimum average quarterly account balance requirements.

16


Table of Contents

    Savings accounts, which are demand deposits in checking accounts designed primarily for individuals and trusts. These accrue interest at a fixed rate set by the RBI (currently 3.5% per annum).
 
    Fixed or time deposits, which pay a fixed return over a predetermined time period.
 
    Special value-added accounts, which offer our customers added value and convenience. These include a fixed deposit account that allows for automatic transfers from the fixed deposit to savings, as well as a fixed deposit account with an automatic overdraft facility of up to 75% to 90% of the balance in the account. We also offer Corporate Salary Accounts, which allow the employer to make salary payments to a group of employees with one transfer, which we disburse directly into individual employees’ accounts held with us. The employees receive preferred customer services, such as preferred rates on loans and in some cases lower minimum balance requirements. See “—Retail Banking—Customers and Marketing—Corporate Salary Account.”
 
    E-Brokering accounts are offered as checking accounts to customers of stock brokers where all transactions are routed electronically between the broker and beneficiaries.

   Other Services and Products

     International Debit Cards

     Our international debit card allows our customers to purchase goods and make ATM transactions in India and abroad. Our debit cards may be used with more than 65,000 merchants in India and more than 10 million merchants worldwide, and at more than 10,000 ATMs in India and more than 850,000 ATMs worldwide. In addition to an annual fee charged to most debit card holders, we receive a portion of the fee charged to the merchant (or to the customer of another bank in the case of ATM transactions) for each transaction. We believe we are one of the largest debit card issuers in India, with approximately 2.06 million current holders. We were the first bank in India to issue international Visa Electron debit cards on a nationwide basis, and currently issue both Visa Electron and MasterCard Maestro cards.

     Bill Payment Services

     We offer our customers utility bill payment services for more than 45 leading utility companies including insurance, electricity, telephone, mobile phone and leading internet service providers. Customers can also review and access their bill details through our direct banking channels. This service is valuable to customers because utility bills must otherwise be paid in person in India. Although other banks offer this service, we believe we are one of the few banks to offer it through multiple distribution channels—ATMs, telephone banking, internet banking and mobile telephone banking. We had approximately 92,000 registered users of this service at March 31, 2004. We currently offer this service free to our customers and charge the utility a fee. We have now outsourced the ‘bill pay’ operations and charge a nominal fee to our customers.

     Individual Depositary Accounts

     We provide depositary accounts to individual retail customers in connection with the holding of debt and equity securities. Securities traded on the Indian exchanges are generally not held through a broker’s account or in street name. Instead, an individual will have his own account with a depositary participant for the particular exchange. Depositary participants, including us, provide services through the major depositories established by two major stock exchanges.

     Depositary participants record ownership details and effectuate transfers in book-entry form on behalf of the buyers and sellers of securities. We provide a complete package of services, including account opening, registration of transfers and other transactions and information reporting. For retail customers, we only provide depositary services for securities in scripless or dematerialized form and provide dematerialization and rematerialization services. We earn fixed fees based on the opening and maintenance of the account as well as variable revenue based on the value of transactions processed.

17


Table of Contents

     Mutual Fund Sales

     We offer our retail customers units in most of the large and reputable mutual funds in India. We earn front-end commissions for new sales and in some cases additional fees in subsequent years. We distribute mutual fund products primarily through our branches. We also target select customer segments such as institutional buyers and high net worth retail customers. We offer our in-house research to add value to the customer’s investment decisions.

     Investment Advice

     We offer our customers a broad range of investment advice including advice regarding the purchase of Indian debt and equity securities and mutual funds, as well as advice on other investment products. We provide our high net worth private banking customers a personal investment advisor.

     Internet Brokerage

     We acquired a 29.5% equity stake in an affiliate company, HDFC Securities Limited, which provides stock brokerage services through the internet and other channels.

     Credit Cards

     Our credit card business has been in operation since December 2001, when we soft launched our credit card in Chennai. The business was operational in twenty four cities in India in fiscal 2004 and we had a credit card base of approximately 530,000 cards at March 31, 2004. We offer silver and gold credit cards with standard limits ranging from Rs.15,000 to Rs. 300,000. In addition to this, there are value-added co-branded product offerings like the eSeva card, and the Health Plus Card which offer features like ease of payment options for government utilities, medical insurance, etc. This product, being only in the second full year of operation, has yet to break even.

     Electronic Data Capture (EDC) Terminals

     We deploy Electronic Data Capture (EDC) Terminals at merchant locations to improve acceptability of our credit and debit cards issued and to earn fees as an acquirer of card transactions. We earn a fee for all transactions acquired by the Bank and the float on the banking account maintained by the merchant. At the end of fiscal 2004 we had more than 26,000 EDC terminals installed at various merchant locations across the country.

     Insurance

     We have arranged with HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company and HDFC Chubb Ltd., a related party as a corporate agent for distribution of life insurance products and general insurance products to our customers. We offer life insurance solutions to our retail customers. We earn upfront commission on new premiums collected as well as trail income in the subsequent years while the policy continues in force.

   Retail Distribution Channels

     In order to provide “anytime, anywhere, anyhow” retail banking products and service, we have multiple distribution channels, including a branch network with 312 branches, including 21 extension counters, in 163 cities across India staffed with dedicated service specialists, 910 ATMs, 24-hour telephone banking, mobile telephone banking and internet banking. For further information about our distribution channels, see “—Distribution Channels.”

18


Table of Contents

   Customers and Marketing

     Our target market for our retail services comprises middle and upper income persons and high net worth individuals. We also target small businesses, trusts and non-profit corporations. At March 31, 2004, 1.3% of our retail customers contributed approximately 37% of our retail deposits. We have a marketing strategy that focuses on key market segments primarily in nine Indian cities. We also obtain new customers through joint marketing efforts with our wholesale banking department, in which we feature our Corporate Salary Account package. We also cross-sell our retail products to customers we obtain through our capital markets transactional services to stockbrokers, such as our depositary account customers. In addition, we market our products through our branches, telephone sales calls, dedicated sales staff for niche market segments and foreign representative offices targeting non-resident Indians. Finally, we market our auto loan and consumer durable loan products through joint efforts with relevant manufacturers.

     We use third-party agents or direct sales associates to market our products and identify prospective new customers. In the case of deposit accounts these are then contacted by our own staff for fulfillment. An affiliated company, HBL Global Private Limited, employs some of the direct sales staff. See “Related Party Transactions—HBL Global Private Limited.”

     We have programs that target particular segments of the retail market, such as the following:

     Private and Preferred Banking. Our private and preferred banking programs provide customized financial planning to high net worth individuals in order to preserve and enhance their wealth. Private banking customers receive a personal investment advisor who serves as their single-point HDFC Bank contact, and who compiles personalized portfolio tracking products, including mutual fund and equity tracking statements. Our private banking program also offers equity investment advisory products. While not as service intensive as our private banking program, preferred banking offers similar services to a slightly broader target segment. Top revenue generating customers of our preferred banking program are channeled into our private banking program. We currently service over 2,500 private banking customers and over 60,000 preferred customers.

     Corporate Salary Accounts. We market our Corporate Salary Accounts package to corporations and their employees. With just one transfer, the employer can make salary payments to a group of employees, as we debit the employer’s account and credit each of the employees’ individual accounts. Employees receive individual deposit accounts, generally with no or lower minimum balance requirements, preferred rates on loans, free ATM and debit cards, telephone banking, an overdraft facility of up to 50% of net take-home salary and our utility bill payment service. At March 31, 2004, we had more than 12,.000 companies disbursing their payrolls through us, with more than 1.1 million salary accounts. These constitute approximately 43% of our total savings accounts by number and approximately 27% of our retail savings deposits by value.

     Non-Resident Indian Services. Non-resident Indians are an important target market segment for us given their relative affluence and strong links to family members in India. Our non-resident deposits were Rs. 3.3 billion at March 31, 2000. Since that time we have expanded our marketing efforts and our non-resident deposits have grown by more than 800% to Rs. 26.9 billion at March 31, 2004. We offer products such as convertible, non-repatriable and repatriable rupee accounts, along with our international debit card.

Treasury

     Our treasury group manages our balance sheet, including our maintenance of reserve requirements and our management of market and liquidity risk. Our treasury group also provides advice and execution services to our corporate and institutional customers with respect to their foreign exchange and derivatives transactions. In addition, our treasury group seeks to optimize profits from our proprietary trading, which is principally concentrated on Indian government securities. We have technologically sophisticated trading operations located in Mumbai with the latest voice systems and electronic terminals with access to real-time market information feeds.

     Our client-based activities consist primarily of advising corporate and institutional customers and transacting spot and forward foreign exchange contracts, rupee currency based derivatives and cross-currency derivatives. We have been recently allowed by RBI to offer Indian rupee options and interest rate exchange traded futures to our clients. Our primary customers are multinational corporations, large and medium-sized domestic corporations, financial institutions and public sector undertakings. We also advise and transact with

19


Table of Contents

some small companies and non-resident Indians. We believe we have become a significant participant in these markets by virtue of the strength of our client service and our structuring and execution capabilities. We are also a competitive “Indian option” for public sector undertakings and similar institutions who have traditionally used foreign banks for structured foreign exchange and derivative products because most Indian banks did not have the necessary expertise.

     The following describes our activities in the foreign exchange and derivatives markets, domestic money markets and equities market. See also “—Risk Management” for a discussion of our management of market risk including liquidity risk, interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

Foreign Exchange

     We trade spot and forward foreign exchange contracts, primarily with maturities of up to one year with our customers. To support our clients’ activities, we are an active participant in the Indian interbank foreign exchange market. We also trade to a more limited extent for our own account. We believe we are a market maker in the dollar-rupee segment. Although spreads are very narrow, our total volume of trading is significant with US$ 51.0 billion in foreign exchange traded in fiscal 2004.

     The major participants in the foreign exchange market are the State Bank of India and other large public sector banks as well as the large foreign banks. We believe we are one of the few private sector banks that is a significant participant.

     The RBI imposes limits on our ability to borrow or lend in foreign currencies and on our capital account transactions. In addition, the RBI limits our overnight exposure. We also impose additional limits on intraday and overnight exposure. We aim to have a near square position at the end of each day. As a contractual matter, trades between participants are generally not netted, although the practice of bilateral netting is developing. In addition, mechanisms for broader electronic trading are being developed, and a clearing corporation has been established that would clear foreign exchange as well as money market trades among bank participants. See also “—Risk Management—Market Risk—Price Risk.”

   Derivatives

     We believe we are one of the few Indian banks that is a significant participant in the derivatives market, which is dominated by foreign banks. We offer rupee-based interest rate swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, options and other products. We also engage in proprietary trades of rupee-based interest rate swaps and use them as part of our asset liability management.

     The Indian derivatives market is relatively young and is still developing, largely due to regulatory restrictions on the use and trading of derivatives. The RBI prohibits banks from having unmatched positions in G7 derivatives at any time, and limits the ability of corporations to use derivatives. Banks have recently been allowed by the RBI to trade in rupee currency options. The RBI has also allowed banks to use interest rate futures to cover the interest rate risk in Government Securities. Consistent with RBI regulations, we generally maintain a matched book with respect to our positions at all times (other than rupee-based interest rate swaps and now rupee options).

   Domestic Money Market and Debt Securities Desk

     Our principal activity in the domestic money market and debt securities market is to ensure that we comply with our reserve requirements. These consist of a cash reserve ratio, which we meet by maintaining balances with the RBI, and a statutory liquidity ratio, which we meet by purchasing Indian government securities. See also “Information About India—Supervision and Regulation—Legal Reserve Requirements.” Our local currency desk primarily trades Indian government securities for our own account. We also participate in the interbank call deposit market and engage in limited trading of other debt instruments.

20


Table of Contents

   Equities Market

     We trade a very limited amount of equities of Indian companies for our own account. At March 31, 2004, we had a Board approved limit of Rs. 200 million for such equity investments for proprietary trading, although our exposure at March 31, 2004 was small, at approximately Rs. 22.1 million. We set limits on the amount invested in any individual company as well as stop-loss limits.

Distribution Channels

     We deliver our products and services through a variety of distribution channels, including traditional bank branches, ATMs, telephone and mobile telephone banking and the internet.

   Branch Network

     At March 31, 2004, we had an aggregate of 312 branches, including 21 extension counters. Our branch network covers 163 cities in India, with 86 branches concentrated in the four largest cities, Mumbai, Delhi, Chennai and Kolkata (Calcutta). We centralize our processing of transactions and back office operations in Mumbai and Chennai. This structure enables the branch staff to focus on customer service and selling our products. All of our branches are electronically-linked so that our customers can access their accounts from any branch regardless of where they have their account.

     Approximately 90% of our branches focus exclusively on providing retail services and products. The range of products and services available at other branches depends in part on its size and location. Our extension counters are small offices primarily within office buildings, that provide specific commercial and retail banking services. Except for seven locations, each branch and extension counter has at least one ATM.

     As part of its branch licensing conditions, the RBI requires that at least 25% of our branches (not including extension counters) be located in semi-urban or rural areas. A semi-urban area is defined as a center with a population of greater than 10,000 but less than 100,000 people. A rural area is defined as a center with a population of less than 10,000 people. The population figures relate to the census prevailing at the time the branch is opened. As a result, 73 of our branches are in semi-urban or rural areas.

     Subject to receiving the necessary licenses from the RBI, we plan to add an aggregate of approximately 100 branches or extension counters by March 31, 2005.

   Automated Teller Machines

     At March 31, 2004, we had a total of 910 ATMs, of which 355 are located at our branches or extension counters and 555 are located off-site, including at large residential developments, or on major roads in metropolitan areas. All our ATMs are available 24 hours per day. By March 2005, we intend to expand our ATM network by approximately 150 ATMs.

     Customers can use our ATMs for a variety of functions including withdrawing cash, monitoring bank balances and, at most of our ATMs, making deposits, ordering demand drafts and paying utility bills. Customers can access their accounts from any of our ATMs, regardless of where they originally opened their account. Our ATM cards cannot be used in non-HDFC Bank ATM machines, although our debit cards can be used. ATM cards issued by banks in the Plus, Cirrus and Amex networks can be used in our ATMs and we receive a fee for each transaction. These fee-generating transactions account for approximately 3.7% of our total ATM transactions in fiscal 2004.

   Telephone Banking Call Centers

     We provide telephone banking services to our customers in 80 cities. This service covers approximately 60% of our customer base. Customers can access their accounts over the phone through our 24-hour automated voice response system and can order check books, inquire as to balances and order stop payments. In Delhi and

21


Table of Contents

Mumbai, customers can also engage in financial transactions (such as cash transfers, opening deposits and ordering demand drafts). In nine cities we also have staff available 9 hours each day (four hours on weekends and holidays) to assist customers who want to speak directly to one of our telephone bankers. Our telephone banking service receives more than 1.4 million customer calls every month.

   Internet Banking

     In September 1999, we launched NetBanking, a real-time internet banking service. Through our website, customers can access account information, track transactions, transfer funds between accounts and to third parties who maintain accounts with the bank, make fixed deposits, pay bills, request stop payments and make demand draft requests. We encourage use of our internet banking service by offering some key services free or at a lower cost. We use 128-bit encryption technology to ensure all transactions are secure. More than 1.4 million of our customers have registered for internet banking services, with approximately 14% of that number using NetBanking at least once a quarter. NetBanking is also an important channel for serving our non-resident Indian customers.

   Mobile Telephone Banking

     We launched mobile telephone banking services in January 2000, making us the first bank to do so in India. Currently our customers in more than 110 cities are eligible to sign up for mobile telephone banking which allows them to access their accounts on their mobile telephone screens and to conduct a variety of banking transactions including balance inquiries, stop payment orders and utility bill payments. We use short messaging services, or SMS, as the main platform for this service. Approximately 300,000 of our customers have registered to use our mobile telephone banking services. Approximately 250,000 mobile telephone banking transactions take place every month.

Risk Management

     Risk is inherent in our business, and sound risk management is critical to our success. The major types of risk we face are credit risk and market risk, which includes liquidity risk and price risk. We also face operational risk. We have developed and implemented comprehensive policies and procedures to identify, monitor and manage risk across the bank.

   Credit Risk

     Credit risk is the possibility of loss due to the failure of any counterparty to abide by the terms and conditions of any financial contract with us. We identify and manage this risk through (a) our target market definitions, (b) our credit approval process, (c) our post-disbursement monitoring and (d) our remedial management procedures.

   Corporate Credit Risk

     We primarily target large manufacturing corporations in our corporate lending activities. Although we have some middle market borrowers, our corporate lending is generally concentrated among highly rated customers. In addition to market targeting, the principal means of managing credit risk is the credit approval process. We have policies and procedures to evaluate the potential credit risk of a particular counterparty or transaction and to approve the transaction. For our corporate clients, we have a detailed risk grading system that is applied to each counterparty on an annual basis. We also have limits for funded exposure to individual industries and for borrowers and groups of borrowers, regardless of whether the exposure is in the form of loans or non-funded exposures. We also have a review process that ensures the proper level of review and approval depending on the size of the facility and risk grading of the credit.

     Our risk grading system is similar to that used by rating agencies and is based on a combination of quantitative, qualitative and capitalization measures. We assign each customer or counterparty a numerical grade, based on an analysis of key ratios such as interest coverage, debt coverage, profit margin and leverage, as well as

22


Table of Contents

capitalization or tangible net worth. We also consider qualitative variables such as industry risk, market position, management competence and other factors. This grade may be modified depending on the maturity of the instrument being considered.

     We are subject to RBI policies that limit our exposure to particular counterparties and with respect to particular instruments. The RBI provides that without prior approval not more than 15% of our capital funds (under Indian GAAP) may be extended as credit exposure to an individual borrower, and not more than 40% of our capital funds may be extended as credit exposure to a group of companies under the same management. Effective April 1, 2003 in determining the credit exposure for single and group borrowers the weightage for non fund based exposures which previously was 50% is now 100%. We had three exposures to companies and an exposure to a group of companies that were above the general limit at March 31, 2004 for which we had approvals of the RBI. On March 31, 2004, our largest exposure to a single borrower was 34.1% of our capital funds, and our largest group exposure was 47.9% of our capital funds; all these borrowers are performing according to the terms of the contracts.

     The RBI has advised that banks may, in exceptional circumstances, with the approval of their Boards, consider enhancement of the exposure to a borrower by a further 5% of the capital funds. See “Credit Exposure Limits—Supervision and Regulation”.

     The RBI prohibits loans to companies with which we have any directors in common. We obtained approval for an exception to this policy that allows us to hold until maturity a loan to HDFC, made by Times Bank, which loan we acquired as part of the merger with Times Bank. The RBI also requires that a portion of our lending activities be “directed” to specific priority sections. See “Information About India—Supervision and Regulation.”

     We follow a policy of portfolio diversification by industry. At March 31, 2004, our customer assets in any single industry did not exceed 10% of our total outstanding customer assets. All working capital loans are subject to review at annual or shorter intervals.

     While we make our lending decisions largely on a cash-flow basis, we also take collateral for a large number of our loans. Our short and medium-term loans are typically secured by a first charge over inventory and receivables, and in some cases are further supported by a second charge over fixed assets. Longer term loans are usually secured by a charge over fixed assets. For some loans, we also require guarantees or other letters of support from the corporate parent. We generally do not make project loans or loans to property developers, although we may take a charge over real property as part of the security for a loan to a corporate borrower. Although we take collateral, we may not always be able to realize its value in a default situation. See “Risk Factors—We may be unable to foreclose on our collateral when borrowers default on their obligations to us which may result in failure to recover the expected value of collateral security exposing us to a potential loss.”

     Our credit approval process for corporate loans requires three different officers to approve the credit. Although the particular level of approval varies depending on the size of the loan and the borrower risk grading, no corporate loan can be made without all three approvals.

     Once a loan is made, we undertake ongoing credit analysis and monitoring at several levels. Our policies are designed to promote early detection of counterparty, industry or product exposures that require special monitoring. The Risk Management Committee of our board of directors, together with our senior credit officers, monitors overall portfolio risk as well as individual problem loans and potential problem loans on a regular basis. Our senior credit officers also work with our relationship managers to monitor individual counterparty performance and condition as well as industry wide market trends. We update our grading of all counterparties on an annual basis. A variety of other reports and analyses are prepared periodically. Remedial strategies are developed once a loan is identified as a problem loan. Exposures that slip below targeted market norms or risk standards are placed on a phase-out list, and an exit process for each exposure is put into operation.

     See “Selected Statistical Information” for a discussion of our policies regarding classification of loans and advances as non-performing (and certain differences between our policies and the practices of US banks), our policies regarding provisioning for loans and information concerning our non-performing assets and allowance for credit losses.

23


Table of Contents

     Retail Credit Risk

     Our retail credit policy and approval process are designed for the fact that we have high volumes of relatively homogeneous, small value transactions in each retail loan category. Because of the nature of retail banking, our credit policies are based primarily on statistical analyses of risks with respect to different products and types of customers. We monitor our own and industry experience to determine and periodically revise product terms and desired customer profiles. We then verify that an individual customer meets our lending criteria. Our retail loans are generally either secured or made against delivery of post-dated checks to cover all payments. In India bouncing of checks is a criminal offence. In the case of most automobile loans as well as unsecured personal loans, we require that the borrower provide post-dated checks for all payments on the loan at the time the loan is made. Loans against shares, automobile loans and consumer loans are all secured loans. We will generally lend up to 60% of the market value of shares in the case of a loan against shares, 90% of the value of the automobile in case of automobile loans and 85% of the value of the two wheeler in the case of two wheeler loans.

   Foreign Exchange, Derivatives and Trading Activities

     The credit risk of our foreign exchange and derivative transactions is managed the same way as we manage our corporate lending risk. We apply our risk assessment grading system to our counterparties and set individual counterparty limits. With respect to debt securities, we primarily trade government of India securities for our own account.

Market Risk

     Market risk refers to potential losses arising from volatility in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. Market risk arises with respect to all market risk sensitive financial instruments, including securities foreign exchange contracts, equity and derivative instruments, as well as from balance sheet or structural positions. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of our earnings and equity to loss and to reduce our exposure to the volatility inherent in financial instruments.

     Our board of directors reviews and approves the policies for the management of market risks and dealing authorities and limits. The Risk Management Committee of the board monitors market risk policies and procedures and reviews market risk limits. The board of directors has delegated the responsibility for ongoing general market risk management to the Asset Liability Committee. This committee, which is chaired by the managing director and includes the heads of our business groups, meets every alternate week and more often when conditions require. The Asset Liability Committee reviews our product pricing for deposits and assets as well as the maturity profile and mix of our assets and liabilities. It articulates the interest rate view of the bank and decides on future business strategy with respect to interest rates. It reviews and sets funding policy. It also reviews developments in the markets and the economy and their impact on our balance sheet and business. Finally, it ensures adherence to market risk limits and decides on the bank’s inter segment transfer pricing policy. The market risk department specifies risk valuation methodology of various treasury products, formulates procedures for portfolio risk valuation, assesses market risk factors and assists in monitoring market risks for various treasury desks. Our treasury back-office is responsible for reporting market risks of the treasury desks.

     The Financial Control Department is responsible for collecting data, preparing regulatory and analytical reports and monitoring whether the interest rate and other policies and limits established by the Asset Liability Committee are being observed. Our treasury group also assists in implementing asset-liability strategy and in providing information to the Asset Liability Committee.

     The following briefly describes our policies and procedures with respect to asset liability management, liquidity risk, price risk and other risks such as foreign exchange and equities risks.

24


Table of Contents

   Asset Liability Management

     We generally fund our core customer assets, consisting of loans and credit substitutes, with our core customer liabilities, consisting principally of deposits. We also borrow in the short-term interbank market. We use the majority of our funds to make loans or purchase securities. Most of our liabilities and assets are short-term.

     We maintain a substantial portfolio of liquid high-quality Indian government securities. While generally this market provides an adequate amount of liquidity, the interest rates at which funds are available can sometimes be volatile. We prepare regular maturity gap analyses to review our liquidity position, and must submit a monthly analysis to the RBI.

     We measure our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates primarily by way of a gap analysis. We classify all rate sensitive assets and liabilities into various time period categories according to contracted residual maturities or anticipated re-pricing dates, whichever is earlier. The difference in the amount of assets and liabilities maturing or being re-priced in any time period category gives us an indication of the extent to which we are exposed to the risk of potential changes in the margins on new or re-priced assets and liabilities. We place limits on the gap between the assets and liabilities that may be reset in any particular period.

     Our Asset Liability Committee addresses two principal aspects of our asset liability management programme.

     First, the Asset Liability Committee monitors the liquidity gap and, at the corporate level, recommends appropriate financing or asset deployment strategies depending on whether the gap is a net asset position or a net liability position, respectively. Operationally, in the short term, our treasury group implements these recommendations through market borrowings or placements.

     Second, the Asset Liability Committee monitors our interest rate gap and, at the corporate level, recommends re-pricing of our asset or liability portfolios. Operationally, in the short term, our treasury group implements these recommendations by entering into interest rate swaps.

     In the longer term, our wholesale banking and retail banking groups implement these recommendations through changes in the interest rates offered by us for different time period categories to either attract or discourage deposits and loans in those time period categories.

     See “Selected Statistical Information” for information on our asset-liability gap and the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to changes in interest rates.

   Liquidity Risk

     The purpose of liquidity management is to ensure sufficient cash flow to meet all financial commitments and to capitalize on opportunities for business expansion. This includes our ability to meet deposit withdrawals either on demand or at contractual maturity, to repay borrowings as they mature and to make new loans and investments as opportunities arise.

     Liquidity is managed on a daily basis by the treasury group under the direction of the Asset Liability Committee. The treasury group is responsible for ensuring that we have adequate liquidity, ensuring that our funding mix is appropriate so as to avoid maturity mismatches and to prevent price and reinvestment rate risk in case of a maturity gap, and monitoring local markets for the adequacy of funding liquidity.

   Price Risk

     Price risk is the risk arising from price fluctuations due to market factors, such as changes in interest rates and exchange rates. Our treasury group is responsible for implementing the price risk management process within the limits approved by the board of directors. These limits are independently monitored by the treasury operations group. We measure price risk through a two-stage process, the first part of which is to assess the sensitivity of the value of a position to changes in market factors to which our business is exposed. We then

25


Table of Contents

assess the probability of these changes or the volatility of market factors. We manage price risk principally by establishing limits for our money market activities and foreign exchange activities.

     We monitor and manage our exchange rate risk through a variety of limits on our foreign exchange activities. The RBI also limits the extent to which we can deviate from a “near square” position at the end of the day (where sales and purchases of each currency are matched). Our own policies set limits on maximum open positions in any currency during the course of the day as well as overnight position limits. We also have gap limits that address the matching of forward positions in various maturities and for different currencies. In addition, the RBI approves the aggregate gap limit for us. This limit is applied to all currencies. We also have stop-loss limits that require our traders to realize and restrict losses.

     We evaluate our risk on foreign exchange gap positions on a daily basis using a Value at Risk model applied to all our outstanding foreign exchange instruments. Our Value at Risk model statistically estimates the potential loss in earnings that would arise if we held our foreign exchange gap positions for three days. We currently use three days for our estimate, as this is the period within which we are 99% confident that we could theoretically close out all our foreign exchange gap positions and incur a loss that is less than our estimated Value at Risk. Our Value at Risk model is applied to our holdings on a portfolio basis, and takes into account reductions in risk that may arise from diversification amongst the different currencies that we are exposed to. Our Value at Risk model uses historical data for foreign exchange provided by Reuters. As at March 31, 2004 the Value at Risk relating to all foreign exchange instruments we held was estimated at Rs. 50.6 million.

     We impose position limits on our trading portfolio of marketable securities. These limits, which vary by tenor, restrict the holding of marketable securities of all kinds depending on our expectations about the yield curve. We also impose trading limits such as stop-loss limits and aggregate contract limits, which require that trading losses be kept below prescribed limits and as a result may require the realization of losses and elimination of positions.

     Our treasury operations department monitors actual positions against the required limits. The treasury operations department is independent of the treasury department and has a separate reporting line to the managing director through the head of operations.

     Our derivatives risk is managed by the fact that we do not enter or maintain unmatched positions with respect to non-rupee-based derivatives. Our proprietary derivatives trading is primarily limited to rupee-based interest rate swaps and rupee currency options.

Operational Risk

     Operational risks are risks arising from matters such as non-adherence to systems and procedures or from frauds resulting in financial or reputation loss. Our internal audit and compliance department plays an essential role in monitoring and limiting our operational risk. The primary focus of the audit department is:

    to independently evaluate the adequacy of all internal controls,
 
    to ensure adherence to the operating guidelines, including regulatory and legal requirements, and
 
    to pro-actively recommend improvements.

     The department also performs special investigations and ad hoc reviews. In addition, our internal audit and compliance department liaises with statutory auditors, central bank authorities and other regulatory bodies.

     In order to ensure total independence, the internal audit and compliance departments report directly to the chairman of the board of directors and the Audit and Compliance Committee of the board as well as indirectly to the managing director. The Audit and Compliance Committee meets every two months to review all procedures, the effectiveness of the controls and compliance with RBI regulations. In addition, the committee conducts a half-yearly review of the performance of the department itself.

26


Table of Contents

     Pursuant to RBI guidelines, some activities are required to be audited continuously. More than half of our business, measured by transaction volume, is subject to concurrent auditing, including foreign exchange, derivatives, equities, securities transactions, depositary services, retail liability operations, reversals to the profit and loss account and monitoring of inter-branch routing accounts. All other lines of business, our information technology department, branches, services and products are audited on a set schedule, which is usually quarterly or half-yearly. Our information technology is also subject to audit review and certification of all software, including application software and system controls.

     We are also subject to inspections conducted by the RBI under the Indian Banking Regulation Act. The RBI has adopted the global practice of subjecting banks to examination on the basis of the CAMELS model, a model that assigns confidential ratings to banks based on their capital adequacy, asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity and systems.

Competition

     We face strong competition in all of our principal lines of business. Our primary competitors are large public sector banks, other private sector banks, foreign banks and, in some product areas, non-banking financial institutions.

   Wholesale Banking

     Our principal competitors in wholesale banking are public and new private sector banks as well as foreign banks. The large public sector banks have traditionally been the market leaders in commercial lending. Foreign banks have focused primarily on serving the needs of multinational companies and Indian corporations with cross-border financing requirements including trade, transactional and foreign exchange services, while the large public sector banks have extensive branch networks and large local currency funding capabilities.

Retail Banking

     In retail banking, our principal competitors are the large public sector banks, which have much larger deposit bases and branch networks, other new private sector banks and foreign banks in the case of retail loan products. The retail deposit share of the foreign banks is quite small by comparison to the public sector banks, and have also declined in the last five years, which we attribute principally to competition from new private sector banks. However, some of the foreign banks have a significant presence among non-resident Indians and also compete for non-branch-based products such as auto loans and credit cards.

     We face significant competition primarily from foreign banks in the debit and credit card segment. In mutual fund sales and other investment related products, our principal competitors are brokers, foreign banks and new private sector banks.

   Treasury

     In our treasury advisory services for corporate clients, we compete principally with foreign banks in foreign exchange and derivatives trading, as well as the State Bank of India and other public sector banks in the foreign exchange and money markets business.

Employees

     We had 5,673 employees, 4,791 employees, and 3,742 employees at March 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At March 31, 2004 approximately 10.3% of our employees were managers or senior managers, and 3.4% were assistant vice presidents, vice presidents or group heads. By geographical location, approximately 47.2%, 26.3%, 19.5% and 7.0% of our employees are located in the western, northern, southern and eastern regions of India respectively. More than 95% of our employees have university degrees.

     We consider our relations with our employees to be good. Our employees do not belong to any union.

27


Table of Contents

     We use incentives in structuring compensation packages and have established a performance-based bonus scheme under which permanent employees have a variable pay component of their salary.

     In addition to basic compensation, employees are eligible to participate in our provident fund and other employee benefit plans. The provident fund, to which both we and our employees contribute, is a savings scheme, required by government regulation, under which we at present are required to pay to employees a minimum 8.5% annual return. If the return is not generated internally by the fund, we are liable for the difference. Our provident fund has generated sufficient funds internally to meet the annual return requirement since inception of the funds. We have also set up a superannuation fund to which we contribute defined amounts. In addition, we contribute specified amounts to a gratuity fund set up pursuant to Indian statutory requirements.

     We focus on training our employees on a continuous basis. We have a training center in Mumbai, where we conduct regular training programs for our employees. Management and executive trainees undergo a 8-12 week training module covering every aspect of banking. We offer courses conducted by both internal and external faculty. In addition to ongoing on-the-job training, we provide employees courses in specific areas or specialized operations on a need-based basis, with training program modules varying from two to four days in length.

Properties

     Our registered office and corporate headquarters are located at HDFC Bank House, Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai- 400 013, India. This is our premises which was commenced during the third quarter of fiscal 2004.

     Near to the corporate headquarters is the administrative center at Kamala Mills Compound in Lower Parel, Mumbai. We own our 120,000 square foot operations, training and information technology centers in Chandivili, Mumbai. At March 31, 2004, we had a network consisting of 312 branches, including 21 extension counters, and 910 ATMs including 555 at non-branch locations. These facilities are located throughout India. Nineteen of these branches are located on properties owned by us, the remaining facilities are located on leased properties. The net book value of all our owned properties, including branches, administrative offices and residential premises at March 31, 2004 was Rs. 1812.5 million. We have constructed our own corporate office at Lower Parel, Mumbai. which was commissioned during the third quarter of fiscal 2004.

Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

     We are involved in a number of legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business. However, we are currently not a party to any proceedings which, if adversely determined, might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

28


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

     You should carefully consider the following risk factors as well as the other information contained in this report in evaluating us and our business.

Risks Relating to Our Business

   If we are unable to manage our rapid growth, our business could be adversely affected.

     Our asset growth rate has been significantly higher than the Indian GDP growth rate and the Indian banking industry growth rate over the last five fiscal years. For example, our total assets in the three-year period ended March 31, 2004 grew at a compound annual growth rate of 36.9%. Our rapid growth has placed, and if it continues will place, significant demands on our operational, credit, financial and other internal risk controls. An inability to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, our future financial performance and the price of our equity shares and our ADSs.

   Our business is vulnerable to volatility in interest rates.

     Our results of operations depend to a great extent on our net interest income. In fiscal 2004, net interest revenue before allowances for credit losses represented 72.8% of our net revenue before such allowances. Changes in market interest rates could affect the interest rates charged on our interest-earning assets differently from the interest rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities and also our bond gains. This difference could result in an increase in interest expense relative to interest income leading to a reduction in our net interest income. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including the RBI’s monetary policies, deregulation of the financial sector in India, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors. Any volatility in interest rates could adversely affect our business, our future financial performance and the price of our equity shares and ADSs. In fiscal 2004, year-end yields on the Indian government’s ten-year bonds moved from 6.16% to 5.14%, with a high of 6.09% and low of 4.95%.

     From the start of fiscal 2004-05 till September 17, 2004, the interest rate have taken a U- turn. Owing to oil prices, inflation expectations and Fed actions, the yield on the benchmark 10 year bond has since moved up by 97 basis points to 6.11%. The sudden increase in the yield curve may have an immediate impact on the value of our fixed income portfolio and hence our net revenue.

   If the level of non-performing loans in our portfolio increases, then our business could suffer.

     Our gross non-performing loans and impaired credit substitutes represented 1.6% of our gross customer assets at March 31, 2004, 1.6% at March 31, 2003, 1.9% at March 31, 2002 and 2.1% at March 31, 2001. Our non-performing loans and impaired credit substitutes net of specific loan loss provisions represented 0.2% of our net customer assets portfolio at March 31, 2004, 0.5% at March 31, 2003, 0.6% at March 31, 2002 and 0.7% at March 31, 2001. At March 31, 2004, we had provided for 91.0% of our total non-performing loans. We cannot assure you that our provisions will be adequate to cover any further increase in the amount of non-performing loans or any further deterioration in our non-performing loan portfolio. In addition, we are a young bank and we have not experienced a significant, prolonged downturn in the economy.

     A number of factors which are not in our control could affect our ability to control and reduce non-performing loans. These factors include developments in the Indian economy, movements in global commodity markets, global competition, changes in interest rates and exchange rates and changes in regulations, including with respect to directed lending. In addition, the expansion of our business and our entry into the credit card business may cause our non-performing loans to increase and the overall quality of our loan portfolio to further deteriorate. If our non-performing loans increase, we may be unable to execute our business plan as expected and that could adversely affect the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

29


Table of Contents

   Because of our many transactions with stock market participants, our business could suffer if there is a prolonged or significant downturn on the Indian stock exchanges.

     We provide a variety of services and products to participants involved with the Indian stock exchanges. These include working capital funding and margin guarantees to share brokers, personal loans against securities and initial public offering finance for retail customers, stock exchange clearing services and depositary accounts. At March 31, 2004, loans to Indian and foreign institutional share brokers were Rs. 1,350.9 million, retail loans secured against shares were Rs. 5,549.2 million and margin guarantees were Rs. 4,307.5 million.

     As a result of our exposure to this industry, a significant or prolonged downturn on the Indian stock exchanges could have a material adverse effect on our business and could cause the price of our equity shares and ADSs to go down.

   We face greater credit risks than banks in more developed countries.

     One of our principal activities is providing financing to our clients, almost all of them are based in India. We are subject to the credit risk that our borrowers may not pay us in a timely fashion or at all. The credit risk of all our borrowers is higher than in other developed countries due to the higher uncertainty in our regulatory, political and economic environment and difficulties that many of our borrowers face in adapting to instability in world markets and rapid technological advances taking place across the world. Higher credit risk may expose us to potential losses which would adversely affect our business, our future financial performance and the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

   We may be unable to foreclose on collateral when borrowers default on their obligations to us which may result in failure to recover the expected value of collateral security.

     Although we typically lend on a cash-flow basis, we take collateral for a large proportion of our loans, consisting of liens on inventory, receivables and other current assets, and in some cases, charges on fixed assets and financial assets, such as marketable securities.

     As a part of the financial sector reforms, the government of India recently passed a new law called Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002. The Act provides banks and other lenders with increased powers which we believe could lead to better and faster realization of the collateral underlying against the non performing assets. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to realize the full value on our collateral, due to, among other things, delays on our part in taking immediate action, delays in bankruptcy foreclosure proceedings, stock market downturns, defects in the perfection of collateral and fraudulent transfers by borrowers. In the event a specialized regulatory agency gains jurisdiction over the borrower, creditor actions can be further delayed.

     RBI has come out with guidelines on corporate debt restructuring (CDR) framework for restructuring of debt of viable companies facing problems. The framework envisages that for debt amounts of Rs. 200 million and above referred by lenders/borrowers to the CDR cell, lenders holding greater than 75% of the referred debt can decide to restructure the referred debt and such a decision would be binding on the remaining 25% or less of the lenders. In situations where we own 25% or less of the debt, we could be forced to agree to a long- drawn restructuring of debt, in preference to foreclosure of security or a one- time settlement, which has generally been our practice.

   We compete directly with banks that are much larger than we are.

     We face strong competition in all areas of our business, and many of our competitors are much larger than we are. We compete directly with the large public sector banks, which generally have much larger deposit bases, more capital and larger customer bases than we do. We also compete directly with foreign banks, some of which are a part of the largest multinational financial companies in the world.

     Due to competitive pressures, we may be unable to successfully execute our growth strategy and offer products and services at reasonable returns, which may impact our business and our future financial performance.

30


Table of Contents

   Our funding is primarily short and medium-term and if depositors do not roll over deposited funds upon maturity our business could be adversely affected.

     Most of our funding requirements are met through short-term and medium-term funding sources, primarily in the form of retail deposits. However, a portion of our assets have long-term maturities, creating a potential for funding mismatches. In our experience, a substantial portion of our customer deposits has been rolled over upon maturity and has been, over time, a stable source of funding. However, if a substantial number of our depositors do not roll over deposited funds upon maturity, our liquidity position could be adversely affected which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

   We could be subject to volatility in income from our treasury operations.

     Treasury revenue is vulnerable to volatility in the market caused by changes in exchange rates, interest rates, equity prices and other factors. Any increase in interest rates would have an adverse effect on the value of our fixed income securities portfolio and may have an adverse effect on our net revenue. Any decrease in our income due to volatility in income from these activities could have a material adverse effect on the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

   We intend to enter new product lines in which we may not be successful.

     We intend to continue to explore new business opportunities in both retail and corporate banking. For example, we launched a credit card business in fiscal 2002. This product, being only in the second full year of operation, has yet to break even. We cannot assure you that we have accurately estimated how long it will take us to become profitable or the risks and costs of this business. Our inability to succeed in this or any other new product launch could adversely affect our future financial performance and the price of our equity shares and our ADSs.

A decline in our capital adequacy ratio could restrict our further business growth.

     The RBI has stipulated a minimum capital adequacy ratio of 9% to our total risk weighted assets. We need to continue to maintain the minimum capital adequacy to support our continuous growth. Our capital adequacy ratio has increased from 11.12% on March 31, 2003 to 11.66% as on March 31, 2004 due to a subordinated debt issue of 4,000 million. Our growth in business could suffer due to declining capital adequacy ratio.

   We have high concentrations of funded exposures to certain customers and to certain sectors and if any of these exposures were to become non-performing, the quality of our asset portfolio could be adversely affected.

     At March 31, 2004, our ten largest exposures, which include the aggregate of all outstanding balances of loans and investments, totaled approximately Rs. 33.3 billion. This represented approximately 18.7% of our net loans and investments and 106.6% of our shareholders’ equity. Our largest single funded exposure, based on outstanding balances at that date, was Rs. 8,125.2 million. This represented approximately 2.3% of our net loans and investments and approximately 26.0% of our shareholders’ equity. At March 31, 2004, none of our ten largest funded exposures based on outstanding balances was classified as non-performing. Our largest non-performing loan was our 44th largest funded exposure based on outstanding principal balance. However, if any of our ten largest exposures were to become non-performing, the quality of our asset portfolio and the price of our equity shares and ADSs could be adversely affected.

     At March 31, 2004, as a percentage of gross loans and credit substitutes, approximately 40.4% were individual or retail advances, 9.8% were to automotive manufacturers and 3.3% were to companies in the heavy engineering industry. At that date, Rs. 2,016.4 million or 67.4% of our gross non-performing loan portfolio was concentrated in four industries: automotive, electronics, iron and steel and textiles. Recently, there has been some upturn in the automotive and iron and steel industries, while the position in textile and electronic industries has not shown any significant variation. Some of these sectors could be affected in future by change in trade regulations, commodity prices or slowdown in industrial growth. Industry specific difficulties in these and other sectors could increase our level of non-performing loans and adversely affect our business, our future financial performance and the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

31


Table of Contents

   HDFC Limited controls a significant percentage of our share capital and exercises substantial influence over board decisions.

     HDFC Limited and its subsidiaries owned 24.2% of our equity at March 31, 2004. So long as HDFC Limited and its subsidiaries hold at least a 20.0% equity stake in us, HDFC Limited is entitled to nominate the directors who are not required to retire by rotation to our board including the chairman and our managing director, subject to RBI approval. Accordingly, HDFC Limited may be able to exercise substantial control over our board and over matters subject to a shareholder vote which may not be in our interest.

   We may face potential conflicts of interest relating to our principal shareholder, HDFC Limited.

     We have no agreements with HDFC Limited or any other HDFC group companies, which restrict us from offering products and services that are offered by them. Our relationship with these companies may however cause us to arrive at mutually beneficial arrangements which could limit the extent to which we may compete with HDFC Limited and HDFC group companies. As a result, any conflicts of interest between HDFC Limited and us or any other HDFC group companies and us could adversely affect our business and the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

Material changes in Indian banking regulations and infrastructure could harm our business.

     We operate in a highly regulated environment in which the RBI extensively supervises and regulates all banks. Our business could be directly affected by any changes in policies for banks in respect of directed lending and reserve requirements. In addition, we could be subject to other changes in laws and regulations such as those affecting the extent to which we can engage in specific businesses, as well as changes in other governmental policies, income tax laws and accounting principles. The RBI has issued guidelines on banks’ exposure to the capital markets. The guidelines place a ceiling on bank financing of equities and investments in shares equal to 5% of a bank’s total outstanding advances at the end of the prior year. Certain funded and non-funded exposures are subject to the ceiling. For more information on the new guidelines on exposure to the capital markets, see “Supervision and Regulation—Regulation Relating to Capital Markets Exposure.” We cannot assure you that laws and regulations governing the banking sector will not change in the future or that any changes will not adversely affect our business, our future financial performance and the price of our equity shares and our ADSs.

     Currently, there is no nationwide payment system in India, and checks must generally be returned to the city from which written in order to be cleared. Because of mail delivery days and the variation in city based interbank clearing practices , check collections can be slow and unpredictable. Through our electronically linked branch network, correspondant bank arrangements and centralized processing, we effectively provide nationwide collection and disbursement system for our corporate clients. We enjoy cash float and earn fees from these services. The RBI has recently introduced a new inter-bank settlement system called the Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS). The system facilitates real time settlements between banks, initially in select locations. This system is currently not fully operational. Once fully operational this could have an adverse impact on the cash float enjoyed so far from some of our cash management services and hence our future financial performance and the price of our equity shares and our ADS.

   Significant fraud, systems failure or calamities could adversely impact our business.

     We seek to protect our computer systems and network infrastructure from physical break-ins as well as fraud and systems failures. Computer break-ins and power disruptions could affect the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure. We employ security systems, including firewalls and password encryption, designed to minimize the risk of security breaches. Although we intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures to prevent break-ins, damage and failures, there can be no assurance that these security measures will be successful. A significant failure of security measures could have a material adverse effect on our business and our future financial performance.

     In addition, both our centralized data center and our back-up systems are separately located in the greater Mumbai area. In the event of a regional disaster such as an earthquake, there is the possibility that both systems

32


Table of Contents

could be simultaneously damaged or destroyed. Though, we have established a remote disaster recovery site at Chennai which replicates our network and certain applications which are currently based in Mumbai and believe that we will be able to retrieve critical applications within an optimal time frame, it would still take some time to make it fully operational.

Risks Relating to Investments in Indian Companies

   A slowdown in economic growth in India could cause our business to suffer.

     Our performance and the quality and growth of our assets are necessarily dependent on the health of the overall Indian economy. A slowdown in Indian economy could adversely effect our business, including our ability to grow our asset portfolio, the quality of our assets, and our ability to implement our strategy.

     In addition, the Indian economy is in a state of transition. The share of the services sector of the economy is rising while that of the industrial, manufacturing and agricultural sectors is declining. It is difficult to gauge the impact of these fundamental economic changes on our business.

   Indian law limits our ability to raise capital outside India and may limit the ability of others to acquire us, which could prevent us from operating our business or entering into a transaction that is in the best interests of our shareholders.

     Indian law constrains our ability to raise capital outside India through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities and we may not be able to raise sufficient funds within India to support our growth. Generally, any foreign investment in, or an acquisition of, an Indian company requires approval from relevant government authorities in India including the RBI. As a result, our ability to seek and obtain additional equity investment by foreign investors is constrained. In addition, these restrictions may prevent us from entering into a transaction, such as an acquisition by a non-Indian company, which would otherwise be beneficial for us and the holders of our equity shares and ADSs.

     RBI has recently issued draft guidelines for the ownership and governance in private sector banks. The objective of the draft guidelines is to have a regulatory road map for ownership and governance in private sector banks in the interests of the depositors and financial stability. The underlying thread of the draft guidelines is to ensure that the ultimate ownership and control of banks is well diversified, banks are owned and managed by ‘fit and proper’ persons/entities and well capitalized and that the processes are transparent and fair. The guidelines propose that the minimum capital of all private sector banks should be a minimum of Rs. 3.0 billion within three years. An investment by any category of investors greater than 5 percent in a private sector bank shall have to meet the ‘fit and proper’ criteria prescribed by the RBI. The guidelines propose that no single entity or group of related entities should have shareholding or control, direct or indirect, in excess of 10 per cent of paid up capital of a private sector bank. Any private sector bank or a foreign bank with a presence in India will not be allowed to hold shares above 5 per cent of the paid up capital of the investee private sector bank.

   Political instability or changes in the government in India could delay the liberalization of the Indian economy and adversely affect economic conditions in India generally, which could impact our financial results and prospects.

     Since 1991, successive Indian governments have pursued policies of economic liberalization, including significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the role of the Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant. The leadership of India has changed many times since 1996. The current coalition-led central government, which came to power in May 2004, has announced policies and taken initiatives that support the continued economic liberalization policies that have been pursued by previous central governments. We cannot assure you that these liberalization policies will continue in the future. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting banking and finance companies, foreign investment, currency exchange and other matters affecting investment in our securities could change as well. A significant change in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally and our business in particular

33


Table of Contents

   If regional hostilities increase, our business could suffer and the price of our equity shares and ADSs could go down.

     India has from time to time experienced social and civil unrest and hostilities with neighbouring countries. In recent years there have been military confrontations between India and Pakistan in the Kashmir region. These hostilities and tensions could lead to political or economic instability in India and a possible adverse effect on Indian stock exchanges, our business, our future financial performance and the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

   Conditions in the Indian securities market may affect the price or liquidity of our equity shares and ADSs.

     The Indian securities markets are smaller and more volatile than securities markets in more developed economies. The Indian stock exchanges have in the past experienced substantial fluctuations in the prices of listed securities. Although the price of our stock has not been as volatile as the markets generally, future fluctuations could have a material adverse affect on the price of our equity shares and ADSs.

Risks Relating to the ADSs and Equity Shares

   You will not be able to vote your ADSs.

     Investors in ADSs will have no voting rights unlike holders of the equity shares who have voting rights. Under the deposit agreement, the depositary will abstain from voting the equity shares represented by the ADSs. If you wish, you may withdraw the equity shares underlying the ADSs and seek to vote the equity shares you obtain upon withdrawal. However, this withdrawal process may be subject to delays and you may not be able to redeposit the equity shares as described below. For a discussion of the legal restrictions triggered by a withdrawal of the equity shares from the depositary facility upon surrender of ADSs, see “Information About India—Restrictions on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities.”

Your ability to withdraw equity shares from the depositary facility is uncertain and may be subject to delays.

     India’s restrictions on foreign ownership of Indian companies limit the number of equity shares that may be owned by foreign investors. Foreign investors generally require government approval. Investors who withdraw equity shares from the depositary facility will be subject to Indian regulatory restrictions on foreign ownership upon withdrawal. It is possible that this withdrawal process may be subject to delays. An ADS holder who surrenders an ADS and withdraws shares may be able to redeposit those shares in the depositary facility in exchange for ADSs. In addition, an investor who has purchased shares in the Indian market may be able to deposit them in the ADS program. However, in either case, the deposit or redeposit of equity shares may be limited by securities law restrictions and will be restricted so that the cumulative aggregate number of shares that can be deposited or redeposited as of any time cannot exceed the cumulative aggregate number represented by ADSs converted into underlying shares as of such time. For a discussion of the legal restrictions triggered by a withdrawal of equity shares from the depositary facility upon surrender of ADSs, see “Information About India—Restrictions on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities.”

   Your ability to sell in India any equity shares withdrawn from the depositary facility may be subject to delays if specific government approval is required.

     Investors seeking to sell in India any equity shares withdrawn upon surrender of an ADS will require RBI approval for each transaction unless the sale of those equity shares is made on an Indian stock exchange or in connection with an offer made under the Indian regulations regarding takeovers. Further, since currency exchange controls exist in India, the RBI will approve the foreign currency equivalent of the price at which your equity shares are transferred based on a specified form, and a higher price per share may not be permitted. Additionally, except in limited circumstances, if you seek to convert the rupee proceeds from your sale of equity shares in India into foreign currency and then repatriate that foreign currency from India, you will have to obtain an additional RBI approval for each transaction. If approval is required, we cannot guarantee that any approval will be obtained in a timely manner or at all. Because of possible delays in obtaining requisite approvals, investors in equity shares may be prevented from realizing gains during periods of price increases or limiting losses during periods of price declines.

34


Table of Contents

   There is a limited market for the ADSs.

     Although our ADSs are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot be certain that any trading market for our ADSs will be sustained, or that the present price will correspond to the future price at which our ADSs will trade in the public market. Indian legal restrictions may also limit the supply of ADSs. The only way to add to the supply of ADSs would be through an additional issuance. We cannot guarantee that a market for the ADSs will continue.

   Settlement of trades of equity shares on Indian stock exchanges may be subject to delays.

     The equity shares represented by our ADSs are listed on the National Stock Exchange, The Stock Exchange, Mumbai and The Stock Exchange, Ahmedabad. Settlement on these stock exchanges may be subject to delays and an investor in equity shares withdrawn from the depositary facility upon surrender of ADSs may not be able to settle trades on these stock exchanges in a timely manner.

   You may be unable to exercise preemptive rights available to other shareholders.

     A company incorporated in India must offer its holders of equity shares preemptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintain their existing ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new equity shares, unless these rights have been waived by at least 75% of the company’s shareholders present and voting at a shareholders’ general meeting. US investors in our ADSs may be unable to exercise preemptive rights for our equity shares underlying our ADSs unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective with respect to those rights or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. Our decision to file a registration statement will depend on the costs and potential liabilities associated with any registration statement as well as the perceived benefits of enabling US investors in our ADSs to exercise their preemptive rights and any other factors we consider appropriate at the time. We do not commit that we would file a registration statement under these circumstances. If we issue any securities in the future, these securities may be issued to the depositary, which may sell these securities in the securities markets in India for the benefit of the investors in our ADSs. There can be no assurance as to the value, if any, the depositary would receive upon the sale of these securities. To the extent that investors in our ADSs are unable to exercise preemptive rights, their proportional interests in us would be reduced.

   Because the equity shares underlying our ADSs are quoted in rupees in India, you may be subject to potential losses arising out of exchange rate risk on the Indian rupee and risks associated with the conversion of rupee proceeds into foreign currency.

     Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the US dollar and the Indian rupee may affect the value of your investment in our ADSs. Specifically, if the relative value of the Indian rupee to the US dollar declines, as it has generally over the past several years, each of the following values will also decline:

    the US dollar equivalent of the Indian rupee trading price of our equity shares in India and indirectly the US dollar trading price of our ADSs in the United States may also decline;
 
    the US dollar equivalent of the proceeds that you would receive upon the sale in India of any equity shares that you withdraw from the depositary; and
 
    the US dollar equivalent of cash dividends, if any, paid in Indian rupees on the equity shares represented by our ADSs.

     Investors that seek to convert the rupee proceeds of a sale of equity shares withdrawn upon surrender of ADSs into foreign currency and export the foreign currency will need to obtain the approval of the RBI for each such transaction. In addition, investors that seek to sell equity shares withdrawn from the depository facility will have to obtain approval from the RBI, unless the sale is made on a stock exchange or in connection with an offer made under the regulations regarding takeovers. Holders of rupees in India may also generally not purchase foreign currency without general or special approval from the RBI.

35


Table of Contents

   We have unsecured subordinated debt that, in case of payment default, could result in an issuance of a significant number of equity shares.

     Certain of our subordinated debt agreements with various government-owned Indian financial institutions contain provisions (which are commonly found in loan agreements of this nature in India) that entitle the primary lenders to exercise the right to convert at their option in most cases, up to 20% of outstanding principal and interest into fully-paid shares (at a conversion price equal to the par value, Rs. 10, of the equity shares) where the borrower is in default under the loan agreement. Although we have never missed a payment on this or any other debt, in the event we were to default on all such debt, the number of shares that could be so issued could represent a significant proportion of our equity share capital and could dilute the effective ownership of other shareholders, including holders of our equity shares and the ADSs. See “Description of Equity Shares—Issuance of Equity Shares under Subordinated Debt.”

   The future sales of securities by our company or existing shareholders may depress the market price of our ADSs.

     The market price of our ADSs could decline as a result of sales of a large number of our equity securities on an Indian stock exchange or elsewhere, or the perception that sales could occur. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price we deem appropriate.

   You may be subject to Indian taxes arising out of capital gains if you exchange your ADSs for equity shares and sell the equity shares.

     Generally, capital gains, whether short-term or long-term, arising on the sale of the underlying equity shares in India are subject to Indian capital gains tax. For purposes of computing the amount of capital gains subject to tax, Indian law specifies that the cost of acquisition of the equity shares will be deemed to be the share price prevailing on The Stock Exchange, Mumbai or the National Stock Exchange on the date the depositary advises the custodian to redeem receipts in exchange for underlying equity shares. The period of holding of such equity shares for determining whether the gain is long-term or short-term commences on the date of the giving of such notice by the depositary to the custodian. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisers and to consider carefully the potential tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs. The current Finance Act 2004-05 has exempted long term capital gains on sale of shares traded in a recognized stock exchange and has also introduced Securities Transaction Tax (STT) from a date to be notified. See “Taxation—Indian Tax”.

   You may be subject to Indian taxes on dividends payable on your ADSs

     In view of changes in the Indian Income Tax law, effective financial year 2003-04 a Company paying the dividend is subject to dividend distribution tax @ 12.5%, plus surcharge of 2.5% and an educational cess of 2% on the total tax on the total amount it distributes as dividend to its shareholders in addition to the normal corporate tax on its income. See “Taxation—Indian Tax”. Because of the dividend distribution tax, the company need not withhold tax at source from the dividend to the ADS holders. These laws could change in the future.

   You may not be able to enforce a judgment of a foreign court against us.

     We are a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of India. All but one of our directors and executive officers and some of the experts named in this annual report are residents of India and almost all of our assets and the assets of these persons are located in India.

     India is not a party to any international treaty in relation to the recognition or enforcement of foreign judgments. We have been advised by our Indian legal advisors that recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments is provided for under Section 13 of The Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 of India on a statutory basis and that foreign judgments shall be conclusive regarding any matter directly adjudicated upon except:

    where the judgment has not been pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction;
 
    where the judgment has not been given on the merits of the case;
 
    where it appears on the face of the proceedings that the judgment is founded on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognize the law of India in cases in which Indian law is applicable;

36


Table of Contents

    where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to natural justice;
 
    where the judgment has been obtained by fraud; or
 
    where the judgment sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in India.

     It may not be possible for investors in our ADSs to effect service of process outside India upon us or our directors and executive officers and experts named in the prospectus that are residents of India or to enforce judgments obtained against us or these persons in foreign courts predicated upon the liability provisions of foreign countries, including the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. Moreover, it is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action were brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce foreign judgments if it viewed the amount of damages as excessive or inconsistent with Indian practice.

   There may be less company information available in Indian securities markets than securities markets in developed countries.

     There is a difference between the level of regulation and monitoring of the Indian securities markets and the activities of investors, brokers and other participants and that of markets in the United States and other developed economies. The Securities and Exchange Board of India and RBI are responsible for improving disclosure and other regulatory standards for the Indian securities markets. The Securities and Exchange Board of India has issued regulations and guidelines on disclosure requirements, insider trading and other matters. There may, however, be less publicly available information about Indian companies than is regularly made available by public companies in developed economies.

37


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF OUR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES AND EQUITY SHARES

     Our ADSs, each representing three equity shares, par value Indian Rs. 10 per share, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HDB”. Our equity shares, including those underlying the ADSs, are listed on the National Stock Exchange of India under the symbol HDFCBANK, The Stock Exchange, Mumbai under the code 500180 and The Stock Exchange, Ahmedabad under the Stock Code 00500. The majority of trading in our equity shares is carried out on the National Stock Exchange and The Stock Exchange, Mumbai.

Trading prices of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange

     The following table shows:

    the reported high and low prices for our ADSs in U.S. dollars on the New York Stock Exchange; and
 
    the average daily trading volume for our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.
                         
    Price per ADS
  Average daily ADS
    High
  Low
  trading volume
2003
                       
Third Quarter
  US$ 23.8     US$ 18.8       63,563  
October
    26.0       21.9       62,848  
November
    26.4       22.5       101,205  
December
    34.4       26.2       78,341  
2004
                       
January
    34.9       28.3       106,635  
February
    31.9       27.5       99,579  
March
    32.0       27.0       62,183  
April
    32.0       29.0       50,505  
May
    33.1       19.6       161,195  
June
    29.8       24.6       100,995  
July
    27.6       25.7       44,586  
August
    28.2       26.2       37,114  
September (through September 13)
    29.7       28.2       18,088  

38


Table of Contents

Trading prices of our equity shares on the National Stock Exchange

     The following table shows:

    the reported high and low market prices for our equity shares in rupees on the National Stock Exchange;
 
    the imputed high and low closing sales prices for our equity shares translated into US dollars based on a rate of Indian Rs. 43.40 per US dollar; and
 
    the average daily trading volume for our equity shares on the National Stock Exchange.
                                         
    Price per   Price per    
    Equity share
  Equity share
  Average daily
                                    Equity share
    High
  Low
  High
  Low
  trading volume
1999
  Rs. 86.1     Rs. 48.0     US$ 2.0     US$ 1.1       150,201  
2000
    295.0       58.5       6.8       1.3       175,291  
2001
    285.0       185.0       6.6       4.3       153,088  
2002
                                       
First Quarter
    255.0       220.0       5.9       5.1       73,674  
Second Quarter
    241.5       199.8       5.6       4.6       83,395  
Third Quarter
    226.0       200.0       5.2       4.6       57,943  
Fourth Quarter
    223.0       186.0       5.1       4.3       105,587  
2003
                                       
First Quarter
    256.0       187.3       5.9       4.3       111,915  
Second Quarter
    267.2       231.0       6.2       5.3       147,219  
Third Quarter
    303.5       235.1       7.0       5.4       258,724  
October
    329.9       275.5       7.6       6.3       432,034  
November
    323.0       265.5       7.4       6.1       280,551  
December
    385.1       304.0       8.9       7.0       492,247  
2004
                                       
January
    406.8       300.6       9.4       6.9       563,193  
February
    383.4       325.5       8.8       7.5       296,284  
March
    400.0       335.2       9.2       7.7       235,948  
April
    400.0       368.0       9.2       8.5       228,853  
May
    395.0       256.2       9.1       5.9       226,836  
June
    392.0       346.0       9.0       8.0       277,571  
July
    379.5       341.1       8.7       7.9       257,662  
August
    381.9       353.1       8.8       8.1       177,308  

     At March 31, 2004, there were 215,630 holders of record of our equity shares, excluding ADS, of which 32 had registered addresses in the United States and held an aggregate of 15,378 of our equity shares.

39


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF EQUITY SHARES

     We incorporate by reference the information disclosed under “Description of Equity Shares” in our registration statement on Form F-1, dated July 20, 2001 (File No. 333-13718).

40


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Bank’s dividend policy is based on the need to balance the twin objectives of appropriately rewarding shareholders with cash dividends and of retaining capital to meet the Bank’s investment needs and to maintain a healthy capital adequacy ratio to support future growth.

     Under Indian law, a company pays dividends upon a recommendation by its board of directors and approval by a majority of the shareholders at the annual general meeting of shareholders held within six months of the end of each fiscal year. The shareholders have the right to decrease but not increase the dividend amount recommended by the board of directors. Dividends may be paid out of company profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared. We have paid dividends every year since fiscal 1997.

     Consistent with our dividend policy we have had a track record of moderate but steady increases in dividend declarations and the dividend payout ratio(1) in the last few years has been in the range of 22% to 24%.

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the dividend per equity share and the total amount of dividends paid on the equity shares, both exclusive of dividend tax. All dividends were paid in rupees. For convenience of the reader, we have provided US dollar equivalent amounts, which have been computed on the basis of the March 31, 2004, noon buying rate of Rs. 43.40 per US dollar.

                                 
    Dividend   Total amount of
    per equity share
  dividends paid
                    (in millions)
Relating to Fiscal Year
                               
2000
  Rs. 1.60     US$ 0.037     Rs. 323.9     US$ 7.5  
2001
    2.00       0.046       487.2       11.2  
2002
    2.50       0.058       703.4       16.2  
2003
    3.00       0.069       849.5       19.6  
2004
    3.50       0.081       1,000.5       23.1  

     Our dividends are generally declared and paid in the fiscal year following the year to which they relate. The dividend relating to fiscal year 2004 was paid in May 2004. This was subject to a dividend distribution tax of 12.5% plus a surcharge of 2.5% which was paid by the Bank. The shareholders of the Bank were not subjected to any withholding tax. The above tax actions were a result of changes in tax laws effective for dividends paid in fiscal 2004 onwards. For dividends paid in fiscal 2004, there was a distribution tax liability on the Bank of Rs. 128.2 million.

     Future dividends will depend on our revenues, cash flow, financial condition (including capital position) and other factors. ADS holders will be entitled to receive dividends payable in respect of the equity shares represented by ADSs. The equity shares represented by ADSs will rank equally with our existing equity shares in respect of dividends.

     Before paying any dividend on our equity shares, we are required under the Indian Banking Regulation Act to write off all expenses capitalized under Indian GAAP. Before declaring dividends, we are required to transfer at least 25% of the balance of profits of each year determined in accordance with Indian GAAP to a reserve fund. The RBI has issued new guidelines in April 2004, regarding declaration and payment of dividend including interim dividend) by banks with effect from the accounting year ended 31 March 2004. For description on regulation of dividend, see “Restrictions on Payment of Dividends—Supervision and Regulation”.

     For a description of the tax consequences of dividends paid to our shareholders, see “Taxation—Indian Tax—Taxation of Distributions.”

(1) Dividend payout ratio is dividend paid (before dividend distribution tax) upon net income for the year.

41


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     The following table sets forth our selected financial and operating data. The financial data have been derived from our financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP. The summary income statement data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our audited financial statements included in this annual report, together with the report of Deloitte Haskins and Sells, independent auditors. Our summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2000, March 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002 and our summary income statement data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2000 and March 31, 2001 are derived from our audited financial statements not included in this report. For the convenience of the reader, the summary financial data as of and for the year ended March 31, 2004 have been translated into US dollars at a rate of US$1.00 = Rs. 43.40.

     You should read the following data with the more detailed information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements.

                                                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (in millions, except per equity share data)
Selected income statement data:
                                               
Interest revenue
  Rs. 6,812.5     Rs. 12,561.5     Rs. 16,448.0     Rs. 19,424.8     Rs. 24,591.5     US$ 566.6  
Interest expense
    3,765.1       7,573.4       10,762.5       11,779.2       11,983.1       276.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net interest revenue
    3,047.4       4,988.1       5,685.5       7,645.6       12,608.4       290.5  
Allowance for credit losses, net
    455.9       247.0       451.6       741.5       2,343.4       54.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net interest revenue after allowance for credit losses
    2,591.5       4,741.1       5,233.9       6,904.1       10,265.0       236.5  
Non-interest revenue, net
    1,082.0       1,627.1       3,215.1       4,397.3       4,697.6       108.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net revenue
    3,673.5       6,368.2       8,449.0       11,301.4       14,962.6       344.8  
Non-interest expense
    1,640.4       3,162.5       4,196.0       6,057.9       8,369.3       192.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income before income taxes
    2,033.1       3,205.7       4,253.0       5,243.5       6,593.3       152.0  
Income tax expense
    642.3       1,065.1       1,294.6       1,729.7       1,838.8       42.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net income
  Rs. 1,390.8     Rs. 2,140.6     Rs. 2,958.4     Rs. 3,513.8     Rs. 4,754.5     US$ 109.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Per equity share data:
                                               
Earnings per share, basic
  Rs. 7.05     Rs. 8.97     Rs. 11.10     Rs. 12.57     Rs. 16.87     US$ 0.39  
Earnings per share, diluted
    7.03       8.87       11.04       12.51       16.70       0.38  
Dividends
    1.60       2.00       2.50       3.00       3.50       0.08  
Book value(1)
    36.72       44.88       79.06       93.36       110.4       2.54  
Equity shares outstanding at end of period (in millions of equity shares)
    238.1       239.7       279.0       279.7       282.8       282.8  
Weighted average equity shares outstanding- basic (in millions of equity shares)
    197.2       238.6       266.6       279.5       281.9       281.9  
Weighted average equity shares outstanding- diluted (in millions of equity shares)
    197.7       241.2       267.9       281.3       284.7       284.7  
Selected balance sheet data:
                                               
Total assets
  Rs. 119,967.7     Rs. 161,128.5     Rs. 243,032.2     Rs. 311,840.7     Rs. 426,835.6     US$ 9,834.9  
Cash and cash equivalents
    16,181.9       26,121.1       34,590.6       23,944.9       33,010.4       760.6  
Term placements
                      7,747.4       3,565.2       82.1  
Loans, net of allowance
    36,058.5       51,083.2       71,528.9       118,299.9       177,681.1       4,094.0  
Investments held for trading
                3,837.6       3,976.1       6,233.8       143.6  
Investments available for sale
    58,700.5       69,928.9       80,320.6       98,929.2       133,274.6       3,070.8  
Investments held to maturity
                35,429.9       38,426.7       36,368.4       838.0  
Non-performing loans, net
    844.6       485.5       536.4       683.3       269.9       6.3  
Total liabilities
    111,224.4       150,368.7       220,971.3       285,727.6       395,619.8       9,115.6  
Long-term debt
    1,720.0       2,220.6       2,157.9       2,116.0       6,086.0       140.2  
Short-term borrowings
    15,734.7       16,671.2       21,600.3       21,579.6       24,064.2       554.5  
Total deposits
    84,277.2       116,581.1       176,538.1       223,760.0       304,062.0       7,006.0  
Shareholders’ equity
    8,743.3       10,759.8       22,060.9       26,113.1       31,215.8       719.3  

(1)   Represents the difference between total assets and total liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding at the end of each reporting period.

42


Table of Contents

                                                 
                    At March 31,        
 
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
                    (in millions)                
Period average:(2)
                                               
Total assets
  Rs. 65,223.3     Rs. 130,056.0     Rs. 202,013.2     Rs. 257,020.8     Rs. 357,123.6     US$ 8,228.7  
Interest-earning assets
    59,837.7       119,714.5       183,488.8       230,452.0       327,523.3       7,546.6  
Loans, net of allowance
    19,210.1       39,004.4       59,374.9       82,461.2       136,527.4       3,145.8  
Total liabilities
    59,023.2       120,216.2       185,512.4       232,933.8       328,458.8       7,568.2  
Interest-bearing liabilities
    41,920.6       86,738.9       137,681.1       175,598.6       236,550.9       5,450.5  
Long-term debt
    1,598.0       1,718.2       2,159.7       2,280.3       2,605.9       60.0  
Short-term borrowings
    7,338.0       10,472.9       18,105.9       15,362.9       33,040.7       761.3  
Total deposits
    45,752.6       97,110.9       142,854.5       186,847.7       262,707.6       6,053.2  
Of which:
                                               
Interest-bearing deposits.
    32,984.6       74,547.8       117,415.5       157,955.4       200,904.4       4,629.1  
Shareholders’ equity
    6,200.1       9,839.8       16,500.8       24,087.0       28,664.9       660.5  

(2)   Average balances are the average of daily outstanding amounts.
                                         
    At or for the year ended March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
    (in percentages)
Profitability:
                                       
Net income as a percentage of:
                                       
Average total assets
    2.1       1.6       1.5       1.4       1.3  
Average shareholders’ equity
    22.4       21.8       17.9       14.6       16.6  
Dividend payout ratio(3)
    23.3       22.8       23.8       24.2       21.0  
Spread(4)
    4.5       3.6       2.4       2.6       2.4  
Net interest margin(5)
    5.1       4.2       3.1       3.3       3.9  
Cost-to-net revenue ratio(6)
    44.7       49.7       49.7       53.6       55.9  
Cost-to-average assets ratio(7)
    2.5       2.4       2.1       2.4       2.3  
Capital:
                                       
Total capital adequacy ratio(8)
    12.2       11.1       13.9       11.1       11.7  
Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio(8)
    9.6       8.7       10.8       9.5       8.0  
Tier 2 capital adequacy ratio(8)
    2.6       2.4       3.1       1.6       3.7  
Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets
    9.5       7.6       8.2       9.4       8.0  
Asset quality:
                                       
Gross non-performing loans as a percentage of gross loans
    4.4       2.9       2.7       2.0       1.7  
Gross non-performing loans and credit substitutes to gross customer assets(9)
    3.2       2.1       1.9       1.6       1.6  
Net non-performing loans as a percentage of net loans
    2.3       1.0       0.7       0.6       0.2  
Net non-performing loans and credit substitutes to net customer assets(9)
    1.7       0.7       0.6       0.5       0.2  
Net non-performing loans as a percentage of total assets
    0.7       0.3       0.2       0.2       0.1  
Specific allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross non-performing loans
    47.5       67.6       72.6       71.1       91.0  
Total allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross non-performing loans
    56.4       77.1       81.9       78.8       116.8  
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross total loans
    2.5       2.2       2.2       1.6       1.9  

(3)   Represents the ratio of total dividends payable on equity shares relating to each fiscal year, excluding the dividend distribution tax, as a percentage of net income of that year. Dividends of each year are typically paid in the following fiscal year. See “Dividend Policy.”
 
(4)   Represents the difference between yield on average interest-earning assets and cost of average interest-bearing liabilities. Yield on average interest-earning assets is the ratio of interest revenue to average interest-earning assets. Cost of average interest-bearing liabilities is the ratio of interest expense to average interest-bearing liabilities, including current accounts which are non-interest bearing.
 
(5)   Represents the ratio of net interest revenue to average interest-earning assets. The difference in net interest margin and spread arises due to the difference in the amount of average interest-earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities. If average interest-earning assets exceed average interest-bearing liabilities, net interest margin is greater than spread. If average interest-bearing liabilities exceed average interest-earning assets, net interest margin is less than spread.
 
(6)   Represents the ratio of non-interest expense to the sum of net interest revenue and non-interest revenue.
 
(7)   Represents the ratio of non-interest expense to average total assets.
 
(8)   Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital adequacy ratios are computed in accordance with the guidelines of the RBI, based on financial statements prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP. See “Information About India—Supervision and Regulation.”
 
(9)   Customer assets consist of loans and credit substitutes. Credit substitutes consist of investments in commercial paper, debentures and preference shares.

43


Table of Contents

SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

     The following information should be read together with our financial statements included in this report as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” All amounts presented in this section are in accordance with US GAAP.

Average Balance Sheet

     The table below presents the average balances for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities together with the related interest revenue and expense amounts, resulting in the presentation of the average yields and cost for each period. The average balance is the daily average of balances outstanding. The average yield on average interest-earning assets is the ratio of interest revenue to average interest-earning assets. The average cost on average interest-bearing liabilities is the ratio of interest expense to average interest-bearing liabilities. The average balances of loans include non-performing loans and are net of allowance for credit losses. We have not recalculated tax-exempt income on a tax-equivalent basis.

                                                                         
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
            Interest   Average           Interest   Average           Interest   Average
    Average   revenue/   yield/   Average   revenue/   yield/   Average   revenue/   Yield/
    Balance
  expense
  cost
  Balance
  expense
  cost
  balance
  expense
  cost
    (in millions, except percentages)
Assets:
                                                                       
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Cash equivalents and term placements
  Rs. 35,324.8     Rs. 2,150.9       6.1 %   Rs. 21,622.7     Rs. 1,233.5       5.7 %   Rs. 29,475.2     Rs. 1,109.6       3.8 %
Investments available for sale:
                                                                       
Tax free(1)
    13,859.8       1,080.9       7.8 %     7,779.0       494.5       6.4 %     25,286.0       1,475.6       5.8 %
Taxable
    48,395.9       4,586.5       9.5 %     75,867.8       5,649.5       7.5 %     99,107.3       7,129.2       7.2 %
Investments held to maturity
    24,130.9       2,280.3       9.5 %     36,775.4       3,763.2       10.2 %     31,576.2       2,882.5       9.1 %
Investments held for trading
    2,402.5       218.7       9.1 %     5,945.8       478.9       8.1 %     5,551.3       289.6       5.2 %
Loans, net
    59,374.9       6,130.7       10.3 %     82,461.2       7,805.4       9.5 %     136,527.4       11,705.0       8.6 %
 
   
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
                                 
Total interest-earning assets
  Rs. 183,488.8     Rs. 16,448.0       9.0 %   Rs. 230,452.0     Rs. 19,424.9       8.4 %   Rs. 327,523.3     Rs. 24,591.5       7.5 %
 
   
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
         
Non-interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Cash
    712.4                       848.3                       1,631.4                  
Property and equipment
    3,799.0                       4,924.5                       5,424.2                  
Other assets
    14,013.0                       20,796.0                       22,544.7                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                     
 
                 
Total non-interest earning assets
    18,524.4                       26,569                       29,600.3                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                     
 
                 
Total assets
  Rs. 202,013.2     Rs. 16,448.0       8.1 %   Rs. 257,020.8     Rs. 19,424.9       7.6 %   Rs. 357,123.6     Rs. 24,591.5       6.9 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Liabilities:
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Savings account deposits
  Rs. 23,005.5     Rs. 700.0       3.0 %   Rs. 36,419.7       1,125.2       3.1 %   Rs. 61,535.8     Rs. 1,633.9       2.7 %
Time deposits
    94,410.0       8,458.5       9.0 %     121,535.7       9,383.3       7.7 %     139,368.6       8,645.3       6.2 %
Short-term borrowings
    18,105.9       1,328.1       7.3 %     15,362.9       1,032.9       6.7 %     33,040.7       1,435.9       4.3 %
Long-term debt
    2,159.7       275.9       12.8 %     2,280.3       237.7       10.4 %     2,605.9       268.0       10.3 %
 
   
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  Rs. 137,681.1     Rs. 10,762.5       7.8 %   Rs. 175,598.5     Rs. 11,779.2       6.8 %     236,550.9       11,983.1       5.1 %
 
   
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
         
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Non-interest-bearing deposits(2)
    25,439.0                       28,892.3                       61,803.3                  
Other liabilities
    22,392.3                       28,442.9                       30,104.6                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                                         
Total non-interest-bearing liabilities
    47,831.3                       57,335.4                       91,907.8                  
 
   
 
                     
 
                                         
Total liabilities
  Rs. 185,512.4     Rs. 10,762.5       5.8 %   Rs. 232,933.8     Rs. 11,779.2       5.1 %   Rs. 328,458.8     Rs. 11,983.1       3.6 %
 
   
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
             
 
     
 
         
Shareholders’ equity
    16,500.8                       24,087.0                       28,664.9                  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  Rs. 202,013.2     Rs. 10,762.5       5.3 %   Rs. 257,020.8     Rs. 11,779.2       4.6 %   Rs. 357,123.6     Rs. 11,983.1       3.4 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 


(1)   Yield on tax free securities are not on a tax equivalent basis.
 
(2)   Includes current accounts and cash floats from transactional services.

44


Table of Contents

Analysis of Changes in Interest Revenue and Interest Expense Volume and Rate Analysis

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the allocation of the changes in our interest revenue and interest expense between average volume and changes in average rates.

                                                 
    Fiscal 2003 vs. Fiscal 2002
  Fiscal 2004 vs. Fiscal 2003
    Increase (decrease)(1) due to
  Increase (decrease)(1) due to
            Change                   Change    
            in                   In    
    Net   average   Change in   Net   Average   Change in
    Change
  volume
  Average rate
  change
  Volume
  Average rate
    (in millions)
Interest revenue:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  Rs. (917.4 )   Rs. (834.3 )   Rs. (83.1 )   Rs. (123.9 )   Rs. 447.9     Rs. (571.8 )
Investments available for sale:
                                               
Tax free
    (586.4 )     (474.2 )     (112.2 )     981.1       1,112.8       (131.7 )
Taxable
    1,063.0       2,603.5       (1,540.5 )     1,479.7       1,730.5       (250.8 )
Investments held to maturity
    1,482.8       1,194.9       287.9       (880.7 )     (532.0 )     (348.7 )
Investments held for trading
    260.2       322.5       (62.3 )     (189.3 )     (31.7 )     (157.6 )
Loans, net
    1,674.7       2,383.8       (709.1 )     3,899.6       5,117.6       (1,218.0 )
Total interest-earning assets
  Rs. 2,976.9     Rs. 5,196.2     Rs. (2,219.3 )   Rs. 5,166.5     Rs. 7,845.1     Rs. (2,678.6 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Interest expense:
                                               
Savings account deposits
  Rs. 425.2     Rs. 408.2     Rs. 17.0     Rs. 508.7     Rs. 775.9     Rs. (267.2 )
Time deposits
    924.9       2,430.3       (1,505.4 )     (738.1 )     1,376.8       (2,114.9 )
Short-term borrowings
    (295.3 )     (201.2 )     (94.1 )     403.0       1,188.5       (785.5 )
Long-term debt
    (38.1 )     15.4       (53.5 )     30.3       33.9       (3.6 )
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  Rs. 1,016.7     Rs. 2,652.7     Rs. (1,636.0 )   Rs. 203.9     Rs. 3,375.1     Rs. (3,171.2 )
Net interest revenue
  Rs. 1,960.20     Rs. 2,543.60     Rs. (583.4 )   Rs. 4,962.6     Rs. 4,470.0     Rs. 492.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 


(1)   The changes in net interest revenue between periods have been reflected as attributed either to volume or rate changes. For purposes of this table, changes which are due to both volume and rate have been allocated solely to changes in rate.

45


Table of Contents

Yields, Spreads and Margins

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the yields, spreads and interest margins on our interest-earning assets.

                         
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
    (in millions, except percentages)
Interest revenue
  Rs. 16,448.0     Rs. 19,424.8     Rs. 24,591.5  
Average interest-earning assets
    183,488.8       230,452.0       327,523.3  
Interest expense
    10,762.5       11,779.2       11,983.1  
Average interest-bearing liabilities
    137,681.1       175,598.5       236,550.9  
Average total assets
    202,013.2       257,020.8       357,123.6  
Average interest-earning assets as a percentage of average total assets
    90.8 %     89.7 %     91.7 %
Average interest-bearing liabilities as a percentage of average total assets
    68.2 %     68.3 %     66.2 %
Average interest-earning assets as a percentage of average interest- bearing liabilities
    133.3 %     131.2 %     138.5 %
Yield
    9.0 %     8.4 %     7.5 %
Cost of funds(1)
    5.8 %     5.1 %     3.6 %
Spread(2)
    2.4 %     2.7 %     3.5 %
Net interest margin(3)
    3.1 %     3.3 %     3.8 %


(1)   Excludes equity.
 
(2)   Spread is the difference between yield on average interest-earning assets and cost of average interest-bearing liabilities (including checking account balances which currently carry zero interest rate)
 
(3)   Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest revenue to average interest-earning assets. The difference in net interest margin and spread arises due to the difference in amount of average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. If average interest-earning assets exceed average interest-bearing liabilities, net interest margin is greater than the spread. If average interest-bearing liabilities exceed average interest-earning assets, net interest margin is less than the spread.

46


Table of Contents

Returns on Equity and Assets

     The following table presents selected financial ratios for the periods indicated.

                         
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
    (in millions, except percentages)
Net income
  Rs. 2,958.4     Rs. 3,513.8     Rs. 4,754.5  
Average total assets
    202,013.2       257,020.8       357,123.6  
Average shareholders’ equity
    16,500.8       24,087.0       28,664.9  
Net income as a percentage of average total assets
    1.5 %     1.4 %     1.3 %
Net income as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity
    17.9 %     14.6 %     16.6 %
Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets
    8.2 %     9.4 %     8.0 %

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information related to our investments available for sale.

                                                                                                 
    At March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
            Gross   Gross                   Gross   Gross                   Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Fair
    Cost
  Gain
  Loss
  Value
  Cost
  Gain
  Loss
  Value
  Cost
  Gain
  Loss
  Value
    (in millions)
Government securities
  Rs. 34,322.1     Rs. 752.8     Rs. 4.7     Rs. 35,070.2     Rs. 45,149.6     Rs. 784.8     Rs. 19.1     Rs. 45,915.3     Rs. 63,535.0     Rs. 1,426.9     Rs. 37.4     Rs. 64,924.5  
Other debt securities
    33,752.7       505.9       141.7       34,116.9       29,357.8       1,802.3       186.7       30,973.4       30,554.7       2,106.7       101.1       32,560.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total debt securities
    68,074.8       1,258.7       146.4       69,187.1       74,507.4       2,587.1       205.8       76,888.7       94,089.7       3,533.6       138.5       97,484.8  
Non-debt securities
    11,051.4       151.3       69.2       11,133.5       21,649.8       493.0       102.3       22,040.5       35,083.4       907.4       201.0       35,789.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 79,126.2     Rs. 1,410.0     Rs. 215.6     Rs. 80,320.6     Rs. 96,157.2     Rs. 3,080.1     Rs. 308.1     Rs. 98,929.2     Rs. 129,173.1     Rs. 4,441.0     Rs. 339.5     Rs. 133,274.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information related to our investments held to maturity.

                                                                                                 
    At March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
            Gross   Gross                   Gross   Gross                   Gross   Gross    
    Fair   Unrealized   Unrealized   Amortized   Fair   Unrealized   Unrealized   Amortized   Fair   Unrealized   Unrealized   Amortized
    Value
  Gain
  Loss
  Cost
  Value
  Gain
  Loss
  Cost
  Value
  Gain
  Loss
  Cost
    (in millions)
Government securities
  Rs. 14,597.3     Rs. 1,209.8     Rs.     Rs. 13,387.5     Rs. 20,392.6     Rs. 1,145.5     Rs. 7.3     Rs. 19,254.4     Rs. 28,424.2     Rs. 1,180.1     Rs. 1.1     Rs. 27,245.2  
Other debt securities
    22,292.0       460.1       210.5       22,042.4       19,715.7       580.9       37.5       19,172.3       9,633.4       511.1       0.9       9,123.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total debt securities
    36,889.3       1,669.9       210.5       35,429.9       40,108.3       1,726.4       44.8       38,426.7       38,057.6       1,691.2       2.0       36,368.4  
Non-debt securities
                                                                       
Total
  Rs. 36,889.3     Rs. 1,669.9     Rs. 210.5     Rs. 35,429.9     Rs. 40,108.3     Rs. 1,726.4     Rs. 44.8     Rs. 38,426.7     Rs. 38,057.6     Rs. 1,691.2     Rs. 2.0     Rs. 36,368.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
                                 

47


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, an analysis of the residual maturity profile of our investments in government and corporate debt securities classified as available for sale securities and their market yields.

                                                                 
    At March 31, 2004
                                                    More than ten
    Up to one year
  One to five years
  Five to ten years
  years
    Amount
  Yield
  Amount
  Yield
  Amount
  Yield
  Amount
  Yield
    (in millions, except percentages)
Government securities
  Rs. 11,748.4       4.5 %   Rs. 25,593.4       4.8 %   Rs. 25,328.2       4.9 %   Rs. 2,254.5       5.2 %
Other debt securities
    7,471.0       5.5 %     18,452.1       6.3 %     6,601.8       6.5 %     35.4       7.4 %
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total debt securities
    19,219.4       4.9 %     44,045.5       5.4 %     31,930.0       5.3 %     2,289.9       5.3 %
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total amortized cost
    18,949.0               42,364.0               30,537.0               2,239.8          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
             
 
         
Total market value
  Rs. 19,172.8             Rs. 44,092.1             Rs. 31,930.0             Rs. 2,289.9          
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
             
 
         

Funding

     Our funding operations are designed to ensure both stability and cost of funding and effective liquidity management. The primary source of funding is deposits raised from retail customers, which were 65.9% of total deposits at March 31, 2004. Wholesale banking deposits represented 34.1% of total deposits at March 31, 2004.

Total Deposits

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our outstanding deposits and the percentage composition by each category of deposits. The average cost (interest expense divided by average of daily balances) of savings deposits was 3.0% in fiscal 2002, 3.1% in fiscal 2003 and 2.7% in fiscal 2004. The average costs of time deposits was 9.0% in fiscal 2002, 7.7% in fiscal 2003 and 6.2% in fiscal 2004.

                                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
    Amount
  % of total
  Amount
  % of total
  Amount
  % of total
    (in millions, except percentages)
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits
  Rs. 42,201.8       23.9 %   Rs. 49,509.6       22.1 %   Rs. 88,351.2       29.0 %
Savings deposits
    29,574.5       16.8       46,631.4       20.8 %     78,043.0       25.7 %
Time deposits
    104,761.8       59.3       127,619.0       57.1 %     137,667.8       45.3 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 176,538.1       100.0 %   Rs. 223,760.0       100.0 %   Rs. 304,062.0       100.0 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     As of March 31, 2004, time deposits in excess of Rs. 4.5 million (approximately US$100,000) have a balance to maturity profile as follows:

                                         
    At March 31, 2004
    Up to 3                   9 to 12   More than 1
    months
  3 to 6 months
  6 to 9 months
  months
  Year
    (in millions)
Balance to maturity for deposits exceeding Rs. 4.5 million each
  Rs. 24,098.0     Rs. 10,980.0     Rs. 3,737.1     Rs. 4,877.1     Rs. 10,554.6  

Short-term Borrowings

     The following table sets forth for the periods indicated, information related to our short-term borrowings, which are comprised primarily of money-market borrowings, excluding deposits.

                         
    Year ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
    (in millions, except percentages)
Period end balance
  Rs. 21,600.3     Rs. 21,579.6     Rs. 24,064.2  
Average balance during the period(1)
    18,105.9       15,362.9       33,040.7  
Maximum outstanding
    29,857.9       32,221.7       52,274.3  
Average interest rate during the period(2)
    7.4 %     6.3 %     4.3 %
Average interest at period end(3)
    6.5 %     6.9 %     4.1 %


(1)   Average of daily balances outstanding.
 
(2)   Represents the ratio of interest expense on short-term borrowings to the average of daily balances of short-term borrowings.
 
(3)   Represents the weighted average rate of short-term borrowings outstanding at March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

Subordinated Debt

     We also obtain funds from the issuance of unsecured non-convertible subordinated debt securities, which qualify as Tier 2 risk-based capital under the RBI’s guidelines for assessing capital adequacy. The Bank has issued subordinated debt at various date from fiscal 1998 and fiscal 2004 at various coupon rates. The first tranche aggregating Rs. 1,000.0 million was issued on various dates between January 29, 1998 and March 20, 1998 and carries a coupon rate of 13.00%. This tranche is repayable on various dates between July 28, 2004 and September 19, 2004. The second tranche aggregating Rs. 500.0 million was issued on various dates between March 30, 1999 and June 5, 1999 and carries a coupon rate of 13.75%. This tranche is repayable on various dates between June 29, 2006 and September 4, 2006. The third tranche aggregating Rs. 500.0 million was issued on

48


Table of Contents

March 22 and March 23, 2001 and carries a coupon rate of 11.00%. This tranche is repayable by June 22, 2006. The Bank in the current year issued subordinated debts aggregating to Rs. 4,000 million, issued on February 4, 2004 of which Rs. 3,950 million carries a coupon rate of 5.90% and matures in May 2013 and Rs. 50 million carries a coupon rate of 6.0% and matures in May 2016.

Asset Liability Gap and Interest Sensitivity Data

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our asset-liability gap position.

                                                                         
    At March 31, 2004(1)
                                            Greater            
                                            than one   Greater than        
                                    Total   year and   three years   Greater    
                    91-180   6-12   within one   up to three   and up to   than five    
    0-28 days
  29-90 days
  days
  months
  year
  years
  five years
  years
  Total
    (in millions)
Cash and cash Equivalents(2),(3)
    19,711.9       656.7       820.9       1,806.0       22,995.5       9,850.7       164.2             33,010.4  
Term placements
            543.1       563.1       1,035.30       2,141.5       1,423.7                   3,565.2  
Investments held for trading(4)
    5,797.4       436.4                   6,233.8                         6,233.8  
Investments available for sale(5),(6)
    13,191.5       5,825.0       6,732.1       12,272.8       38,021.4       58,449.0       16,306.0       20,498.2       133,274.6  
Investments held to maturity(5)
    6,169.7       2,330.8       1,927.2       5,125.4       15,553.1       17,673.6       2,870.8       270.9       36,368.4  
Securities purchased under agreement to resell
    19,950.0                         19,950.0                         19,950.0  
Loans, net(7), (8)
    30,868.8       40,998.8       15,572.3       20,128.5       107,568.4       60,246.4       8,884.8       981.5       177,681.1  
Accrued interest Receivable
    4,178.7                         4,178.7                         4,178.7  
Other assets
    6,340.1                         6,340.1                   64.2       6,404.3  
Total financial Assets
    106,208.1       50,790.8       25,615.6       40,368.0       222,982.5       147,643.4       28,225.8       21,814.8       420,666.5  
Deposits(9)
    46,486.4       11,676.8       12,113.6       37,594.1       107,870.9       193,695.8       2,495.3             304,062.0  
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
                                                                       
Debt(10)
    17,899.5       1,513.2       5,737.5             25,150.2       1,000.0             4,000.0       30,150.2  
Other liabilities
            60,380.8                   60,380.8       1,026.8                   61,407.6  
Total financial
                                                                       
Liabilities
    64,385.9       73,570.8       17,851.1       37,594.1       193,401.9       195,722.6       2,495.3       4,000.0       395,619.8  
Asset/liability gap
    41,822.2       (22,780.0 )     7,764.5       2,773.9       29,580.6       (48,079.2 )     25,730.5       17,814.8       25,046.7  
Cumulative gap
    41,822.2       19,042.2       26,806.7       29,580.6       29,580.6       (18,498.6 )     7,231.9       25,046.7       25,046.7  
Cumulative gap as a percentage of total assets
    39.4 %     37.5 %     104.6 %     73.2 %     13.3 %     (12.5 %)     25.6 %     114.8 %     6.0 %


(1)   Assets and liabilities are classified into the applicable maturity categories based on residual maturity unless specifically mentioned.
 
(2)   Cash on hand is classified in the 0-28 day bucket.
 
(3)   Cash and cash equivalents include balances with the RBI to satisfy its cash reserve ratio requirements. These balances are held in the form of overnight cash deposits but we classify these balances to the applicable maturity categories on a basis proportionate to the classification of related deposits.
 
(4)   Securities in the trading book are classified in the 0-28 days or 29-90 days maturity bucket based on the expected time of realization for the said investments.
 
(5)   Securities held towards satisfying the statutory liquidity requirement (SLR) prescribed by the RBI are classified based the applicable maturity categories on a basis proportionate to the classification of related deposits.
 
(6)   Shares and units of open ended mutual funds are classified in the “greater than five years’’ category.
 
(7)   Net Non-performing loans are classified in the “greater than five years’’ category.
 
(8)   Ambiguous maturity overdrafts are classified under various maturity buckets based on the historical behavioral analysis of such advances.
 
(9)   Non maturity deposits are classified under various maturity buckets based on the historical behavioral analysis of such deposits.
 
(10)   Includes short-term borrowings and long-term debt. For further information on how we manage our asset liability risk, see “Business—Market Risk.’’

49


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio and Credit Substitutes

     At March 31, 2004, our gross loan portfolio was Rs. 181.2 billion and represented approximately 1.1 million contracts outstanding. At March 31, 2004, our gross credit substitutes outstanding were Rs. 17.0 billion and represented 112 credit substitutes outstanding. All our gross loans and credit substitutes are to Indian borrowers and over 90% are denominated in rupees. For a description of our wholesale and retail loan products, see “Business—Wholesale Banking—Commercial Banking Products—Commercial Loan Products and Credit Substitutes” and “—Retail Banking—Retail Loan Products.”

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our gross loan portfolio classified by product group.

                                         
    At March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Working capital
  Rs. 14,638.6     Rs. 19,974.7     Rs. 28,200.8     Rs. 45,521.9     Rs. 54,104.5  
Term loans
    15,804.2       23,678.5       30,579.8       43,005.0       53,819.3  
Investment in finance leases
    218.0       137.2       52.9       8.3          
Retail loans
    6,305.0       8,447.1       14,301.3       31,631.4       73,251.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross loans
  Rs. 36,965.8     Rs. 52,237.5     Rs. 73,134.8     Rs. 120,166.6     Rs. 181,175.4  
Credit substitutes,
    13,056.2       22,344.2       35,329.9       30,255.5       17,041.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross loans plus credit substitutes
  Rs. 50,022.0     Rs. 74,581.7     Rs. 108,464.7     Rs. 150,422.1     Rs. 198,216.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loans

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the maturity and interest rate sensitivity of our loans.

                         
    At March 31, 2004
    Due in one   Due in one   Due after
    year or less
  to five years
  five years
    (in millions)
Retail
  Rs. 27,560.8     Rs. 45,512.2     Rs. 178.6  
Wholesale
  Rs. 78,430.9     Rs. 26,072.3     Rs. 3,420.6  
Gross loans
  Rs. 105,991.7     Rs. 71,584.5     Rs. 3,599.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
                         
    At March 31, 2004
    Due in one   Due in one   Due after
    year or less
  to five years
  five years
    (in millions)
Interest rate classification of loans by maturity:
                       
Variable rates
  Rs. 2,710.1              
Fixed rates
  Rs. 104,858.3     Rs. 69,131.2     Rs. 981.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross loans
  Rs. 107,568.4     Rs. 69,131.2     Rs. 981.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

Concentration of Loans and Credit Substitutes

     Pursuant to the guidelines of the RBI, our exposure to individual borrowers generally may not exceed 15% of our capital funds calculated under Indian GAAP. We had three exposures to companies that were above the general limit at March 31, 2004 for which we had approvals of the RBI. Our exposure to a group of companies under the same management control generally may not exceed 40% of our capital funds without the prior approval of the RBI. In some cases, the exposure to a group of companies under the same management control may be up to 50% of our capital funds. For further information, see “Information About India—Supervision and Regulation.”

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our gross loans and credit substitutes outstanding by the borrower’s industry or economic activity and as a percentage of our gross loans and fair value of credit substitutes.

                                                                                 
    At March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
    (in millions, except percentages)
1. Automotive manufacturers
    1,614.2       3.2 %     3,138.6       4.2 %     9,999.2       9.2 %     13,393.2       8.9 %     19,370.2       9.8 %
2. Heavy Engineering
    824.1       1.6 %     4,808.2       6.4 %     3,903.4       3.6 %     3,830.1       2.5 %     6,630.9       3.3 %
3. Cement manufacturers
    929.9       1.9 %     3,173.2       4.3 %     2,990.6       2.8 %     4,171.9       2.8 %     6,348.3       3.2 %
4. Land transport
    12.1       0.0 %     7.9       0.0 %     1,270.3       1.2 %     2,420.1       1.6 %     5,352.4       2.7 %
5. Hire purchase
    2,057.7       4.1 %     2,394.7       3.2 %     5,367.0       4.9 %     5,877.1       3.9 %     4,498.5       2.3 %
6. Investment and finance
    2,169.3       4.3 %     2,422.9       3.2 %     204.0       0.2 %     2,188.1       1.5 %     4,491.3       2.3 %
7. Iron and steel
    943.1       1.9 %     1,191.5       1.6 %     2,456.0       2.3 %     2,270.2       1.5 %     4,258.8       2.1 %
8. Telecom
    487.7       1.0 %     1,393.6       1.9 %     2,490.1       2.3 %     921.0       0.6 %     4,054.0       2.0 %
9. Drugs and pharmaceuticals
    1,003.0       2.0 %     1,734.4       2.3 %     1,853.4       1.7 %     2,358.0       1.6 %     4,014.0       2.0 %
10. Others
    39,980.9       79.9 %     54,316.7       72.8 %     77,930.7       71.8 %     112,992.3       75.1 %     139,198.5       70.3 %
11. Total
  Rs. 50,022.0       100.0 %   Rs. 74,581.7       100.0 %   Rs. 108,464.7       100.0 %   Rs. 150,422.0       100.0 %   Rs. 198,216.9       100.0 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

50


Table of Contents

     Our ten largest funded exposures consisting of loans, investments including credit substitutes at March 31, 2004 totaled approximately Rs. 33.3 billion and represented approximately 16.8% of our total gross loan and credit substitutes. The largest group of companies under the same management control accounted for approximately 0.7% of our loans and credit substitutes.

Directed Lending

     The RBI has established guidelines requiring Indian banks to lend 40% of their net bank credit to certain specified sectors called priority sectors. Priority sectors include small-scale industries, the agricultural sector, food and agro-based industries and small businesses. See “Information About India—Supervision and Regulation.’’

     We are required to comply with the priority sector lending requirements at the last reporting Friday of each fiscal year, a date specified by RBI for reporting. Apart from our loans to the specified sectors outlined above, we may invest in bonds of specified institutions to meet our mandated lending requirements. Any shortfall in the amount required to be lent to the priority sectors may be required to be deposited with Indian development banks like the National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development and the Small Industries Development Bank of India. These deposits have a maturity of up to five years and carry interest rates lower than market rates. These deposits also satisfy part of our priority sector requirement.

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our directed lending broken down by sector.

                                         
    At March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Directed lending:
                                       
Agriculture
  Rs. 1,630.3     Rs. 1,206.8     Rs. 1,493.4     Rs. 8,858.8     Rs. 13,220.2  
Small scale industries
    3,249.2       1,772.8       2,730.5       2,949.6       4,370.6  
Other
    978.6       3,788.6       3,509.2       2,372.6       7,633.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total directed lending
  Rs. 5,858.1     Rs. 6,768.2     Rs. 7,733.1     Rs. 14,181.0     Rs. 25,224.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

51


Table of Contents

Non-Performing Loans

     The following discussion of non-performing loans is based on US GAAP. For classification of non-performing loans under Indian regulatory requirements, see “Information About India—Supervision and Regulation.’’

     The Indian economy has expanded steadily during the past three years with GDP growth of, 5.4% in fiscal 2002, 4.4% in fiscal 2003 and 8.1% in fiscal 2004. Since 1991, the government of India has pursued a policy of gradual liberalization and deregulation. Indian corporations have had to respond to these pressures through a process of restructuring and repositioning. This restructuring process is taking place in several industries, primarily in sectors where many small, unprofitable manufacturing facilities have existed, such as the iron and steel and textiles industries. This led to a decline in the operating performance of some Indian corporations and the impairment of related loan assets in the financial system, including some of our assets. The decline in certain sectors of the Indian economy has been offset by growth in segments such as financial services and information technology.

     At March 31, 2004, our gross non-performing loans as a percentage of gross loan assets was 1.7% and our gross non-performing loans net of valuation allowances as a percentage of net loan assets was 0.2%. We have made total specific valuation allowances for 91.0% of gross non-performing loans. These allowances are based on the expected realization of cash flows from these assets and from the underlying collateral. All of our non-performing loans are rupee-denominated. At March 31, 2004, we had four non-performing loans in the directed lending sector. Non-performing loans to the directed lending sector as a percentage of gross loans was 0.1%.

     The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, information about our gross non-performing loan portfolio.

                                         
    At March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
    (in millions, except percentages)
Non-performing loans:
                                       
Working capital loans
  Rs. 1,126.7     Rs. 727.6     Rs. 993.9     Rs. 1,455.6     Rs. 1,867.8  
Term loans
    401.1       609.5       785.7       810.2       721.3  
Investment in finance leases
    77.4       65.9       39.6       26.9        
Retail loans
    3.2       93.3       140.7       74.9       403.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross non-performing loans
  Rs. 1,608.4     Rs. 1,496.3     Rs. 1,959.9     Rs. 2,367.6     Rs. 2,992.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Specific valuation allowances
  Rs. 763.8     Rs. 1,010.8     Rs. 1,423.5     Rs. 1,684.3       2,722.7  
Unallocated valuation allowances
    143.5       143.5       182.4       182.4       589.2  
Non-performing loans net of specific valuation allowance
    844.6       485.5       536.4       683.3       269.9  
Gross loan assets
  Rs. 36,965.8     Rs. 52,237.5     Rs. 73,134.8     Rs. 120,166.6     Rs. 181,175.4  
Net loan assets
    36,058.5       51,083.2       71,528.9       118,299.9     Rs. 177,681.1  
Gross non-performing loans as a percentage of gross loans
    4.35 %     2.86 %     2.68 %     1.97 %     1.65 %
Non-performing loans net of specific valuation allowance as a percentage of net loan assets
    2.34 %     0.95 %     0.74 %     0.58 %     0.15 %
Specific valuation allowance as a percentage of gross non- performing loans
    47.49 %     67.55 %     72.63 %     71.14 %     90.98 %
Total valuation allowance as a percentage of gross non-performing loans
    56.41 %     77.14 %     81.94 %     78.84 %     116.76 %

Recognition of Non-Performing Loans

     We classify our loan portfolio into loans that are performing and loans that are non-performing or impaired.

     We consider a loan to be performing when no principal or interest payment is one quarter or more past due and where we expect to recover all amounts due to us.

     We have analyzed our gross loans into their performance status as follows:

                                         
    At March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Performing
  Rs. 35,357.4     Rs. 50,741.2     Rs. 71,174.9     Rs. 117,799.0     Rs. 178,182.8  
Non-performing or impaired:
                                       
On accrual status
    481.4       235.4       61.6       51.9          
On non-accrual status
    1,127.0       1,260.9       1,898.3       2,315.7       2,992.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Non-performing or impaired
    1,608.4       1,496.3       1,959.9       2,367.6       2,992.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 36,965.8     Rs. 52,237.5     Rs. 73,134.8     Rs. 120,166.6     Rs. 181,175.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Non-performing or impaired loans consist of loans that are on accrual status as well as loans that have been placed on non-accrual status.

     We place loans on non-accrual status when interest or principal payments are one quarter past due, at which time no further interest is accrued and overdue interest not collected is reversed. We make specific allowances for all loans on non-accrual status based on the loss we expect to incur for each such loan.

52


Table of Contents

     We also identify other loans as non-performing or impaired even when principal or interest payments are less than one quarter past due but where we believe recovery of all principal and interest amounts is doubtful. We make specific and unallocated allowances for these loans based on our estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

     Our policy of placing loans on non-accrual status when interest or principal payments are 90 days or more overdue is consistent with what is required by the RBI and, we believe, is the general market practice in India. The RBI had announced that beginning March 31, 2004, Indian banks will be required to follow a 90-day non-accrual standard.

     Our methodology for determining specific and unallocated allowances for non-performing loans is discussed below separately for each category of loan.

     Commercial Loans. We make specific allowances for credit losses for all commercial loans on non-accrual status. We also make specific allowances for commercial loans that are on accrual status, when we consider these loans to be impaired despite being less than one quarter past due.

     We identify commercial loans on accrual status as being impaired based on our assessment of each wholesale banking customer, taking into account quantitative and qualitative factors such as payment status, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the value of any collateral held, our view of the industry and general economic conditions.

     Impairment is measured for each non-performing wholesale banking customer for the aggregate of all commercial loans made to that customer. We establish a specific allowance for the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the present value of expected future cash flows including the net realizable value of any collateral, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. We do not establish a specific allowance for loans where the fair value of any collateral we hold exceeds the outstanding loan balance.

     Commercial loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls are generally not classified as impaired but are placed on a surveillance watch list and closely monitored for deterioration. We determine the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

     Retail Loans. Retail loans principally consist of loans against securities, auto loans and other personal loans. We make specific allowances for all retail loans that are on non-accrual status where the fair value of the collateral is less than the outstanding amount of the loan. We also make unallocated allowances for retail loans that are on an accrual status, which consist of loans that are less than one quarter past due. Our retail loan portfolios comprise groups of a larger number of small value homogeneous loans. Our unallocated allowance is based on our estimate of the expected amount of losses inherent in each retail loan portfolio.

     Our specific and unallocated allowances are determined separately for each product category, as follows:

     Loans Against Securities. For loans made where marketable securities are held as collateral, we monitor margin positions of customers based on the market price of the underlying collateral. To the extent that declines in the market value of the collateral cause our margin to be eroded, we generally call for additional margin to be deposited by the customer to restore the loan to value ratio to an acceptable level. In the event that the customer does not meet such margin calls within a short time frame, we give notice of our intent to liquidate the collateral. After the notice period, subject to market conditions, we sell the underlying collateral. We establish a specific allowance for any shortfall between the proceeds realized and the carrying value of the loan.

     At each reporting date, we stratify our loans against securities portfolio based on loan to value ratios computed using current market prices for the collateral. The probability of loss increases with increased loan to value ratios as our margin gets eroded in such instances. For each loan to value strata which is above an acceptable loan to value ratio, we make an unallocated allowance which reflects the estimated shortfall between the aggregate amount of loans and the net realizable value of the collateral held for the loans in such strata. We estimate our loss factors based on historical delinquency rates and losses we have incurred on this portfolio.

     Auto Loans. Our auto loans are secured by a pledge of the underlying vehicle that has been financed. In the event of a default, we initiate a collection process which includes repossession and sale of the vehicle.

     We establish a specific allowance for the entire balance outstanding for all auto loans that are on non-accrual status, which is when the loan is past due for one quarter or more. We also establish a specific allowance for all auto loans where we have repossessed and sold the vehicle, based on the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the realized value of the collateral.

53


Table of Contents

     We establish an unallocated allowance for auto loans that are past due for less than one quarter. We do this by stratifying such loans based on the number of days past due. We establish an unallocated allowance for each strata which reflects our estimate of the shortfall between the aggregate carrying value of the loans in that strata and the net realizable value of the collateral. Our estimate of the expected loss for each strata is based on historical losses we have observed.

     Other Personal Loans. Our other personal loans consist primarily of unsecured installment loans. We establish a specific allowance for the entire balance outstanding for all personal loans that are on non-accrual status, which is when the loan is past due for one quarter or more.

     We establish an unallocated allowance for personal loans that are past due for less than one quarters. We do this by stratifying such loans based on the number of days past due. We establish an unallocated allowance for each strata which reflects our estimate of the amount of loss based on historical losses we have observed.

     Lease Financing. Aggregate rentals on finance lease transactions, net of related unearned income and security deposits collected from the lessee, are evaluated for impairment on the same basis as for commercial loans. Unearned income is recognized as income using the internal rate of return method over the primary period of the lease. Income on non-performing leases is recognized on the same basis as for non-performing commercial loans.

     Credit Cards. Delinquency in our credit cards business is measured, tracked and managed on also ‘Days Past Due’ (DPD) basis with reference to the original billing date for payment. An account is considered past due or delinquent when a contractually agreed payment is not received on a date mutually agreed between the cardholder and the Bank. We create a 100% provision for an account when the delinquency status reaches 120 days past due.

     Commercial Vehicle and Construction equipment finance. Our commercial vehicle loans are secured by a pledge of the underlying assets financed. In the event of default a collection process is initiated which includes repossessions and sale. We create an allowance of 100% in cases where the amount is past 120 days due.

54


Table of Contents

Analysis of Non-Performing Loans and Credit Substitutes by Industry Sector

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our non-performing loans by borrowers’ industry or economic activity and as a percentage of our loans in the respective industry or economic activity sector.

                                                                                                                         
    At March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
            Non-                   Non-                   Non-                   Non-                   Non-    
    Gross   performing           Gross   performing           Gross   performing           Gross   Performing           Gross   Performing    
    Loans
  loans
  %
  loans
  loans
  %
  loans
  loans
  %
  loans
  Loans
  %
  loans
  Loans
  %
    (in millions, except percentages)
Individual advances
  Rs. 6,305.0     Rs. 3.2       0.1 %   Rs. 8,447.1     Rs. 10.1       0.1 %   Rs. 14,301.3     Rs. 134.1       0.9 %   Rs. 31,631.4     Rs. 74.9       0.2 %   Rs. 73,251.6     Rs. 403.5       0.6 %
Distilleries
    252.6       208.7       82.6       196.0       154.0       78.6       147.6       147.6       100.0       191.0       142.1       74.4                          
Textiles
    857.8       326.5       38.1       641.9       331.4       51.6       457.3       321.4       70.3       698.5       372.0       53.7       1,327.6       356.2       26.8  
Manufacture of rubber and rubber products
    42.0       39.4       93.8       279.6       39.4       14.1                                                                          
Fertilizers
    1,240.0       28.1       2.3       2,540.5       28.3       1.1       1,706.2       72.8       4.3       3,760.4       30.2       0.8       1,974.7       22.6       1.1  
Drugs and pharmaceuticals
    704.2       35.4       5.0       877.1       36.5       4.2       1,442.1       133.8       9.3                               3,039.5       40.0       1.3  
Petrochemicals
    956.9       0.6       0.1                                                                                                  
Iron and steel
    846.1       209.7       24.8       1,072.4       207.4       19.3       937.6       440.1       46.9       1,141.8       437.3       38.0       3,616.6       440.4       12.2  
Manufacture of metal products
    307.4       61.6       20.0       298.2       21.7       7.3                               897.9       3.4       0.3                          
Heavy Engineering
    544.1       277.1       50.9       2,533.4       184.7       7.3       1,640.2       147.9       9.0       2,581.3       56.1       2.2       6,050.0       56.1       0.9  
Electrical machinery
    765.2       50.0       6.5       1,121.9       49.4       4.4       1,853.4       66.2       3.6       1,430.8       76.1       5.3       1,376.6       76.1       5.5  
Automotive manufacturers
    672.8       39.3       5.8       1,831.9       41.7       2.3       8,856.0       41.9       0.5       12,096.3       642.9       5.3       18,541.1       653.7       3.5  
Miscellaneous industries
    1,259.4       21.9       1.7                                                       675.7       5.6       0.7                          
Construction
    101.3       24.7       24.3       651.3       23.5       3.6       67.6       23.5       34.9       207.5       23.4       11..3       27.5       21.9       79.6  
Diamond, gems and jewellery exports
    862.6       156.0       18.1       862.6       129.3       15.0       1,029.4       131.5       12.8       1,343.4       130.9       9.7       1,473.8       129.1       8.8  
Other wholesale trade
    485.4       45.9       9.5       517.0       43.1       8.3       1,174.2       46.2       3.9       1,882.8       43.4       2.3       2,526.6       40.9       1.6  
Share brokers
    2,939.0       2.3       0.1       1,748.0       105.0       6.0       639.5       7.4       1.2       823.9       6.7       0.8                          
Investment and finance and leasing
    769.2       46.7       6.1       777.0       40.7       5.2       79.2       40.7       57.9                                                  
Other chemicals
                                                    455.2       61.6       13.5       469.1       51.9       11.1                          
Electricity generation
                                                    486.0       26.8       5.5       1,577.1       26.8       1.7       759.5       26.8       3.5  
Activities allied to agriculture
                                                    15.2       15.2       100       216.5       16.4       7.6                          
Plastic and plastic products
                                                    15.9       3.1       19.5       26.9       3.2       11.9                          
Electronics
    737.4       26.9       3.6       867.7       50.1       5.8       960.8       23.5       2.5       1,754.6       207.8       11.8       2,261.1       639.1       28.3  
Glass and glass products
                                                                            135.9       11.0       8.1       419.8       9.1       2.2  
Mfg of Dairy products
                                                                            3,091.0       3.4       0.1       3,144.4       3.4       0.1  
Paper and paper products
                                                                                                    806.6       70.3       8.7  
Retail trade
                                                                            2,484.8       2.1       0.1       200.1       3.4       1.7  
 
           
 
                     
 
                     
 
                     
 
                     
 
         
Total
          Rs. 1,608.4                     Rs. 1,496.3                     Rs. 1,959.9                     Rs. 2,367.6                     Rs. 2,992.6          
 
           
 
                     
 
                     
 
                     
 
                     
 
         
Specific allowance for credit losses
          Rs. 763.8                     Rs. 1,010.8                     Rs. 1,423.5                     Rs. 1,684.3                     Rs. 2,722.7          
Non-performing loans, net
          Rs. 844.6                     Rs. 485.5                     Rs. 536.4                     Rs. 683.3                     Rs. 269.9          
 
           
 
                     
 
                     
 
                     
 
                     
 
         

     Our gross non-performing loans as a percentage of gross loans in the respective industries was the highest in the textiles, construction and electronics industries.

     Electronics. The consumer electronics industry has been exposed to severe competition during the last few years due to the advent of foreign competition. Competition has amplified the pressure on oil prices, inflated selling / distribution costs and paced margins, even though the demand growth has been steady. In such a scenario, players who are cost-competitive and able to implement innovative product and marketing strategies have managed to stay ahead of the pace. In the medium to long term, this is expected to result in further consolidation in the industry.

     Construction. In India, construction is the largest economic activity after agriculture, accounting for 11 per cent of GDP. During the next five years, the industry is expected to grow at a CAGR of over 10 per cent, with infrastructure and housing sectors being the main drivers of growth. Favourable government policies are expected to encourage investment in this sector.

     Textiles. Over the next five years, the textile industry in India is expected to regain its cost-competitiveness and strengthen India’s growing dominance of world trade in cotton textiles. Dismantling of quotas post January 2005 is expected to enhance this process significantly. The growth will thus be mainly driven by exports.

55


Table of Contents

Top Ten Non-Performing Loans

     At March 31, 2004, we had 35 wholesale non-performing loans outstanding, of which the top ten represented 75.5% of our gross non-performing loans, 76.4% of our net non-performing loans and 1.5% of our gross loan portfolio.

     The following table sets forth, for the period indicated, information regarding our ten largest non-performing loans. The table also sets forth the value (as set forth on the borrower’s books) of collateral securing the loan. However, the net realizable value of such collateral may be substantially less or may be zero.

                                     
    At March 31, 2004
                    Principal            
                    outstanding net           Currently
        Type of   Gross   of allowance           servicing
        banking   principal   for credit   Collateral-   all interest
    Industry
  arrangement
  outstanding
  losses
  our share
  payments(1)
    (in millions)
Borrower A
  Electronics   Multiple   Rs. 657.1       44.1       44.1     No
Borrower B
  Automotive manufacturers   Multiple     642.9                 No
Borrower C
  Iron and steel   Consortium     296.8       80.3       80.3     No
Borrower D
  Diamond gems and jewellery export   Consortium     166.0       7.7       39.8     No
Borrower E
  Textiles   Consortium     146.2                 No
Borrower F
  Iron and steel   Consortium     129.9                 No
Borrower G
  Iron and steel   Consortium     110.5                 No
Borrower H
  Textiles   Multiple     99.5                 No
Borrower I
  Electrical machinery   Consortium     76.4                 No
Borrower J
  Paper and paper products   Multiple     70.3                 No
Total
          Rs. 2,395.6     Rs. 132.2     Rs. 164.2      
                           
 
     


(1)   We classify loans as non-performing once we determine that the payment of interest or principal is doubtful. Since the classification occurs even before the borrower stops paying interest and principal, some of our non-performing loans other than our ten largest non performing loans are currently servicing all interest payments.

56


Table of Contents

Interest Foregone

     Interest foregone is the interest due on non-performing loans that has not been accrued in our books of accounts. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the cumulative amount of interest foregone on existing non- performing loans.

         
    Interest foregone
    (in millions)
Fiscal 2000
    86.4  
Fiscal 2001
    202.2  
Fiscal 2002
    325.5  
Fiscal 2003
    334.0  
Fiscal 2004
    274.2  

Restructuring of Non-Performing Loans

     Our non-performing loans are restructured on a case-by-case basis after our management has determined that restructuring is the best means of realizing repayment of the loan. These loans continue to be on a non-accrual basis and will be reclassified as performing loans only after sustained performance under the loan’s renegotiated terms for at least a period of one year.

     We may also be compulsorily required to restructure loans if decided by a majority of the lenders under a “Corporate Debt Restructuring” system in line with RBI guidelines.

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our non-performing loans that have been restructured through rescheduling of principal repayments and deferral or waiver of interest.

                                         
    At March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
    (in millions, except percentages)
Gross restructured loans
  Rs. 370.5     Rs. 502.1     Rs. 172.2     Rs. 2.7        
Allowance for credit losses
    227.4       320.5       119.3       2.7        
Net restructured loans
    143.1       181.6       52.9              
Gross restructured loans as a percentage of gross non- performing loans
    23.0 %     33.6 %     8.8 %     0.1 %      
Net restructured loans as a percentage of net non-performing loans
    16.9 %     37.4 %     2.7 %            

     There were certain loans where the restructuring done during the earlier years has been withdrawn during the fiscal 2004.

Non-Performing Loan Strategy

     Our non-performing loan strategy is focused on early problem recognition and active remedial management efforts. As we are involved primarily in working capital finance, we track our borrowers’ performance and liquidity on an ongoing basis. This enables us to define remedial strategies proactively and manage our exposures to industries or customers that we believe are displaying deteriorating credit trends. Relationship managers drive the recovery effort, together with strong support from the credit group from the corporate office in Mumbai. Recovery is pursued vigorously through the legal process, enforcement of collateral, negotiated one-time settlements and other similar strategies. The particular strategy pursued depends upon the level of cooperation of the borrower and on our assessment of the borrower’s management integrity and long-term liability.

57


Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, movements in our allowance for credit losses.

                                         
    For the years ended March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Specific allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the year
  Rs. 105.8     Rs. 763.8     Rs. 1,010.8     Rs. 1,423.5     Rs. 1684.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Additions to allowance for credit losses for the year:
                                       
Working capital
    191.2       201.9       366.5       615.6       1,476.1  
Term loans
    154.3       135.2       253.8       327.5       578.4  
Leasing finance
    20.3       2.5                    
Less allowances no longer required on account of recoveries
    (53.4 )     (92.6 )     (207.6 )     (201.6 )     (300.3 )
Net expense for additions to specific allowance for credit losses
    312.4       247.0       412.7       741.5       1,754.2  
Transferred on acquisition of Times Bank Limited:
                                       
Working capital
    243.9                          
Term loans
    101.7                          
Provision no longer required on account of write offs
                      (480.7 )     (715.8 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Specific allowance for credit losses at the end of fiscal year
    763.8       1,010.8       1,423.5       1,684.3       2,722.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Unallocated allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the year
          143.5       143.5       182.4       182.4  
Additions during the year
    143.5             38.9             589.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Unallocated allowance for credit losses at the end of the year
    143.5       143.5       182.4       182.4       771.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the year
    105.8       907.3       1,154.3       1,605.9       1,866.7  
Provision no longer required on account of writeoffs
                      (480.7 )     (715.8 )
Net addition to total allowance for the year charged to expense
    455.9       247.0       451.6       741.5       2,343.4  
Transferred on acquisition of Times Bank Limited
    345.6                          
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total allowance for credit losses at the end of the year
  Rs. 907.3     Rs. 1,154.3     Rs. 1,605.9     Rs. 1,866.7     Rs. 3,494.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The following table sets forth the allocation of the total allowance for credit losses at March 31, 2004:

         
    At March 31, 2004
Commercial
  Rs. 2,377.1  
Retail
    345.6  
Unallocated
    771.6  
 
   
 
 
Allowance for credit losses
  Rs. 3,494.3  
 
   
 
 

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited financial statements included in this report. The following discussion is based on our audited financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP, and on information publicly available from the RBI and other sources. Our fiscal year ends on March 31 of each year so all references to a particular fiscal year are to the twelve months ended March 31 of that year.

Introduction

   Overview

     We are a leading private sector bank and financial services company in India. Our principal business activities are wholesale banking, retail banking and treasury operations. Through our wholesale banking operations we provide loans, deposit products, documentary credits, guarantees, bullion trading and foreign exchange and derivative products. We also provide cash management services, clearing and settlement services for stock exchanges, tax and other collections for the government, custody services for mutual funds and correspondent banking services. Our retail banking division provides a variety of deposit products as well as loans, bill payment services, credit cards, debit cards, third party distribution, investment advisory services, card and ATM acquiring transactions and depositary services. Our treasury group manages our balance sheet and provides foreign exchange and derivative products for our clients.

     Our revenue consists of interest and dividend revenue, which comes from financing products, investments and other sources, as well as non-interest revenue, which comes primarily from our transactional services, sales of securities and foreign exchange and derivative transactions, trade finance offerings, and distribution services. Our interest and dividend revenue is primarily generated by interest on loans, securities and other activities. We offer working capital and term loans, and also lend to retail customers. The primary components of our securities portfolio are statutory liquidity ratio investments, credit substitutes and other securities. Statutory liquidity ratio investments principally consist of Government of India treasury securities. Credit substitutes, principally consisting of our investments in commercial paper, debentures and preference shares issued by corporations, are part of the financing products we provide to our customers. Other investments include investment grade bonds issued by public sector undertakings and public financial institutions principally to meet RBI directed lending requirements, asset backed securities, mortgage backed securities as well as equity securities and mutual funds. Interest from other activities consists primarily of interest from interbank loans and interest paid by the RBI on cash deposits to meet our statutory cash reserve ratio requirements.

     Two important measures of our results of operations are net interest revenue, which is equal to our interest and dividend revenue net of interest expense, and net interest revenue after allowance for credit losses. Interest expense includes interest on deposits as well as on borrowings. Our interest revenue and expense are affected by fluctuations in interest rates as well as volume of activity. Our interest expense is also affected by the extent to which we fund our activities with low-interest or non-interest deposits (including the float on transactional services), and the extent to which we rely on borrowings. Our allowance for credit losses includes our loan loss provision. Impairments of credit substitutes are not included in our loan-loss provision, but are included as realized losses on securities.

     We also use net interest margin and spread to measure our results. Net interest margin represents the ratio of net interest revenue to average interest-earning assets. Spread represents the difference between yield on average interest-earning assets and cost of average interest-bearing liabilities including current accounts which are non-interest bearing at zero cost.

     Our non-interest revenue includes fee and commission income, realized gains and losses on sales of securities and spread from foreign exchange and derivative transactions. Our principal sources of fee and commission revenue are documentary credits and bank guarantees, retail banking services, cash management services and capital market services.

59


Table of Contents

     Our non-interest expense includes expenses for salaries and staff benefits, premises and equipment, depreciation and amortization, and administrative and other expenses. The costs of outsourcing back office and other functions are included in administrative and other expenses.

     Our financial condition and results of operations are affected by general economic conditions prevailing in India. The Indian economy has grown steadily over the past three years. GDP growth was, 5.4% in fiscal 2002, 4.4% in fiscal 2003 and 8.1% in fiscal 2004. In addition, interest rates have generally declined during the last three years in line with global trends due to huge inflows of external money, consequent appreciation of the Indian rupee to the US dollar and the RBI’s policy of assuring adequate liquidity to the banking system and generally lowering the rate at which it lends to Indian banks.

     Critical Accounting Policies

        Loan Loss Allowances

     Our allowance for credit losses consists of specific and unallocated allowances. Our allowance is an estimate and is therefore inherently subjective. Our estimate is susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

     We establish specific allowances for all loans that are past due for one quarter or more. In addition, we establish specific and unallocated allowances for loans that are past due for less than one quarter where we do not expect to recover all principal and interest amounts due to us.

     For our commercial loans, we have established specific allowances for all loans that are past due for one quarter. We have also established specific allowances for loans past due for less than one quarter that are considered impaired, based on an assessment of each wholesale banking customer which takes into account qualitative and quantitative factors. With effect from April 1, 2003, the Bank also established an unallocated allowance for non homogenous standard loans based on the overall portfolio quality, asset growth, economic condition and other risk factors.

     For our loans against securities portfolio, we have established specific allowances for all loans that are past due for one quarter and for loans where we have liquidated the collateral. In addition, we have provided an unallocated allowance for loans past due for less than one quarter where the loan to value ratio is not acceptable.

     For our auto loans and commercial vehicle loans, we have established specific allowances for the entire balance of all loans that are past due for more than one quarter and for loans where we have repossessed and sold the collateral. In addition, we have established an unallocated allowance for loans past due for less than one quarter based on the number of days overdue and historical loss rates.

     For our other personal loans including credit cards receivables, we have established specific allowances for the entire balance of all loans that are past due for more than one quarter. In addition we have established an unallocated allowance for loans past due for less than one quarter based on the number of days overdue and historical loss rates.

     For more information on the methodologies we have used to establish our allowance for credit losses, see “Selected Statistical Information-Non-Performing Loans-Recognition of Non-Performing Loans.”

     Interest accrual and revenue recognition

     Interest income from loans is recognized on an accrual basis when earned except in respect of loans placed on non-accrual status, where it is recognized when received. Prior to March 31, 2004 loans were generally placed on non-accrual status when they were past due for more than two quarters. From March 31, 2004, loans are placed on non-accrual status when they are past due for more than one quarter. The Bank generally does not charge up front loan origination fees. Nominal application fees are charged which

60


Table of Contents

offset the related costs incurred.

     Fees and commissions from guarantees issued are amortized over the contractual period of the commitment, provided the amounts are collectible.

     Dividends are recognized when declared.

     Realized gains and losses on sales of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the weighted average cost method.

     Other fees and income are recognized when earned, which is when the service that results in the income has been provided.

     Valuation of Investments

     We account for our investments in securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. SFAS No. 115 requires that investments in debt and equity securities be reported at fair value, except for debt securities classified as held to maturity securities, which are reported at amortized cost.

     Securities that are held principally for resale in the near term are recorded in the trading assets account at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in earnings.

     Debt securities which management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and recorded at amortized cost.

     Securities with readily determinable fair values that are not classified as held to maturity or trading are classified as available for sale and recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on such securities, net of applicable taxes, are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

     Declines in the fair values of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses, based on management’s best estimate of the value of the investment.

     Investments consist of government securities, other debt and equity securities, asset and mortgage backed securities and credit substitute securities.

     Credit substitute securities are typically comprised of commercial paper, short term debentures and preference shares issued by the same customers with whom we have a lending relationship in our wholesale banking business. Investment decisions for credit substitute securities are subject to the same credit approval processes as for loans, and we bear the same customer risk as we do for loans extended to those customers. Additionally the yield and maturity terms are generally directly negotiated by us with the issuer. Fair values for asset and mortgage backed securities and credit substitute securities are estimated based on present values at current interest rates for such instruments.

     Estimates of any declines in the fair values of such securities that are other than temporary are measured on a case by case basis together with loans under the overall program to those customers and recognized as realized losses. As our exposures to such securities are similar to our exposures on its loan portfolio, additional disclosures have been provided on and impairment status in Note 8 and on concentrations of credit risk in Note 11 of the Financial Statements.

     All other securities are actively managed as a part of our treasury operations and are held primarily to meet our statutory and regulatory requirements. The issuers of such securities are either the government, public financial institutions or private issuers. These investments are typically purchased from the market, and debt securities are generally public rated. Fair values for such securities are based on market quotations.

61


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2004 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2003

        Net Interest Revenue After Allowance For Credit Losses

     Our net interest revenue after allowances for credit losses increased 48.7% from Rs. 6,904.1 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 10,265.0 million in fiscal 2004. The following table sets out the components of net interest revenue after allowance for credit losses:

                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Interest and dividend revenue
  Rs. 19,424.8     Rs. 24,591.5  
Interest expense
    11,779.2       11,983.1  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net interest revenue
  Rs. 7,645.6     Rs. 12,608.4  
Allowance for credit losses, net
    741.5       2,343.4  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net interest revenue after allowance for credit losses
  Rs. 6,904.1     Rs. 10,265.0  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     The increase in net interest revenue after allowances for credit losses was as a result of an increase in total interest revenue from Rs. 19,424.8 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 24,591.5 million in fiscal 2004, offset in part by an increase in total interest expense of 1.7% from Rs. 11,779.2 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 11,983.1 million in fiscal 2004, and an increase in the allowance for credit losses from Rs. 741.5 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 2,343.4 million in fiscal 2004. The Bank established an unallocated allowance of Rs. 589.2 million for non homogenous standard loans based on overall portfolio quality, asset growth, economic condition and other risk factors.

     The increase in our net interest revenue after allowance for credit losses reflected the increase in our average volume of interest earning assets of 42.1%, as a result of general growth in our business. Our net interest margin increased marginally from 3.3% in fiscal 2003 to 3.8% in fiscal 2004 while the spread we achieved increased from 2.7% to 3.5% in those years, respectively. The average checking accounts and low interest saving accounts represented 46.9% of total deposits in fiscal 2004 as against 35.0% in fiscal 2003.

Interest and Dividend Revenue

The following table sets out the components of interest and dividend revenue:

                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Interest on loans
  Rs. 7,805.3     Rs. 11,705.0  
Interest on securities, including dividends
    10,386.1       11,776.9  
Other interest revenue
    1,233.4       1,109.6  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total interest and dividend revenue
  Rs. 19,424.8     Rs. 24,591.5  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Interest revenue from loans increased by 50.0% from Rs. 7,805.3 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 11,705.0 million in fiscal 2004, reflecting an increase in the average volume of loans as a result of the general growth in our business, offset in part by a decrease in yields.

     Our average volume of loans increased 65.6% from Rs. 82,461.2 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 136,527.4 million in fiscal 2004. Our average volume of corporate loans increased by 35.7 % from Rs. 61,614.7 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 83,623.7 million in fiscal 2004 due to increase in business. Our average retail loans increased by 153.8 % from Rs. 20,846.5 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 52,903.7 million in fiscal 2004 primarily because of the expansion of our core retail loan products and our expansion into new geographical areas.

     Yields on our loans decreased from an average of 9.5% in fiscal 2003 to 8.6% in fiscal 2004. Corporate loan yields declined in line with the general decline in interest rates and due to increased competition.

62


Table of Contents

     Interest and dividend revenue from securities increased by 13.4% from Rs. 10,386.1 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 11,776.9 million in fiscal 2004. The following table sets out the components of interest and dividend revenue from securities:

                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Interest on statutory liquidity ratio investments
  Rs. 4,963.9     Rs. 6,478.4  
Interest and dividends on credit substitutes
    2,479.5       1,793.9  
Other interest and dividends from securities
    2,942.7       3,504.6  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total interest and dividend revenue from securities
  Rs. 10,386.1     Rs. 11,776.9  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Our interest revenue from statutory liquidity ratio securities, which is derived from government of India treasury securities held primarily to meet our statutory liquidity ratio requirement, increased by 30.5% from Rs. 4,963.9 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs.6,478.4 million in fiscal 2004 primarily as a result of an increase in the volume of investments, offset in part by a decrease in yields. The average volume of our statutory liquidity ratio investments increased by 55.2% from Rs. 54,821.6 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 85,103.8 million in fiscal 2004 due to the increase in total liabilities subject to reserve requirements. Yields from statutory liquidity ratio securities declined from 9.1% in fiscal 2003 to 7.6% in fiscal 2004, reflecting the general decline in interest rates during this period.

     Our interest and dividend revenue from credit substitutes decreased by 27.7% from Rs. 2,479.5 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 1,793.9 million in fiscal 2004 primarily as a result of a decrease in the volume of investments, and decrease in yields. The average volume of our credit substitute investments decreased by 21.1% from Rs. 28,558.8 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 22,524.2 million in fiscal 2004 because of a shift in corporate preferences towards the vanilla loan products than credit substitutes.. Yields from credit substitutes declined from 8.7% in fiscal 2003 to 7.8% in fiscal 2004, reflecting the general decline in interest rates during this period and increased competition.

     Our interest and dividend revenue from other securities increased by 19.1% from Rs. 2,942.7 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 3,504.6 million in fiscal 2004 primarily as a result of an increase in the volume of investments, offset by a decrease in yields. The average volume of our other investments increased by 41.4% from Rs. 42,987.5 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 60,792.6 million in fiscal 2004 primarily because of additional tax-exempt investments and investments made to comply with our directed lending obligations. Yields from other securities declined from 6.9% in fiscal 2003 to 5.8% in fiscal 2004, reflecting the general decline in interest rates during this period.

     Other interest revenue decreased by 10.0% from Rs. 1,233.4 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 1,109.6 million in fiscal 2004. This decline was due to a smaller number of interbank placements in US dollars as the interest differential between the US market and India narrowed.

   Interest Expense

     Our total interest expense increased by 1.7% from Rs. 11,779.2 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 11,983.1 million in fiscal 2004, reflecting primarily the increase in our deposit base as a result of the general growth of our business. Our average cost of funds decreased from 5.1% to 3.6% in fiscal 2004.

     Our interest expense on deposits decreased by 2.2% to Rs. 10,279.2 million in fiscal 2004 as a result of decrease in the interest rate. Our average total deposits increased by 40.6% from Rs. 186.8 billion in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 262.7 billion in fiscal 2004 as a result of our expanded branch network.

     Our average cost of deposits decreased from 5.6% in fiscal 2003 to 3.9% in fiscal 2004 as a result of a decline in cost of term deposits from 7.7% to 6.2% and an increase in the proportion of average current and savings account balances to average total deposits from 35.0% in fiscal 2003 to 46.9% in fiscal 2004.

     Our interest expense on short-term borrowings increased by 39.0% from Rs. 1,032.9 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 1,435.9 million in fiscal 2004 as a result of increase in borrowings in the interbank call-money market from Rs. 15,362.9 million to Rs. 33,040.7 million offset partly by a drop in cost of borrowings from 6.7% to

63


Table of Contents

4.3%. Our interest expense on long-term debt increased by 12.7% from Rs. 237.8 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 268.0 million in fiscal 2004.

Allowance for Credit Losses

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, movements in our allowance for credit losses:

                 
    For the years ended March 31,
    2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Specific allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the year
  Rs. 1,423.5     Rs. 1,684.3  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Additions to allowance for credit losses for the year:
               
Working capital
    615.6       1,476.1  
Term loans
    327.5       578.4  
Less allowance no longer required
    (201.6 )     (300.3 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net expense for additions to specific allowance for credit losses
    741.5       1,754.2  
Allowance no longer required on account of write-offs
    (480.7 )     (715.8 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Specific allowance for credit losses at the end of fiscal year
  Rs. 1,684.3     Rs. 2,722.7  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Unallocated allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the year
    182.4       182.4  
Additions during the year
          589.2  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Unallocated allowance for credit losses at the end of the year
    182.4       771.6  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the year
    1,605.9       1,866.7  
Allowance no longer required on account of write-off
    (480.7 )     (715.8 )
Net addition to total allowance for the year charged to expense
    741.5       2,343.4  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total allowance for credit losses at the end of the year
  Rs. 1,866.7     Rs. 3,494.3  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Our net expense for the change in our allowance for credit losses was Rs. 741.5 million in fiscal 2003 and Rs. 2,343.4 million in fiscal 2004. This increase in expense reflected higher gross additions to non-performing loans in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003 and an additional provision of Rs. 589.2 million made in fiscal 2004 for non homogenous standard commercial and retail loans.

   Non-Interest Revenue

     Our non-interest revenue increased by 6.8% from Rs. 4,397.3 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 4,697.6 million in fiscal 2004. The following table sets out the components of our non-interest revenue:

                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Fees and commissions
  Rs. 2,306.4     Rs. 3,140.7  
Realized gains (losses) on sales of AFS securities
    721.7       (48.3 )
Trading Account
    507.8       396.8  
Foreign exchange
    445.3       740.0  
Derivative transactions
    379.1       443.9  
Other
    37.0       24.5  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total non-interest revenue
  Rs. 4,397.3     Rs. 4,697.6  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Our fee and commission revenue is discussed below. In fiscal 2004 we had a net realized loss on sales of AFS securities of Rs. 48.3 million, compared to net realized gain of Rs. 721.7 million in fiscal 2003. The bank made a profit of Rs. 396.8 million in fiscal 2004 in the held for trading category of securities. The decrease in realized gains from sale of investments is primarily due to lower trading gains booked on government securities and losses on debt mutual fund units post receipt of dividends.

64


Table of Contents

     Revenue from foreign exchange increased by 66.2% from Rs. 445.3 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 740.0 million in fiscal 2004, primarily due to an increase in volumes of corporate foreign exchange business.

     Fees and commissions from documentary credits and bank guarantees increased by 8.1% primarily due to increase in bills for collection volumes to corporate customers.

     Fees and commission grew by 36% in fiscal 2004 over fiscal 2003. This was primarily because of retail banking services which increased by 36.2% principally driven by an increase in the volumes of ATM transactions for other banks’ customers, debit card transactions, processing fees relating to retail loans, service charges for non maintenance of minimum balances, channel transactions, depository fees as there was an increase in activity due to recovery in the stock markets, and fees from the distribution of third party mutual funds.

   Non-Interest Expense

     Our non-interest expense was comprised of the following:

                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Salaries and staff benefits
  Rs. 1,661.2     Rs. 2,154.0  
Premises and equipment
    1,343.6       1,828.5  
Depreciation and amortization
    1,052.4       1,254.9  
Administrative and other
    2,000.7       3,131.9  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total non-interest expense
  Rs. 6,057.9     Rs. 8,369.3  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Total non-interest expense increased by 38.2% from Rs. 6,057.9 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 8,369.3 million in fiscal 2004. As a percentage of our net revenues, non-interest expense increased to 55.9% in fiscal 2004 compared 53.6% in fiscal 2003. This is on account of the increase in infrastructure costs for our branch and ATM expansion, expansion of geography for retail loan products and increased allowance for credit losses leading to lower net revenues.

     Salaries and staff benefits rose by 29.7% from Rs. 1,661.2 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 2,154.0 million in fiscal 2004 principally due to increased headcount to support our growth. Salaries and staff benefits in fiscal 2004 also included a charge of Rs. 135.1 million for compensation expense arising out of options granted compared to Rs. 138.0 million in fiscal 2003. As a percentage of net revenues, salaries and staff benefits decreased marginally from 14.7% in fiscal 2003 to 14.4% in fiscal 2004. Our headcount increased from 4,791 employees as of March 31, 2003 to 5,673 employees as of March 31, 2004.

     Our premises and equipment expense increased as a percentage of net revenues from 11.9% in fiscal 2003 to 12.2% in fiscal 2004 principally because we expanded our distribution network from 231 branches and 732 ATMs at March 31, 2003 to 312 branches and 910 ATMs at March 31, 2004.

     Depreciation and amortization increased from 1,052.4 in fiscal 2003 to 1,254.3 in fiscal 2004. This was primarily due to an increase in our branch and ATM network and increased spend on technology. However as a percentage of our net revenue, depreciation and amortization expenses has decreased from 9.3% in fiscal 2003 to 8.4% in fiscal 2004.

     Our administrative and other expense as a percentage of net revenues increased from 17.7% in fiscal 2003 to 20.9% in fiscal 2004, principally because of our growth in retail loans and credit card business.

65


Table of Contents

   Income Tax

     Our income tax expense increased by 6.3% from Rs. 1,729.7 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 1,838.8 million in fiscal 2004. Our effective rate of tax decreased from 33.0% in fiscal 2003 to 27.9% in fiscal 2004, principally due to an decrease of 0.88% in the statutory income tax rate and higher permanent differences in the form of tax-exempt income. Tax-exempt income principally consists of dividends and investment income from tax-exempt investments such as preference shares, units and infrastructure bonds. Of our total income tax expense of Rs. 1,838.8 million in fiscal 2004, our current income tax expense was Rs. 2,427.2 million and our deferred income tax benefit was Rs. 588.4 million.

   Net Income

     As a result of the foregoing factors, our net income after taxes increased by 35.3% from Rs. 3,513.8 million in fiscal 2003 to Rs. 4,754.5 million in fiscal 2004. Our basic earnings per equity share increased by 34.2% from Rs. 12.57 to Rs. 16.87 per equity share. Our diluted earnings per share increased by 33.5% from Rs. 12.51 to Rs. 16.70 per equity share. Our basic earnings per ADS was Rs. 50.61 per ADS for fiscal 2004, where each ADS represents three equity shares. Our diluted earnings per ADS was Rs. 50.10 per ADS for fiscal 2004.

     Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2003 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2002

        Net Interest Revenue After Allowance For Credit Losses

     Our net interest revenue after allowances for credit losses increased 31.9% from Rs. 5,233.9 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 6,781.3 million in fiscal 2003. The following table sets out the components of net interest revenue after allowance for credit losses:

                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
    (in millions)
Interest and dividend revenue
  Rs. 16,448.0     Rs. 19,424.8  
Interest expense
    10,762.5       11,779.2  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net interest revenue
  Rs. 5,685.5     Rs. 7,645.6  
Allowance for credit losses, net
    451.6       741.5  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net interest revenue after allowance for credit losses
  Rs. 5,233.9     Rs. 6,904.1  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     The increase in net interest revenue after allowances for credit losses was as a result of an increase in total interest revenue of 18.1% from Rs. 16,448 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 19,424.8 million in fiscal 2003, offset in part by an increase in total interest expense of 9.4% from Rs. 10,762.5 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 11,779.2 million in fiscal 2003, and an increase in the allowance for credit losses from Rs. 451.6 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 741.5 million in fiscal 2003.

     The increase in our net interest revenue after allowance for credit losses reflected the increase in our average volume of interest earning assets of 25.6%, as a result of general growth in our business. Our net interest margin increased marginally from 3.1% in fiscal 2002 to 3.3% in fiscal 2003 while the spread we achieved increased from 2.4% to 2.6% in those years, respectively. The average checking accounts and low interest saving accounts represented 35.0% of total deposits in fiscal 2003 as against 33.9% in fiscal 2002.

66


Table of Contents

   Interest and Dividend Revenue

     The following table sets out the components of interest and dividend revenue:

                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
    (in millions)
Interest on loans
  Rs. 6,130.7     Rs. 7,805.3  
Interest on securities, including dividends
    8,166.4       10,386.1  
Other interest revenue
    2,150.9       1,233.4  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total interest and dividend revenue
  Rs. 16,448.0     Rs. 19,424.8  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Interest revenue from loans increased by 27.3% from Rs. 6,130.7 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 7,805.3 million in fiscal 2003, reflecting an increase in the average volume of loans as a result of the general growth in our business, offset in part by a decrease in yields.

     Our average volume of loans increased 38.9% from Rs. 59,374.9 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 82,461.2 million in fiscal 2003. Our average volume of corporate loans increased by 24.0% from Rs. 49,682.2 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 61,614.7 million in fiscal 2003 due to increase in business. Our average retail loans increased by 115.1% from Rs. 9,692.7 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 20,846.5 million in fiscal 2003 primarily because of the expansion of our core retail loan products and our expansion into new geographical areas.

     Yields on our loans decreased from an average of 10.3% in fiscal 2002 to 9.5% in fiscal 2003. Corporate loan yields declined in line with the general decline in interest rates and due to increased competition.

     Interest and dividend revenue from securities increased by 27.2% from Rs. 8,166.4 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 10,386.1 million in fiscal 2003. The following table sets out the components of interest and dividend revenue from securities:

                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
    (in millions)
Interest on statutory liquidity ratio investments
  Rs. 4,083.7     Rs. 4,963.9  
Interest and dividends on credit substitutes
    2,346.1       2,479.5  
Other interest and dividends from securities
    1,736.6       2,942.7  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total interest and dividend revenue from securities
  Rs. 8,166.4     Rs. 10,386.1  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Our interest revenue from statutory liquidity ratio securities, which is derived from government of India treasury securities held primarily to meet our statutory liquidity ratio requirement, increased by 21.6% from Rs. 4,083.7 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 4,963.1 million in fiscal 2003 primarily as a result of an increase in the volume of investments, offset in part by a decrease in yields. The average volume of our statutory liquidity ratio investments increased by 23.6% from Rs. 44,362.4 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 54,821.6 million in fiscal 2003 due to the increase in total liabilities subject to reserve requirements. Yields from statutory liquidity ratio securities declined marginally from 9.2% in fiscal 2002 to 9.1% in fiscal 2003, reflecting the general decline in interest rates during this period.

     Our interest and dividend revenue from credit substitutes increased by 5.7% from Rs. 2,346.1 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 2,479.5 million in fiscal 2003 primarily as a result of an increase in the volume of investments, offset in part by a decrease in yields. The average volume of our credit substitute investments increased by 14.1% from Rs. 25,023.9 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 28,558.8 million in fiscal 2003 because of growth from existing and new customers. Yields from credit substitutes declined from 9.4% in fiscal 2002 to 8.7% in fiscal 2003, reflecting the general decline in interest rates during this period and increased competition.

     Our interest and dividend revenue from other securities increased by 69.5% from Rs. 1,736.6 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 2,942.7 million in fiscal 2003 primarily as a result of an increase in the volume of investments, offset by a decrease in yields. The average volume of our other investments increased by 121.6% from Rs. 19,402.8 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 42,987.5 million in fiscal 2003 primarily because of additional tax-exempt investments and investments made to comply with our directed lending obligations. Yields from other securities

67


Table of Contents

declined from 9.0% in fiscal 2002 to 6.9% in fiscal 2003, reflecting the general decline in interest rates during this period.

     Other interest revenue decreased by 42.7% from Rs. 2,150.9 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 1,233.4 million in fiscal 2003. This decline was due to a smaller number of interbank placements in US dollars as the interest differential between the US market and India narrowed.

   Interest Expense

     Our total interest expense increased by 10.6% from Rs. 10,762.5 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 11,779.2 million in fiscal 2003, reflecting primarily the increase in our deposit base as a result of the general growth of our business. Our average cost of funds decreased from 5.8% to 5.1% in fiscal 2003.

     Our interest expense on deposits increased by 14.7% to Rs. 10,508.5 million in fiscal 2003 as a result of an increase in the average volume of deposits caused by our growth. Our average total deposits increased by 30.8% from Rs. 142.8 billion in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 186.8 billion in fiscal 2003 as a result of our expanded branch network, offset partly by decrease in yields.

     Our average cost of deposits decreased from 6.4% in fiscal 2002 to 5.7% in fiscal 2003 as a result of a decline in cost of term deposits from 9.0% to 7.7% and an increase in the proportion of average current and savings account balances to average total deposits from 33.9% in fiscal 2002 to 35.0% in fiscal 2003.

     Our interest expense on short-term borrowings decreased by 13.8% from Rs. 1,328.1 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 1,032.9 million in fiscal 2003 as a result of a decrease in borrowings in the interbank call-money market. Our interest expense on long-term debt decreased by 7.9% from Rs. 275.9 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 237.8 million in fiscal 2003

68


Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, movements in our allowance for credit losses:

                 
    For the years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
    (in millions)
Specific allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the year
  Rs. 1,010.8     Rs. 1,423.5  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Additions to allowance for credit losses for the year:
               
Working capital
    366.5       615.6  
Term loans
    253.8       327.5  
Leasing finance
           
Less allowance no longer required
    (207.6 )     (201.6 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net expense for additions to specific allowance for credit losses
    412.7       741.5  
Allowance no longer required on account of write-offs
          (480.7 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Specific allowance for credit losses at the end of fiscal year
    1,423.5       1,684.3  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Unallocated allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the year
    143.5       182.4  
Additions during the year
    38.9        
 
   
 
     
 
 
Unallocated allowance for credit losses at the end of the year
    182.4       182.4  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total allowance for credit losses at the beginning of the year
    1,154.3       1,605.9  
Allowance no longer required on account of write-off
          (480.7 )
Net addition to total allowance for the year charged to expense
    451.6       741.5  
Transferred on acquisition of Times Bank Limited
           
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total allowance for credit losses at the end of the year
  Rs. 1,605.9     Rs. 1,866.7  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Our net expense for the change in our allowance for credit losses was Rs. 451.6 million in fiscal 2002 and Rs. 741.5 million in fiscal 2003. This increase in expense reflected higher gross additions to non-performing loans in fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002.

   Non-Interest Revenue

     Our non-interest revenue increased by 40.6% from Rs. 3,215.1 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 4,520.1 million in fiscal 2003. The following table sets out the components of our non-interest revenue:

                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
    (in millions)
Fees and commissions
  Rs. 1,620.5     Rs. 2,306.4  
Realized gains (losses) on sales of AFS securities
    344.4       721.7  
Trading Account
    600.9       507.8  
Foreign exchange
    391.4       445.3  
Derivative transactions
    249.7       379.1  
Other
    8.2       37.0  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total non-interest revenue
  Rs. 3,215.1     Rs. 4,397.3  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Our fee and commission revenue is discussed below. In fiscal 2002 we had a net realized gain on sales of securities of Rs. 344.4 million, compared to realized gain of Rs. 721.7 million in fiscal 2003. The increase in profit in fiscal 2003 is on account of fall in yield in investments in fiscal 2003 over fiscal 2002.

     The bank made a profit of Rs. 507.8 million on account of trading in the held for trading category of securities. This was mainly on account of increased market values, caused by the decline in interest rates in the fiscal year and increased trading activity in the securities market.

69


Table of Contents

     Revenue from foreign exchange increased by 13.8% from Rs. 391.4 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 445.3 million in fiscal 2003, primarily due to an increase in volumes of corporate foreign exchange business.

     Fees and commission grew by 42% in fiscal 2003 over fiscal 2002. This was primarily because of retail banking services which increased by 57.2% principally driven by an increase in the volumes of ATM transactions for other banks’ customers, debit card transactions, processing fees relating to retail loans, service charges for non maintenance of minimum balances, channel transactions and depository fees as there was an increase in activity due to recovery in the stock markets.

   Non-Interest Expense

     Our non-interest expense was comprised of the following:

                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
    (in millions)
Salaries and staff benefits
  Rs. 1,184.6     Rs. 1,661.2  
Premises and equipment
    913.8       1,343.6  
Depreciation and amortization
    675.7       1,052.4  
Administrative and other
    1,421.9       2,000.7  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total non-interest expense
  Rs. 4,196.0     Rs. 6,057.9  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Total non-interest expense increased by 44.4% from Rs. 4,196.0 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 6,057.9 million in fiscal 2003. As a percentage of our net revenues, non-interest expense increased to 53.61% in fiscal 2003 compared to 49.7% in fiscal 2002. This is on account of the increase in infrastructure costs for our branch and ATM expansion, expansion of geography for retail loan products, launch of our credit card business, which is yet to break even,, and increased selling and marketing expenditure for our retail business and reduction in net revenues on account of higher allowances for credit losses.

     Salaries and staff benefits rose by 40.2% from Rs. 1,184.6 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 1,661.2 million in fiscal 2003 principally due to increased headcount to support our growth. Salaries and staff benefits in fiscal 2003 also included a charge of Rs. 136.9 million for compensation expense arising out of options granted compared to Rs. 89.8 million in fiscal 2002. As a percentage of net revenues, salaries and staff benefits increased marginally from 14.4% in fiscal 2002 to 14.7% in fiscal 2003. Our headcount increased from 3,742 employees as of March 31, 2002 to 4,791 employees as of March 31, 2003.

     Our premises and equipment expense increased as a percentage of net revenues from 10.8% in fiscal 2002 to 11.9% in fiscal 2003 principally because we expanded our distribution network from 171 branches and 479 ATMs at March 31, 2002 to 231 branches and 732 ATMs at March 31, 2003.

     Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of net revenues increased from 8.0% in fiscal 2002 to 9.3% in fiscal 2003. This is primarily because of the increase in premises (both branch and ATM) and technology infrastructure.

     Our administrative and other expense as a percentage of net revenues increased from 16.8% in fiscal 2002 to 17.7% in fiscal 2003, principally because of our growth in retail loans and investments in new lines of business especially, the two wheeler, commercial vehicle and credit card business. The principal components of our administrative and other expense were as set out in the table below:

70


Table of Contents

   Income Tax

     Our income tax expense increased by 33.6% from Rs. 1,294.6 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 1,729.7 million in fiscal 2003. Our effective rate of tax increased from 30.4% in fiscal 2002 to 33.0% in fiscal 2003, principally due to an increase of 1.05% in the statutory income tax rate and lesser permanent differences in the form of tax-exempt income. Tax-exempt income principally consists of dividends and investment income from tax-exempt investments such as preference shares, and infrastructure bonds. Of our total income tax expense of Rs. 1,729.7 million in fiscal 2003, our current income tax expense was Rs. 1,769.6 million and our deferred income tax benefit was Rs. 39.9 million.

   Net Income

     As a result of the foregoing factors, our net income after taxes increased by 18.8% from Rs. 2,958.4 million in fiscal 2002 to Rs. 3,513.8 million in fiscal 2003. Our basic earnings per equity share increased by 13.2% from Rs. 11.10 to Rs. 12.57 per equity share. Our diluted earnings per share increased by 13.32% from Rs. 11.04 to Rs. 12.51 per equity share. Our basic earnings per ADS was Rs. 37.71 per ADS for fiscal 2003, where each ADS represents three equity shares. Our diluted earnings per ADS was Rs. 37.53 per ADS for fiscal 2003.

71


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions

     The Bank enters into transactions with related parties in the normal course of business. The principal related parties are the Bank’s affiliates, the subsidiaries and affiliates of HDFC, the Employee Welfare Trust and companies that are owned by the Bank’s employees and officers. These transactions are generally at arms length and in line with the market pricing. The Bank does not have any obligation to provide financial support or meet any obligations of these related parties. For further information see “Related Party Transactions”.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     Our growth over the last five years has been financed by a combination of cash generated from operations, increases in our customer deposits, borrowings and new issuances of equity capital.

   Cash Flows from Operations

     Our operations generated cash flows of Rs. 4,571.0 million, Rs. 14,487.5 million and Rs. 40,258.5 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

     Net cash from operations in fiscal 2004 of Rs. 40,258.5 million resulted primarily from net income of Rs. 4,754.5 million, a net increase in other liabilities of Rs. 30,945.6 million resulting from an increase in refund pay orders of initial public offerings, remittances in transit in our cash management services business, decrease in other assets of Rs. 2,113.7 million, a decrease in our accrued interest income on loans Rs. 2,105.1 million, non cash adjustments for allowances for credit losses, amortization of investments, depreciation and amortization and stock based compensation aggregating Rs. 5,628.4 million. These increases were offset in part by an increase in trading account assets of Rs. 2,257.7 million and a decrease in accrued interest expense on our deposits and borrowings of Rs. 2,731.9 million.

     Net cash from operations in fiscal 2003 of Rs. 14,487.5 million resulted primarily from net income of Rs. 3,513.8 million, a net increase in other liabilities of Rs. 11,075.2 million resulting from an increase in remittances in transit in our cash management services business, partly offset by an increase in other assets of Rs. 2,406.2 million, an increase in our accrued interest expense on our deposits and borrowings of Rs. 2,718.6 million and non cash adjustments for allowances for credit losses, amortization of investments, depreciation and amortization and stock based compensation aggregating Rs. 2,759.8 million. These increases were offset in part by an increase in trading account assets of Rs. 138.5 million and an increase in accrued interest income on our loans of Rs. 2,199.9 million.

     Net cash from operations in fiscal 2002 of Rs. 4,571.0 million resulted primarily from net income of Rs. 2,958.4 million, a net increase in other liabilities of Rs. 4,340.9 million resulting from an increase in remittances in transit in our cash management services business, an increase in our accrued interest expense on our deposits and borrowings of Rs. 1,214.8 million, increase in other assets Rs. 347.5 million principally arising from checks in course of collection at the balance sheet date and non cash adjustments for allowances for credit losses, depreciation and amortization and stock based compensation aggregating Rs. 1,763.0 million. These increases were offset in part by, an increase in accrued interest income on our loans of Rs. 1,774.1 million. Checks in course of collection offset the net increase in deposits until cleared.

   Cash Flows from Investing Activities

     Net cash used in investing activities was Rs. 68,286.9 million, Rs. 71,828.2 million, and Rs. 117,320.4 million in the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 respectively. Our investing activities principally consist of making loans to our wholesale and retail customers, making investments primarily to comply with the statutory liquidity reserve requirements of the RBI and for our own account, and capital expenditures for our branch network, technology and infrastructure.

72


Table of Contents

     We used net cash in investing activities in fiscal 2004 of Rs. 117,196.6 million primarily to increase our loans, net of repayments, by Rs. 67,765.7 million, increase our net investment portfolio including repurchase transactions by Rs. 57,535.2 million and for capital expenditures of Rs. 2,143.9 million to expand our branch network and other infrastructure offset by decrease in our term placements by Rs. 4,182.2 million. We received Rs. 5,917.3 million by way of scrutinizing of our loans.

     We used net cash in investing activities in fiscal 2003 of Rs. 71,828.2 million primarily to increase our loans, net of repayments, by Rs. 47,512.5 million, increase our term placements by Rs. 7,747.4 million, increase our net investment portfolio including repurchase transactions by Rs. 14,051.0 million and for capital expenditures of Rs. 2,533.5 million to expand our branch network and other infrastructure.

     We used net cash in investing activities in fiscal 2002 of Rs. 68,286.9 million primarily to increase our loans, net of repayments, by Rs. 20,897.3 million, increase our net investment portfolio including repurchase transactions by Rs. 45,808.0 million and for capital expenditures of Rs. 1,682.6 million to expand our branch network and other infrastructure.

     Our loans, investments and fixed assets are discussed in greater detail in the section “Financial Condition” below.

   Cash Flows from Financing Activities

     Net cash provided by financing activities was Rs. 72,185.4 million, Rs. 46,695.0 million, and Rs. 86,127.4 million in the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Our financing sources are primarily our deposit base, short term and long term borrowings and issuance of equity.

     Net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2004 of Rs. 86,127.4 million resulted primarily from issuance of equity shares of Rs. 203.6 million as a result of options that were exercised, an increase in our deposits of Rs. 80,302.0 million, issuance of long-term debt of Rs. 4,000.0 million, and an increase in our short term borrowings aggregating Rs. 2,484.6 million. These were offset in part by repayment of long term debt of Rs. 30.0 million, and dividends paid of Rs. 958.3 million.

     Net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2003 of Rs. 46,695, million resulted primarily from issuance of equity shares of Rs. 86.7 million as a result of options that were exercised, an increase in our deposits of Rs. 47,221.9 million, offset in part by repayments of long-term debt of Rs. 41.9 million, a decrease in our short term and long-term borrowings aggregating Rs. 62.6 million, and dividends paid of Rs. 697.5 million.

     Net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2002 of Rs. 72,185.4 million resulted primarily from issuance of equity shares and ADSs of Rs. 7,890.6, an increase in our deposits of Rs. 59,957.0 million and an increase in our short term and long-term borrowings aggregating Rs. 4,929.1 million, offset in part by repayments of long-term debt of Rs. 62.7 million and dividends paid of Rs. 528.6 million.

     Our financing sources are discussed in greater detail in the section “Financial Condition” below.

73


Table of Contents

Financial Condition

   Assets

     The following tables set forth the principal components of our assets at March 31, 2002 and 2003:

                 
    At March 31,
    2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents
  Rs. 23,944.9     Rs. 33,010.4  
Term placements
    7,747.4       3,565.2  
Investments held for trading
    3,976.1       6,233.8  
Investments available for sale
    98,929.2       133,274.6  
Investments held to maturity
    38,426.7       36,368.4  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
          19,950.0  
Loans, net
    118,299.9       177,681.1  
Accrued interest receivable
    6,283.8       4,178.7  
Property and equipment
    5,277.5       6,169.1  
Other assets
    8,955.2       6,404.3  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total assets
  Rs. 311,840.7     Rs. 426,835.6  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Our total assets increased 36.9% to Rs. 426.8 billion at March 31, 2004. This increase was comprised of increases of 38.6% in total investments and 50.2% in loans, increase in cash and cash equivalents of 37.9%.

     Investments available for sale increased by 34.7% to Rs. 133.3 billion at March 31, 2004. This was primarily due to increases in our statutory liquidity ratio securities, asset backed securities, mortgage backed securities, mutual fund units and investments qualifying for directed lending. Our statutory liquidity ratio requirements increased due to growth in our liabilities subject to reserve requirements. Of our total available for sale investment portfolio at March 31, 2004, 48.7% consists of securities issued by the government of India and state governments.

     Net loans increased 50.2% to Rs. 177.7 billion at March 31, 2004, due to increases in both our wholesale and retail products. Our retail loans increased by 112.9% to Rs. 73.2 billion with our increased focus on retail loans.

     Our property and equipment increased by 16.9% to Rs. 6.2 billion at March 31, 2004 as we expanded our branch network from 231 branches to 312 branches and our ATM network from 732 ATMs to 910 ATMs and invested in other infrastructure to support our growth.

74


Table of Contents

   Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

     The following tables set forth the principal components of our liabilities and shareholders’ equity at March 31, 2002 and 2003:

                 
    At March 31,
    2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Liabilities
               
Interest bearing deposits
  Rs. 174,250.4     Rs. 215,710.8  
Non-interest bearing deposits
    49,509.6       88,351.2  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total deposits
    223,760.0       304,062.0  
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
    4,600.0        
Short-term borrowings
    21,579.6       24,064.2  
Accrued interest payable
    6,897.3       4,165.4  
Long-term debt
    2,116.0       6,086.0  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    26,774.7       57,242.2  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total liabilities
    285,727.6       395,619.8  
Shareholders’ equity
    26,113.1       31,215.8  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  Rs. 311,840.7     Rs. 426,835.6  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Our total liabilities increased 38.5% to Rs. 395.6 billion at March 31, 2004. This increase was principally comprised of an increase of 23.8% in interest bearing deposits, and an increase of 113.8% in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

     The increase in our interest bearing deposits was principally due to general growth in our business, new customers acquired as we expanded our branch network and greater penetration of our customer base achieved through cross sales of our products. Of our interest bearing deposits at March 31, 2004, retail deposits accounted for 77.3%, and wholesale deposits accounted for the balance.

     Non-interest bearing deposits increased by 78.5%. Of our non-interest bearing deposits at March 31, 2004, wholesale deposits accounted for 63.4% with retail deposits accounting for the balance. Our non-interest bearing deposits include floats arising out of our cash management and capital markets services to our customers.

     Accrued expenses and other liabilities increased principally because of an increase of 278.9 % in accounts payable and an increase of 330.9.% in bills payable. Bills payable increased due to amounts to be refunded on collection for Initial Public Offerings of companies. Accounts payable increased due to various amounts payable to vendors.

     Long-term debt increased by Rs. 3,970.0 million because of issuance of subordinated debt of Rs. 4,000.0 million offset partly by repayment of long term borrowing of Rs. 30.0 million.

     Most of our funding requirements are met through short term and medium term funding sources. Of our total non-equity sources of funding, deposits accounted for approximately 76.8% (of which retail deposits were approximately 50.6%) with short term borrowings accounting for approximately 6.0% and long term debt accounting for approximately 1.5%. In our experience, a substantial portion of our deposits are rolled over upon maturity and are, over time, a stable source of funding. The continuation of our deposit base could be adversely affected in the event of deterioration in the economy and if the interest rates offered by the Bank differ significantly from those offered by our competitors.

     Shareholders’ equity increased 19.5% to Rs. 31,215.8 million at March 31, 2004, primarily due to the increase in our retained earnings. Of our net income of Rs. 4,754.5 million in fiscal 2004, we transferred Rs. 1,273.8 million to statutory reserve as required under Indian law and proposed dividends of Rs. 1,128.7 million. By law, our statutory reserve is not distributable. Our shareholders’ equity also includes Rs. 2,528.4 million of unrealized gains on available for sale securities, net of tax.

75


Table of Contents

     We may need additional capital to support our growth, principally to maintain our capital ratios within the RBI’s guidelines. Although there is no assurance that future financing will be available at terms which are acceptable to us, we may seek additional funds through public or private debt or equity offerings and through increases in our deposit base.

     We believe that our existing cash balances, funds generated from operations and borrowings will be sufficient for us to meet our liquidity requirements for at least the next twelve months.

   Financial Instruments and Off Balance Sheet arrangements

   Foreign Exchange and Derivatives

     We enter into foreign exchange and derivative transactions for our customers and for our own account. Our foreign exchange contracts arise out of spot and forward foreign exchange transactions with corporate and non-corporate customers and inter-bank counterparties. Our derivative contracts include rupee-based derivatives and cross-currency derivatives primarily for corporate customers. We also trade rupee-based interest rate swaps for our own account. We earn profit by way of a margin as a mark-up over the exchange or interest rate offered on customer transactions. We earn profit on inter-bank transactions by way of a spread between the purchase rate and the sale rate. These profits are recorded as income from foreign exchange and derivative transactions. The RBI imposes limits on our ability to hold derivatives. For further information see “—Treasury—Derivatives.”

     The following table presents the aggregate notional principal amounts of our outstanding foreign exchange and derivative contracts at March 31, 2003 and 2004, together with the related fair value, which is the mark-to-market impact of the derivative and foreign exchange products on the reporting date.

                                 
    At March 31,
    2003
  2004
    Notional
  Fair value
  Notional
  Fair value
    (in millions)
Interest rate swap agreements
  Rs. 174,841.7     Rs. 0.4     Rs. 343,015.7     Rs. (15.4 )
Currency Options
    1,549.2             28,232.8       36.3  
Forward exchange contracts
    197,725.5       127.1       294,440.8       467.0  
Forward rate Agreements
                897.9        
Currency swap agreements
    9,659.5       (6.7 )     17,243.4        

     Our trading activities for the above derivative instruments are carried out in the inter-bank market, which is a non-exchange informal market. However, these markets generally either provide price discovery or sufficient data to reliably estimate fair values of financial instruments.

   Guarantees and Documentary Credits

     As a part of our commercial banking activities, we issue guarantees and documentary credits such as letters of credit and guarantees to enhance the credit standing of our customers, for which we charge fees and commissions.

76


Table of Contents

     Amounts of guarantees and documentary credits outstanding are set out below:

                 
    At March 31,
    2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Bank guarantees:
               
Financial guarantees
  Rs. 5,743.6     Rs. 7,497.0  
Performance guarantees
    8,445.4       8,916.8  
Documentary credits
    11,715.1       18,921.0  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 25,904.1     Rs. 35,334.8  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Guarantees and documentary credits outstanding increased by 36.4% to Rs. 35.3 billion at March 31, 2004, principally due to growth in documentary credits, performance guarantees and financial guarantees.

   Loan Sanction Letters

     In some cases we issue sanction letters to customers, indicating our intent to provide new loans. The amount of loans referred to in these letters that have not yet been made decreased from Rs. 58.5 billion at March 31, 2003 to Rs. 44.5 billion at March 31, 2004. If we were to make these loans, the interest rates would be dependent on lending rates in effect on the date the loans were made. We are not obligated to make these loans, and the sanctions are subject to periodic review. See also Note 22 of our Financial Statements.

   Capital

     We are subject to the capital adequacy requirements of the RBI, which are primarily based on the capital adequacy accord reached by the Basel Committee of the Bank of International Settlements (or Basel Committee) in 1988. For a description of the RBI’s capital adequacy guidelines, see “Information About India—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Adequacy Requirements.” We are required to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk adjusted assets as determined by a specified formula of 9.0%, at least half of which must be Tier 1 capital, which is generally shareholders’ equity.

     Our regulatory capital and capital adequacy ratios as measured in accordance with Indian GAAP are as follows:

                 
    At March 31,
    2003
  2004
    (in millions)
Tier 1 capital
  Rs. 19,850.2     Rs. 22,297.0  
Tier 2 capital
    3,414.7       10,081.2  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total capital
  Rs. 23,264.9     Rs. 32,378.2  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total risk weighted assets and contingents
  Rs. 209,177.1     Rs. 277,738.2  
Capital adequacy ratios:
               
Tier 1
    9.49%       8.03%  
Total capital
    11.12%       11.66%  
Minimum capital ratios required by the RBI:
               
Tier 1
    4.5%       4.5%  
Total capital
    9.0%       9.0%  

     As shown above, our Tier 1 capital ratio decreased to 8.03% and our total capital ratio increased to 11.66% at March 31, 2004. The decrease in our Tier 1 capital ratio is primarily on account of the growth in risk weighted assets due to increase in our customer assets. The increase in Tier 2 capital is primarily due to an increase of Rs. 4,000 million on account of the issue of subordinated debt in the last quarter of fiscal 2004.

77


Table of Contents

     Our Indian GAAP financial statements include general provisions of Rs. 1,147.0 million and Rs. 1,589.3 million at March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, which qualify for Tier 2 capital subject to a ceiling of 1.25% of risk weighted assets.

     In an effort to create a need for banks to follow a prudent policy for utilizing gains realized on sale of investments, the RBI issued guidelines in fiscal 2002 on the need to appropriate a minimum of 5% of the investment portfolio to an investment fluctuation reserve over a period of five years. We currently carry an investment fluctuation reserve of Rs. 4,091.9 million in Indian GAAP which is 3.0% of the investment portfolio, excluding investments held to maturity.

Capital Expenditures

     Our capital expenditure consists principally of branch network expansion, as well as investments in our technology and communications infrastructure. Since April 1, 2003, we have invested approximately Rs. 2,175.8 million in capital expenditures. We have current plans for an aggregate capital expenditure of approximately Rs. 1.7 billion for fiscal 2005 when we intend to invest approximately Rs. 107.0 million for our disaster recovery plan, Rs. 341.1 million in technology, Rs. 403.2 million to expand our branch network, Rs. 158.8 million for new Electronic Data Capture (EDC) terminals and Rs. 136.7 million to install approximately new ATMs. At March 31, 2004, we had entered into capital commitments of Rs. 608.6 million which we plan to fund through internal accruals. However, we have no commitments to make the balance of the planned capital expenditures and the foregoing amounts and purposes may change depending on business conditions.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

Contractual Obligations

                                         
    Payments due by period
    Total
  Less than 1 year
  1-3 years
  4-5 years
  After 5 years
    (in millions)
Long-term debt(1)
  Rs. 6,041.5     Rs. 1,030.5     Rs. 1,005.9     Rs. 5.1     Rs. 4,000.0  
Capital lease obligations(2)
    44.5       27.3       17.2              
Operating leases(3)
    3,903.3       612.5       1,627.7       936.5       726.6  
Unconditional purchase obligations(4)
    608.6       608.6                    
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total contractual cash obligations
    10,597.9       2,278.9       2,650.8       941.6       4,726.6  
     
     
     
     
     
 

(1)   Long term debt mainly consists of Rs. 6,000 million of subordinated debt, Rs. 27.5 million being the long term borrowing by our Employees Welfare Trust and the balance Rs. 14.0 million being a concessional loan from an agency to purchase of eco-friendly solar power panels.
 
(2)   Capital lease obligations pertain to assets taken on lease like ATMs, VSATs and other equipment which was taken over at the time of our merger with Times Bank.
 
(3)   Operating leases are principally the operating lease arrangements entered by us with parties for the lease of office, branch and ATM premises and residential premises for executives.
 
(4)   Unconditional purchase obligations principally constitute the capital expenditure commitments in fiscal 2004. See Capital Expenditure section in Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

78


Table of Contents

Commercial Commitments

     Our commercial commitments principally consists of letters of credit, guarantees, foreign exchange and derivative contracts.

     Based on historical trends, the Bank has recognized a liability of Rs. 112.7 million in respect of guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002 as required by FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees” (FIN 45), issued in November 2002.

     As part of its risk management activities, the Bank continuously monitors the credit-worthiness of the customer as well as the guarantee exposure; however, if the customer fails to perform the specified obligation to the beneficiary, the beneficiary may draw upon the guarantee by presenting documents that are in compliance with the guarantee. In that event the Bank makes payment on account of the indebtedness of the customer or makes payment on account of the default by the customer in the performance of an obligation, to the beneficiary up to the full notional amount of the guarantee. The customer is obligated to reimburse the Bank for any such payment. If the customer fails to pay, the Bank would, as applicable, liquidate collateral and/or set off accounts.

     The residual maturity of the above is set forth in the following table:

                                         
    Amount of commitment expiration per period
    Total amounts   Less than                   Over
    committed
  1 year
  1-3 years
  4-5 years
  5 years
    (in millions)
Documentary Credits
  Rs. 18,921.0     Rs. 16,694.1     Rs. 2,210.3     Rs. 16.6     Rs.  
Guarantees
    16,413.8       6,399.4       8,159.4       838.9       1,016.1  
Forward exchange contracts
    394,440.8       347,446.6       46,012.7       981.5        
Derivative contracts*
    389,389.8       31,368.2       340,985.6       15,820.6       1,215.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total contractual cash obligations
    819,165.4       401,908.3       397,368.0       17,657.6       2,231.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

* Denotes notional principal amounts.

79


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

     Our organizational documents provide that until otherwise determined by a general meeting of shareholders, the number of our directors shall not be less than three or more than 15 directors, excluding directors appointed pursuant to the terms of our issued debt. Our board of directors currently consists of ten members (as of March 31, 2004: eleven members and as of 31st March, 2003: nine members).

     As per the Indian Companies Act, 1956, two third of our directors are required to retire by rotation, with one third of these retiring at each annual general meeting. However, any retiring director may be re-appointed by resolution of the shareholders.

     Under the terms of our organizational documents, HDFC Limited has a right to nominate two directors who are not required to retire by rotation, so long as HDFC Limited, its subsidiaries or any other company promoted by HDFC Limited either singly or in aggregate holds not less than 20% of our paid up equity share capital. Two directors who are not liable to retire nominated by HDFC Limited include the chairman and the Managing Director. The India Private Equity Fund (Mauritius) and Indocean Financial Holding Limited, two funds advised by J P Morgan Partners Advisors, Singapore (collectively the “Strategic Investors”) have the right to appoint two directors so long as their combined equity share holding is 10% or greater and one director if less than 10% but at least 7%. Since the shareholding of the Strategic Investors has declined to less than 7% of the share capital of the Bank, there is no longer a nominee of the Strategic Investors on the Board. The Bennett Coleman Group has the right to appoint one director so long as its equity holdings do not fall below 5%. Mr. Vineet Jain has been nominated by the Bennett Coleman Group.

     The Banking Regulation Act, 1949 requires that not less than 51% of the board members shall have special knowledge or practical experience in one or more of the following areas: accounting, finance, agriculture and rural economy, banking, co-operation, economics, law, small scale industry and any other matter as the RBI may specify. Out of these, not less than two directors shall have specialised knowledge or practical experience in respect of agriculture and rural economy, co-operation or small scale industry. Dr. (Mrs.) Amla Samanta has specialised knowledge and experience with small scale industries. Dr. Samanta relinquished the office of the Director with effect from April 25, 2004 pursuant to the provisions of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 which provides that no Director of a banking company other than the whole time director can hold office for a continuous period exceeding eight years. Dr. Gadwal has specialised knowledge and experience in the agricultural sector.

     Interested directors may not vote at board proceedings, except where the interest is based solely on a contract of indemnity for which the director is a surety, the interest is based on the director’s involvement as director of another company and holder of shares of that company, or where a proper notification has been given under the Companies Act, 1956.

     None of our directors or executive officers holds 1% or more of our shares except as set forth in the section “Principal Shareholders.”

80


Table of Contents

     Our board of directors as at March 31, 2004 are as follows:

             
Name
  Position
  Age
Mr. Jagdish Capoor
  Chairman     65  
Mr. Aditya Puri
  Managing Director     54  
Mr. Anil Ahuja
  Non-executive Director     42  
Dr. V. R. Gadwal
  Non-executive Director     66  
Mr. Vineet Jain
  Non-executive Director     38  
Mr. K. M. Mistry
  Non-executive Director     50  
Dr. (Mrs.) Amla Samanta (1)
  Non-executive Director     49  
Mrs. Renu Karnad
  Non-Executive Director     52  
Mr. Arvind Pande
  Non-Executive Director     62  
Mr. Bobby Parikh (2)
  Non-Executive Director     40  
Mr. Ranjan Kapur (3)
  Non-Executive Director     61  

1)   Dr. (Mrs.) Amla Samanta relinquished the office of the director with effect from April 25, 2004.
 
2)   Mr. Bobby Parikh was appointed as an additional director with effect from January 9, 2004.
 
3)   Mr. Ranjan Kapur was appointed as an additional director with effect from January 9, 2004.

81


Table of Contents

     Our executive officers as at September 2004 are as follows:

                   
Name
  Position
  Age
  Loans Outstanding(1)
(As of March 31, 2004)

 
                (Rs. million)
Mr. Aditya Puri
  Managing Director     54       5.0
Mr. Vinod G. Yennemadi
  Head, Finance, Administration, Legal and Secretarial     63       2.1
Mr. Samir Bhatia
  Head, Corporate Banking     41       4.6
Mr. Harish Engineer
  Head, Wholesale Banking     56       2.3
Mr. Sudhir Joshi
  Head, Treasury     57      
Mr. C. N. Ram
  Head, Information Technology     47      
Mr. Bharat Shah
  Head, Custody and Depository Services     57       4.1
Mr. G. Subramanian
  Head, Audit, Compliance, Vigilance and Service Quality     57       4.3
Mr. Paresh Sukthankar
  Head, Credit and Market Risk and Human Resource     43       4.0
Mr. Neeraj Swaroop
  Head, Retail Banking     46       3.2
Mr. A. Rajan
  Head, Operations     52      


(1)   Loans to management comprise housing loans and personal loans given as per the terms and conditions of employment. The Bank had not granted any loans to the management when the blanket of prohibition on loans existed as per SEC rules.

     Mr. H. Srikrishnan, Head, Transactional Banking and Operations, resigned from the services of the Bank with effect from April 6, 2004.

     The business address for our directors and officers is HDFC Bank House, Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower Parel (West), Mumbai - 400 013, India.

     The following are brief biographies of our existing directors:

     Mr. Jagdish Capoor holds a Master of Commerce degree and is a Certified Associate of the Indian Institute of Bankers. Mr. Capoor was appointed as part-time Chairman of the Bank for a period of 3 years with effect from July 6, 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Capoor was a Deputy Governor of the RBI. Mr. Capoor was Chairman of Deposit Insurance & Credit Guarantee Corporation of India and Bharatiya Reserve Bank Note Mudran Ltd. Presently, Mr. Capoor is a director in Indian Hotels Co. Ltd, Assets Care Enterprise Ltd. and Agricultural Finance Corporation Ltd. He is also a member of the Board of Governors of the Indian Institute of Management, Indore and The Stock Exchange, Mumbai. At the Annual General Meeting of the Bank held on May 26, 2004, the shareholders approved the re-appointment of Mr. Capoor as Chairman on a part time basis for a period of three years with effect from July 6, 2004 at the revised terms and conditions.

82


Table of Contents

     Mr. Aditya Puri holds a Bachelors degree in Commerce from Punjab University and is an associate member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Mr. Puri has been our Managing Director since September, 1994. Mr. Puri has over 27 years of experience in both domestic and international banking. Prior to joining us, Mr. Puri was chief executive officer of Citibank Malaysia from 1992 to 1994. At the Annual General Meeting of the Bank held on May 26, 2004, the shareholders approved the re-appointment of Mr. Puri as Managing Director from September 30, 2005 to March 31, 2007 at the revised terms and conditions.

     Mr. Anil Ahuja holds a Bachelor of Technology degree from the Indian Institute of Technology, New Delhi and a Post-Graduate Diploma in Business Management from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad. Mr. Ahuja has served as a non-executive director since July 16, 1999. Presently, he is the CEO of J.P. Morgan Partners Advisors, Singapore. He also serves as a director on the boards of HDFC Securities Limited, MTR Foods Limited and Domino’s Pizza India Pvt. Ltd. In the past, he had served as an executive director to Indocean Chase Capital Advisors and as a Vice President of Citibank N.A. Mr. Ahuja was a nominee of The India Private Equity Fund (Mauritius) and Indocean Financial Holding Limited (‘Strategic Investors’). Since the shareholding of the Strategic Investors has declined to less than 7% of the share capital of the Bank, Mr. Ahuja is no longer a nominee of the Strategic Investors. He is now on the Board of the Bank in his individual capacity.

     Dr. V. R. Gadwal holds Bachelor and Master of Science degrees from Osmania University and a doctorate in agriculture from the Indian Agricultural Research Institute. He is also a Fellow Member of the Botanical Society of India and the Indian Society of Genetics and Plant Breeding. Dr. Gadwal has been one of our non-executive directors since March 15, 1999. Dr. Gadwal also serves as consultant and advisor to agricultural research and development institutions such as Maharashtra Hybrid Seeds Co. Ltd. (MAHYCO) and MAHYCO Research Foundation. He also serves as an advisor to the Agricultural Research and Development Organisation. Presently, Dr. Gadwal is the President of the Indian Society for Cotton Improvement.

     Mr. Vineet Jain holds a Bachelor’s degree in Science and a degree in International Business Administration - Marketing. Mr. Jain has been our non-executive director since April 14, 2001. He also serves as the Managing Director of Bennett, Coleman & Co. Limited, as director of Times Internet Limited, Times Online Money Limited, Times Infotainment Media Limited, The Press Trust of India Ltd, Bharat Nidhi Limited and Magz International Limited. Mr. Jain has transformed the Times Group from India’s leading publishing house to India’s largest diversified and multi faceted media conglomerate. Mr. Jain is a nominee of the Bennett Coleman group and is required to retire by rotation.

     Mr. K. M. Mistry holds a degree of Bachelor of Commerce in Advanced Accountancy and Auditing and is also a Chartered Accountant. He was actively involved in setting up of several HDFC group companies, including HDFC Bank. Mr. Mistry had been deputed on consultancy assignments to the Commonwealth Development Corporation (CDC) in Thailand, Mauritius, the Caribbean Islands and Jamaica. He has also worked as a consultant for the Mauritius Housing Company and for the Asian Development Bank. Mr. Keki Mistry is the Managing Director of Housing Development Finance Corporation Ltd and Chairman of GRUH Finance Limited. He serves as director in HDFC Developers Ltd., HDFC Chubb General Insurance Company Ltd., HDFC Trustee Company Ltd, HDFC Standard Life Insurance Co Ltd., Credit Information Bureau (India) Ltd., Infrastructure Leasing & Financial Services Ltd., Intelenet Global Services Ltd., Sun Pharmaceuticals Industries Ltd., Mahindra Holidays and Resorts India Ltd. and The Great Eastern Shipping Co. Ltd.

     Mrs. Renu Karnad is a law graduate and also holds a Master degree in Economics from Delhi University. Mrs. Karnad has been with HDFC Ltd. since 1978 and was appointed as the executive director of HDFC Ltd. in 2000. She is in charge of overall business activities for HDFC Ltd. in the North India region and state of Gujarat and oversees all aspects of lending operations on an all India basis. She is a director in HDFC Asset Management Co. Ltd., GRUH Finance Ltd., HDFC Realty Ltd., Credit Information

83


Table of Contents

Bureau (India ) Ltd. (CIBIL ), Feedback Ventures Ltd., HDFC Chubb General Insurance Company Ltd., Mother Dairy Fruits & Vegetables Ltd., Ascendas Ltd. and ICI India Ltd.

     Mr. Arvind Pande is a Bachelor of Science from Allahabad University, a Bachelor and Master of Arts in Economics from Cambridge University, U.K. He started his career in the Indian Administrative Services and has held various responsible positions in the Government of India. He was a Joint Secretary to the Prime Minister of India for his expertise in Economics, Science and Technology issues. He was a director of the department of Economic Affairs in the Ministry of Finance for the Government of India and has dealt with World Bank aided projects. He was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL). He has travelled extensively within and outside of India and participated in several aid/trade/procurement related negotiations. Mr. Pande is a director in Sandhar Locking devices Limited, IVRCL Infrastructure & Projects Limited and Assets Care Enterprise Limited.

     Mr. Bobby Parikh is a Chartered Accountant and has specialised in the areas of Tax and Business Advisory Services with extensive experience in advising clients across a range of industries. Mr. Parikh is a member of various trade and business associations and their committees. He is also on the advisory/executive boards of several non-Government and non-profit organisations. Mr. Parikh was the Country Managing Partner of Arthur Anderson & Co. and until recently, the Chief Executive Officer of Ernst & Young. Mr. Bobby Parikh is in the Board as an US GAAP financial expert.

     Mr. Ranjan Kapur is an M.A. in English from St. Stephens College, New Delhi. He started his career with Citibank, N.A. Mr. Kapur had served senior positions in Ogilvy & Mather India Private Limited (O&M). He was nominated to the world wide board of O&M in 1998 and was elevated to the position of Executive Chairman, India and Vice-Chairman, Asia Pacific, a year later. He retired from O&M on December 31, 2003. Mr. Kapur is a director of Pidilite Industries Limited and three other private limited companies.

     The following are brief biographies of our existing executive officers:

     Mr. Vinod G. Yennemadi holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree, and is also a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and an Associate of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. Mr. Yennemadi has been the Head, Finance, Administration, Legal, and Secretarial since April 1994. In addition, Mr. Yennemadi serves as a director of Softcell Technologies Limited, HDFC Securities Limited, SolutionNET India Private Limited, Atlas Documentary Facilitators Private Limited, Flexcel International Private Limited and as a trustee for the HDFC Bank Employee Welfare Trust.

     Mr. Samir Bhatia holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of Bombay, a Cost Accountancy degree from the Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India and a Chartered Accountancy from the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. He is currently our Head, Corporate Banking, and had previously served as our Regional Head, Corporate Banking in various regions of India since September 1994.

     Mr. Harish Engineer holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Physics and Chemistry and a Diploma in Business Management. Mr. Engineer has serves as Head, Financial Institution Group since November 1999, and previously served as Head, Corporate Banking since July 1994.

     Mr. Sudhir Joshi holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemistry from the University of Pune and is a Certified Associate of the Indian Institute of Bankers. Mr. Joshi has held the position of Head, Treasury since April 2000. He was Head, Financial Investment Group for a brief period between February 2000 and March 2000. From June 1995 until joining us, Mr. Joshi served as executive vice president, treasury, of Times Bank Limited.

     Mr. C. N. Ram holds a Bachelor of Technology degree in Electrical Engineering from the Indian

84


Table of Contents

Institute of Technology and a Post Graduate Diploma in Management from the Indian Institute of Management. Mr. Ram has served as Head, Information Technology since July 1994. In addition, he also serves as a director on the board of a number of companies, including our affiliates SolutionNET India Private Limited, Flexcel International Private Limited and Softcell Technologies Limited.

     Mr. Bharat Shah holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Bombay University, and a Higher National Diploma in Applied Chemistry from London University. He has served as our Head, Custody and Depositary Services since December 1994 and served in the past as our Head, Human Resources. Mr. Shah also serves as a non-executive director of Computer Age Management Services Private Limited, HDFC Securities Limited and Atlas Documentary Facilitators Private Limited.

     Mr. G. Subramanian holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemistry from Madras Christian College and is a Certified Associate of the Indian Institute of Bankers, Mr. Subramanian has been the Head, Audit, Compliance, Vigilance and Service Quality since January 1995. Prior to that Mr. Subramanian was deputy general manager of the RBI. Mr. Subramanian also serves as a director on the board of Computer Age Management Services Limited.

     Mr. Paresh Sukthankar holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and Master in Management Studies from Bombay University. Mr. Sukthankar has held the position of Head, Credit and Market Risk Management since September 1994 and since December 1999 also supervises the Human Resources function.

     Mr. Neeraj Swaroop holds a Bachelor of Technology degree from the Indian Institute of Technology, a Master of Business Administration from the Indian Institute of Management, and a Diploma in Retail Bank Management from the Graduate School of Retail Bank Management, University of Virginia. He has held the position of Head, Marketing and Retail Assets since April 1999 and is currently Head, Retail Banking. Mr. Swaroop also serves as a director on the board of SolutionNet India Private Limited.

     Mr. A. Rajan holds a bachelors degree in Science. He has 24 years of experience in all aspects of Operations in International Banking with significant accomplishments in operations integration, system implementations and enhancement in operational efficiency through radical re-engineering of processes and optimal technology. He was part of the core management team which set up HDFC Bank as its Head of Operations, responsible for creating the Operations team and detailed Operating Procedures. He was also the CEO of Flexcel International for 3 years, and was responsible for setting up and marketing a pioneering concept of ASP in providing core banking solutions and data center management for the banking industry in India. He is presently, the Country Head – Operations and is responsible for Bank Operations which includes, TBG Operations, Retail Operations and Treasury Operations.

Corporate Governance

   Audit and Compliance Committee

     The terms of reference of the Audit and Compliance Committee are in accordance with paragraph C and D of clause 49(II) of the Listing Agreement entered into with the Stock Exchanges. The Audit and Compliance Committee approves and reviews our audit and compliance procedures, techniques and other regulatory requirements. It also reviews our internal control systems and the functioning of our branches and divisions, recommends appointment and removal of external auditors and fixing of their fees, pre-approves all services to be provided by our auditors, reviews with management the annual financial statements with special emphasis on accounting polices and practices, compliance with accounting standards and other legal requirements concerning financial statements. As of March 31, 2004, the members of the Audit and Compliance Committee were Mr. Jagdish Capoor, Mr. Anil Ahuja, Dr. (Mrs.) Amla Samanta, Mr. Arvind Pande and Mr. Bobby Parikh.

85


Table of Contents

     Mr. Bobby Parikh was inducted as a member with effect from March 26, 2004. On April 16, 2004 the Audit Committee of the Bank was reconstituted whereby Dr. Samanta ceased to be its member. Mr Bobby Parikh has been nominated by the board as financial expert.

   Risk Monitoring Committee

     The Risk Monitoring Committee monitors our credit and market risk policies and procedures, approves and reviews dealing authorities and limits for our treasury operations and reviews our risk monitoring systems and risk reporting procedures. The committee also ensures that our credit exposure to any one group or industry does not exceed the internally set limits and that the risk is diversified. The members of the committee as of March 31, 2004 were Mr. Aditya Puri, Mr. Anil Ahuja and Mrs. Renu Karnad.

Credit Approval Committee

     The Credit Approval Committee approves credit exposures that are beyond the powers delegated to our executive officers. The members of the committee as of March 31, 2004 were Mr. Jagdish Capoor, Mr. Keki Mistry, Dr. (Mrs.) Amla Samanta and Mr. Aditya Puri.

     Mr. Keki Mistry was inducted as a member of the Credit Approval Committee with effect from July 14, 2003.

     On April 16, 2004 the Credit Approval Committee was reconstituted whereby Mr. Bobby Parikh was inducted as member of the Committee and Dr. Samanta ceased to be a member.

   Compensation Committee

     The Compensation Committee has the following purposes:

  To review the overall compensation structure and policies with a view to retain and motivate our employees;
 
  To review our position in the industry in relation to compensation levels through compensation surveys;
 
  To consider employee stock options; and
 
  To consider any other compensation related issues or matters relating to our employees other than the managing director and the chairman.

     The members of the Compensation Committee as of March 31, 2004 were Mr. Jagdish Capoor, Mr. Anil Ahuja, Dr. (Mrs.) Amla Samanta and Dr. V. R. Gadwal.

     On April 16, 2004 the Compensation Committee was reconstituted whereby Mr. Ranjan Kapur was inducted as a member of the Committee and Dr. Samanta ceased to be a member of the Committee.

   Share Committee (Shareholders and Investors’ Grievance Committee)

     The Share Committee approves and monitors transfers, transmissions, splitting and consolidation of our shares and bonds. The committee also monitors responses/redressals to complaints from shareholders relating to transfer of shares, non-receipt of balance sheet, dividends and other issues. The members of the committee as of March 31, 2004 were Mr. Jagdish Capoor and Mr. Aditya Puri.

86


Table of Contents

   Premises Committee

     The Premises Committee approves the purchase or lease of premises for the use of our branches, ATM premises, executive offices and residential premises for executives in accordance with the guidelines set by the board of directors. The members of the committee are Mr. Aditya Puri, Dr. (Mrs.) Amla Samanta, Dr. V. R. Gadwal, Mr. Ranjan Kapur and Mr. K. G. Krishnamoorthy, the latter in an advisory capacity.

     On April 16, 2004, the Premises Committee was reconstituted whereby Mr. Ranjan Kapur and Dr. V. R. Gadwal were inducted as members of the Committee and Dr. Samanta ceased to be a member of the Committee.

   Nomination Committee

     The Bank has constituted a Nomination Committee for recommending appointment of independent/non-executive directors for the Board of the Bank. The Nomination Committee will be required to scrutinize the nominations received for the independent/non-executive directors with reference to their qualifications and experience. It will assess the formal qualifications, previous experience, track record and integrity of the candidate to ensure that he/she is the “Fit and Proper” person. The integrity of the candidate may be assessed on the basis of features like criminal records, financial position, civil actions undertaken to pursue personal debts, refusal of admission to and expulsion from professional bodies, sanctions applied by regulators or similar bodies and previous questionable business practices. The Committee was constituted on April 15, 2003.

     The members of the Nomination Committee are Mr. Jagdish Capoor, Mr. Anil Ahuja, Dr. V. R. Gadwal and Mr. Arvind Pande.

   Committees of Executives

     We have also constituted committees of executives that meet frequently to discuss and decide on management of assets and liabilities, as well as matters including other operations and personnel, and other operational issues.

Borrowing Powers of Directors

     Under our articles of association, our directors may, by way of a resolution at a meeting of the board, direct the bank to borrow money for our business purposes. Borrowings may be made upon such terms and conditions as the directors determine to be appropriate. Such terms may include the lender’s right to appoint directors, the allotment of shares to certain public financial institutions, and (with prior shareholder and regulatory approval) the allotment of shares to other entities.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

     The compensation of our Managing Director is approved by the shareholders and the Reserve Bank of India on the recommendation of the board of directors. In fiscal year 2004, none of our executive officers earned a salary plus bonus in excess of US$ 200,000 (at the average conversion rate). During the year, our Chairman received a salary of Rs. 600,000/- per annum. At the Annual General Meeting of the Bank held on May 26, 2004, the shareholders approved the revised remuneration payable to Mr. Capoor with effect from July 6, 2004 at Rs. 900,000/- per annum and Bank leased accommodation. Our Managing Director received a monthly salary of Rs. 300,000/- and other

87


Table of Contents

emoluments as have been approved by the shareholders of the Bank at the 8th Annual General Meeting held on May 30, 2002 till March 31, 2004. At the 10th Annual General Meeting of the Bank held on May 26, 2004, the shareholders approved the revision in the remuneration and other emoluments payable to the Managing Director with effect from April 1, 2004. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, the aggregate amount of compensation paid to all of our executive officers was approximately Rs. 178.5 million. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, the aggregate amount accrued by us to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for our directors and executive officers was approximately Rs. 11.3 million.

     Under our organizational documents, each director, except the Managing Director, is entitled to remuneration for attending each meeting of the board or of a board committee. The amount of remuneration is set by the board from time to time in accordance with limitations prescribed by the Indian Companies Act or the government of India. Remuneration for attending board meetings and committee meetings is Rs. 10,000 per meeting, except in case of meetings of the Share Committee of the Bank where the remuneration is Rs. 5,000 per meeting. We reimburse directors for travel and related expenses in connection with board and committee meetings and with related matters.

     The RBI had issued guidelines relating to salary and other remuneration payable to the Chairman, Managing Director and Whole Time Directors of new Private Sector Banks. Pursuant to the guidelines, the RBI has permitted banks to fix the performance bonus payable to the Managing Director/Whole Time Directors on either of two criteria:

(a)   up to a maximum of 25% of the salary; or
 
(b)   the average bonus paid to the officers/employees, provided that there are more than one category of officers/employees (excluding top management) who are eligible for variable performance bonus. The average bonus paid to officers/employees is calculated by dividing the total salary bill by the total bonus paid to them.

     The Reserve Bank of India has also advised the Banks to review and fix at their discretion, the monthly remuneration paid to their CEOs/Managing Directors keeping in view the bonus guidelines stated above. Accordingly, a resolution was passed at the 10th Annual General Meeting of the Bank held on May 26, 2004 for revision in the remuneration payable to the Managing Director.

     Other than our Chairman and Managing Director, none of our directors has a service contract with us.

   Employees Stock Option Scheme

     During the year, the Bank granted 6.8 million options under ESOS 4, 2.5 million options under ESOS 5 and 1.7 million options under ESOS 6 (an aggregate of 11.0 million options) at prices of Rs. 358.60, Rs. 366.30 and Rs. 362.90 per option respectively. The prices for the options under ESOS 4 & 6 are based on the market price of the shares of the Bank on the immediately preceding business day (of National Stock Exchange of India Limited) on the date of grant of option. These options are governed by the shareholders’ resolution passed at the 9th Annual General Meeting of the Bank held on June 2, 2003. The price for the options under ESOS 5 is based on the average daily closing price of the shares of the Bank quoted on The Stock Exchange, Mumbai for a period of sixty days preceding the grant of option. These options were governed by the shareholders’ resolution passed at the Extra-ordinary General Meeting of the Bank held on January 1, 2000. The options would vest over a period of 3 years on the expiry of minimum period of one year from the date of the grant.

     Out of the options granted under the Employees Stock Option Scheme in January, 2001 (ESOS 2) and February, 2002 (ESOS 3), 1.5 million and 0.4 million options, respectively, have been vested in the employees.

     During the year under review, 2.8 million options were exercised and allotted by the Bank resulting in an increase in the paid-up capital of Rs. 27.5 million and share premium by Rs. 476.8 million. The allotment

88


Table of Contents

of 1.1 million shares in respect of options exercised in the last quarter was made on April 5, 2004. The new shares issued under ESOS would rank pari-passu with the existing shares in all respects. During the year 0.5 million options lapsed on account of staff resignations. After considering the exercised and lapsed options, 14.32 million options are still outstanding as at 31 March, 2004.

Employees Welfare Trust Plan

     An Employees Welfare Trust (the “EWT”) was established in 1994 for various welfare activities for the benefit of the Bank’s employees. The EWT has borrowed funds from third parties and initially subscribed to an aggregate of 10,000,000 equity shares of the Bank at the same price as available to other shareholders, and from time to time, also makes open market purchases of shares. In pursuance to the Trust’s objectives, grants are allotted to employees, directors and advisors at prices designated by the trustees. The vesting period varies at the discretion of the trustees from grant to grant, but is generally between twelve and twenty four months.

     Purely from an accounting perspective under US GAAP, as required by AICPA Statement of Position No. 93-6, the Bank is required to account for the equity shares of the Bank held by the EWT as treasury shares until transferred and report the external borrowings of the EWT as borrowings of the Bank. Consequently, dividends paid to the EWT are eliminated, and the interest cost incurred by the EWT and stock based compensation are charged as an expense by the Bank. Since November 1994, the EWT has granted an aggregate of 9,723,225 grants. The Bank has recognized deferred stock based compensation on each grant as the difference between the closing price on The Stock Exchange, Mumbai and the applicable grant price. The Bank has recognized stock based compensation expense under this scheme of Rs. 56.7 million, Rs. 125.9 million and Rs. 113.7 million, for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

   Other Compensation

     All employees, including our managing director and officers, receive the benefit of our gratuity and provident fund retirement schemes. Our superannuation fund covers all employees at manager level or above, including our managing director. Our gratuity fund, required under Indian law, is a defined benefit plan that, upon retirement, death while employed or termination of employment, pays a lump sum equivalent to 15 days’ salary for each completed year of service. The superannuation fund is a retirement plan under which we annually contribute 13% (15% for the managing director) of the employee’s eligible annual salary to the administrator of the fund. Under the provident fund, required by Indian law, both we and the employee contribute monthly at a determined rate (currently 12% of the employee’s salary) to a fund set up by us, which is administered by a board of trustees. For employees whose basic salary is less than Rs. 6,500 per month a portion (currently 8.33% of the employee’s salary) of the employer’s contribution is transferred to a fund administered by the government in accordance with the Provident Fund Act. We retain liability for future payments under the gratuity fund, but not under the superannuation or provident funds.

89


Table of Contents

Controls and procedures

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

     Based on their evaluation as of a date within 90 days of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.

Changes in internal controls

     There were no significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation. There were no significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, and therefore there were no corrective actions taken.

Audit committee financial expert

     Mr. Bobby Parikh joined our board of directors on January 9, 2004. On the same day our Board nominated Mr. Parikh as a member of its audit committee. Our board of directors has determined Mr. Bobby Parikh as an audit committee financial expert as defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K, and is independent pursuant to applicable SEC rules.

Code of ethics

     On July 14, 2004 , our audit committee adopted a written code of ethics as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K, applicable to the Managing Director (Chief Executive Officer), The Chief Financial Officer and Group Heads of the Bank . We will provide a copy of such code of ethics to any person without charge, upon request.

     On July 14, 2004 , our audit committee also adopted a Whistle Blower Policy wherein it has established procedures for receiving, retaining and treating complaints received, and procedures for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of complaints regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, conduct which results in a violation of law by HDFC Bank or in a substantial mismanagement of Bank’s resources. Under this policy our employees are encouraged to report questionable accounting matters, any reporting of fraudulent financial information to our shareholders, the government or the financial markets any conduct that results in a violation of law by HDFC Bank our management (on an anonymous basis, if employees so desire). Likewise, under this policy, we have prohibited discrimination, retaliation or harassment of any kind against any employee who, based on the employee’s reasonable belief that such conduct or practices have occurred or are occurring, reports that information or participates in an investigation.

90


Table of Contents

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     The following table sets forth for the fiscal years indicated the fees paid to our principal accountant and its associated entities for various services they provided us in these periods.

                     
    Fiscal year ended
   
    March 31,   March 31,    
Type of Service
  2003
  2004
  Description of Services
    (in millions)    
Audit services
  Rs. 3.8     Rs. 3.9     Audit of financial statements
Audit related services
          1.8     Services related to review of financial statements and due diligence
Tax fees
              Tax audit, tax returns, tax processing, tax filing and advisory services
Other services
          0.6     Statutory certifications, quality registrar, work permit related services and other advisory services
 
  Rs. 3.8     Rs. 6.3      

Our audit committee charter requires us to take the prior approval of our audit committee on every occasion we engage our principal accountants or their associated entities to provide us any non-audit services. We disclose to our audit committee the nature of services that are provided and the fees to be paid for the services. The Bank has put in place a pre-approval policy for audit and non audit services to ensure the independence of the public accountant. All of the non-audit services provided by our principal accountants or their associated entities in the previous year have been pre-approved by our Audit Committee.

91


Table of Contents

Compliance with NYSE Listing Standards on Corporate Governance

     We are incorporated under the Indian Companies Act, 1956, and our equity shares are listed on the major stock exchanges in India. Our corporate governance framework is in compliance with the Indian Companies Act, 1956, the regulations and guidelines of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) and the requirements of the listing agreements entered into with the Indian stock exchanges. We also have American Depositary Shares (“ADS”) listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”).

     On November 4, 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) approved new rules proposed by the NYSE intended to strengthen corporate governance standards for listed companies. These new corporate governance listing standards supplement the corporate governance reforms already adopted by the SEC pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

     Section 303A.11 of the NYSE Corporate Governance Standards requires listed companies that are foreign private issuers to disclose the significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE Corporate Governance Standards. The table below sets forth the differences between the rules applicable to U.S. companies under the NYSE Corporate Governance Standards and HDFC Bank’s practices under Indian law.

     
NYSE rule applicable to    
U.S. listed companies   Indian law and HDFC Bank's practice

Companies must have a majority of independent directors. (NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.01)
  Under Indian law, if the chairman of the board of directors is not an executive officer of the company, at least one third of the directors should be independent. If the chairman is an executive officer, at least 50% of the company’s directors should be independent. The chairman of our board of directors is not an executive officer and 7 out of 10 members of the board are independent.

Certain heightened standards apply to “independent directors” (NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.02)
  Under Indian law, a director is “independent” so long as he or she does not have any material pecuniary relationship or transactions (apart from director’s remuneration) with the company, its promoters, its management or its subsidiaries, which in the judgment of the board may affect the independence or judgment of the director. We apply the Indian definition of “independent”. Under that definition, the board considers Mr. Jagdish Capoor, the chairman of the board, to be independent.

Non-management directors must meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without management. (NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.03)
  Under Indian law, there is no requirement for such sessions. HDFC Bank does not regularly hold such meetings.

Companies must have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. (NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.04)
  Under Indian law, a nominating/corporate governance committee is not required. However, HDFC Bank has a Nomination Committee that is responsible for recommending the appointment of independent/non-executive directors to the board of directors. The Nomination Committee is composed of four non-executive directors, all of whom are independent.

The nominating/corporate governance committee must have a written charter that addresses certain specific committee purposes and responsibilities and provides for an annual performance evaluation of the committee. (NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.04)
  Since Indian law does not require a nominating/corporate governance committee, it also does not require a charter for such a committee. As a result, we have no such charter.

Companies must have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. (NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.05)
  Under Indian law, a company’s board of directors sets the compensation for non-executive directors. Non-mandatory Indian law recommends that companies establish a remuneration committee composed of non-executive directors and an independent chairman to determine the compensation of executive directors. HDFC Bank has a Compensation Committee of four non-executive directors, all of whom are independent.

The compensation committee must have a written charter that addresses certain specific purposes and responsibilities of the committee and provides for an annual performance evaluation of the committee. (NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.05)
  Indian law does not require that the compensation committee have a charter. HDFC Bank does not have a charter.

Companies must have an audit committee that satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the requirements of NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.02. (NYSE Corporate Governance Standards 303A.06 and 303A.07)
  An audit committee is required under Indian Law. HDFC Bank has an Audit and Compliance Committee composed of four non-executive directors, all of whom are independent. The Committee’s chairman is independent.

The audit committee must have a written charter that addresses certain specific purposes and responsibilities of the committee, provides for an annual performance evaluation of the committee and sets forth certain minimum duties and responsibilities. (NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.07)
  HDFC has a written audit committee charter that provides for specific purposes and responsibilities.

Companies must adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. (NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.09)
  Indian law does not require the adoption and disclosure of corporate governance guidelines. However, information with respect to corporate governance can be found in our annual report for 2003-2004 under the heading “Corporate Governance”.

Companies must adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. (NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.10)
  As required by SEBI regulations, HDFC Bank has adopted a code governing trading in the company’s securities by insiders. In addition, HDFC Bank has adopted a Code of Ethics for the Managing Director, CFO and Senior Management of the company.

92


Table of Contents

Memorandum and Articles of Association

     Set forth in this section are certain important provisions in the Bank’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (the “Articles”).

     The main objects of the Bank are to carry on banking activity and other related activities. The Bank’s objects and purposes can be found in clauses A and B of the Articles.

     Under the Articles, a director may not vote, participate in discussions or be counted for purposes of a quorum with respect to any decision relating to whether the Bank will enter into any contract or arrangement if the director is directly or indirectly interested in such contract or arrangement. The board of directors may not hold meetings in the absence of a quorum. Pursuant to the Indian Companies Act, 1956, directors of the Bank have the power to borrow money for business purposes only with the consent of the shareholders (with certain limited exceptions).

     Sections 172 through 187 of the Articles set forth certain rights and restrictions relating to dividend distributions. One of these restrictions is that dividends may be approved only at a general meeting of shareholders, but in no event in an amount greater than the amount recommended by the board of directors.

     Subject to the Indian Companies Act, 1956, profits of the Company are divisible among shareholders in proportion to the amount of capital paid-up on the shares held by them respectively. In the event of liquidation, surplus will be distributed in proportion to the capital paid up or which ought to have been paid up on the shares held by shareholders respectively at the time of commencement of the winding up (without prejudice to the rights of the holders of shares issued upon special terms or conditions). The board of directors may make calls on shareholders in respect of all moneys unpaid on the shares held by them and not by the conditions of allotment thereof.

     The rights and privileges of any class of shareholders may not be modified without the approval of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class.

     The annual general meeting shall be called for a time during business hours at the registered office of the Bank or at some other place within the city in which the registered office of the Bank is situated as the board of directors may determine. The notice of the meeting shall specify it as the annual general meeting. The board may also call an extraordinary meeting, and if there is not a quorum of directors within India, any director or two shareholders may call such a meeting. The board is required to call an extraordinary meeting upon the requisition of a set number of shareholders, as set forth in the Indian Companies Act, 1956.

93


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     The following table contains information relating to the beneficial ownership of our equity shares at March 31, 2004:

    Each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own 5.0% or more of our equity shares; and
 
    All of our directors and officers as a group

     Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting and investment power with respect to equity shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons in the table have sole voting and sole investment control with respect to all equity shares beneficially owned.

     We were founded by Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited, known as HDFC Limited, the leading housing finance company in India. At March 31, 2004, HDFC Limited, together with its subsidiaries, held an aggregate of 24.18 % of our equity shares.

                 
           
    Number of
equity shares

  Percentage of
total equity
Shares outstanding(4)

HDFC group (not including the HDFC Bank Employees Welfare Trust)
    68,861,000 (1)     24.18  
Funds advised by J P Morgan Partners Advisors Pte Ltd.
    15,603,638 (2)     5.48  
Bennett Coleman group
    16,192,408 (3)     5.69  

1)   Includes: 38,860,000 equity shares held directly by HDFC Limited, 30,000,000 equity shares held by HDFC Investments Limited and 1,000 equity shares held by HDFC Holdings Limited. HDFC Investments Limited and HDFC Holdings Limited are controlled by HDFC Limited. Under the Indian Banking Regulation Act, no person holding equity shares in a banking company can vote more than 10.0% of the outstanding equity shares.
 
2)   Includes: 11,620,886 equity shares held by The India Private Equity Fund (Mauritius) and 3,982,752 equity shares held by Indocean Financial Holding Limited.
 
3)   Includes: 8,849,929 equity shares held by Bennett Coleman & Company Limited, 2,486,956 equity shares held by Dharmayug Investments Limited and 4,855,523 equity shares held by other Bennett Coleman group entities.
 
4)   The percentage of total equity shares outstanding is calculated based on the outstanding number of shares in accordance with Indian GAAP.

94


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The following is a summary of transactions we have engaged in with our principal shareholder, HDFC Limited and its subsidiaries and other related parties since April 1, 2003. HDFC Limited is our promoter company. The HDFC group companies own 24.2% of our equity shares. See “Principal Shareholders.”

     All transactions with HDFC group companies and the other related parties listed below are on terms that we believe are as favorable to us as those that could be obtained from a non-affiliated third party in an arms-length transaction. In addition, our banking license from the RBI stipulates that we can only transact business with HDFC Limited and its affiliates on an arms-length basis.

Atlas Documentary Facilitators Company Private Limited (ADFC)

     ADFC specializes in back-office processing. We regularly transact business with ADFC. In fiscal 2004, we paid ADFC approximately Rs. 205.6 million for back-office processing services to the Bank, at unit rates in line with the market. As at March 31, 2004, the Bank had provided a security deposit amounting to Rs. 6.0 million to ADFC for the various services provided by ADFC. We have made an equity investment of Rs. 0.2 million in ADFC which represents 29.0% of share capital of ADFC. We believe that the transactions entered into with ADFC are at arms length.

HBL Global Private Limited (HBL Global)

     HBL Global Private Limited is a subsidiary of Atlas Documentary Facilitators Company Private Limited, and provides the Bank with direct sales support for certain products of the Bank. HBL Global was paid a fee of Rs. 742.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2004 which is line with the market rates. As at March 31, 2004 the bank had provided a security deposit of Rs. 40.7 million for the services provided by HBL Global. An amount of Rs. 6.6 million was receivable from HBL Global as of that date. We do not presently have any direct investment in HBL Global.

Flexcel International Private Limited (Flexcel)

     Flexcel is a joint venture that has been promoted by the Bank and a leading financial technology provider. Flexcel provides application service provider (ASP) services to smaller banks. We made an investment of Rs. 15.3 million in Flexcel. As HDFC Bank’s share of total accumulated losses made by Flexcel exceeded the investment value, the same has been written off. A loan amount of Rs. 5.0 million was outstanding in our books as on the balance sheet date. Flexcel was paid Rs. 1.1 million for services received by the Bank.

Salisbury Investments Private Limited

     We paid security deposits of Rs. 21 million and rent of Rs. 1.1 million for the residential accommodation of the Managing Director to Salisbury Investments Private Limited in which the relatives of the Managing Director hold a stake. The value of security deposit and rent is based on an independent assessment by a professional property valuation expert.

HDFC Securities Limited (HSL)

     We acquired an equity stake in HDFC Securities Limited, which provides broking services through the internet and other channels. We own 29.5% of the equity shares and HDFC group companies own an aggregate of 68.5%. The two funds advised by Indocean Chase Capital Advisors own 28.5%. We have paid Rs 3.7 million for sales assistance provided by HSL and Rs. 3.3 million as rent and maintenance charges. We have received Rs. 1.7 million as recovery of costs incurred by the Bank on behalf of HSL. We made an investment of Rs. 8.8 million in HSL. As HDFC Bank’s share of total accumulated losses made by HSL exceeded the investment value, the same has been written off.

95


Table of Contents

HDFC Limited (HDFC)

     From time to time, we borrow medium to long term funds, some of which are from affiliates. At March 31, 2004, HDFC Limited held Rs. 27.5 million of the debt issued by HDFC Bank Employees Welfare Trust which we have accounted for as a leveraged ESOP and recognized this borrowing on our balance sheet. We obtained regulatory approval to maintain a loan to HDFC Limited for Rs. 375 million that was originally made by and acquired from Times Bank Ltd. The loan matured during the current year. The Bank earned interest of Rs. 23.4 million from the said loan.

Housing Loans

     We have recently commenced home loan business under an arrangement with HDFC Ltd., whereby we act as a service associate to sell the HDFC Home Loan product.

     Under this arrangement HDFC Ltd. approves and disburses the loans which are booked in the books of HDFC Ltd. For such loans, we are paid a sourcing fee. HDFC Ltd. will provide credit, legal and technical appraisal for these loans. HDFC Ltd. is obligated to sell up to 70% of the fully disbursed home loans sourced under the arrangement through the issue of mortgage backed pass through certificates (PTCs) and the balance would be retained by HDFC Ltd. The mortgage backed PTCs will be invested in by us at the underlying home loan yields less a fee paid to HDFC Ltd. for administration and servicing of the loans. The Bank has earned Rs. 9.1 million from HDFC Ltd. during the current year.

Property

     We have three premises located on properties owned or leased by HDFC. In fiscal 2004, we paid an aggregate of Rs. 5.2 million per annum in rental fees to HDFC for use of these properties. We believe that we pay market rates for these properties. We have also given HDFC a deposit of Rs. 0.2 million to secure these leased properties and have paid Rs. 2.5 million to HDFC as maintenance and service charges.

     Enterprises under common control of HDFC Ltd., our largest shareholders include:

     HDFC Developers Ltd.

     HDFC Investments Ltd.
     HDFC Asset Management Company Ltd.
     GRUH Finance Ltd.
     HDFC Holdings Ltd.
     HDFC Trustee Co. Ltd.
     HDFC Realty Ltd.
     HDFC Chubb General Insurance Company Ltd.
     HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company Ltd.
     Intelenet Global Services Ltd.

HDFC Realty Limited (HDFC Realty)

     We paid Rs. 1.2 million to HDFC Realty towards property related services.

HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company Ltd. (HDFC Standard Life)

     We paid Rs. 0.1 million to HDFC Standard Life as life risk premium for our employees covered under superannuation. We received fees and commission aggregating Rs. 29.9 million towards sale of insurance policies.

96


Table of Contents

HDFC Asset Management Company Ltd. (HDFC AMC)

     We paid Rs. 2.9 million as rent and maintenance charges to HDFC AMC and placed a security deposit of Rs. 1.7 million to secure leased property. We received Rs. 58.6 million from HDFC AMC for distribution of units of mutual funds. We have entered into an arrangement with HDFC AMC, whereby, the latter will invest the Bank’s funds in primarily debt instruments up to an amount approved by our Board. HDFC AMC will act in a fiduciary capacity with regard to the Bank’s funds. The amount of investment outstanding as on March 31, 2004 was Rs. 3,033.2 million. The Bank paid Rs. 0.6 million to HDFC AMC for professional fees during the year.

HDFC Chubb General Insurance Company Ltd. (HDFC Chubb)

     We paid Rs. 7.5 million to HDFC Chubb towards insurance premium.

     We have entered into normal banking transactions with some of the above parties and we believe the same to be at arms length.

Other Strategic Investments

     We frequently partner with other HDFC group companies when making strategic investments. We currently have three strategic investments where HDFC group companies are co-investors. By law, we cannot hold more than a 30% equity stake in another company. The following is a list of strategic investments made by us and HDFC group companies:

                         
                    Total HDFC
        HDFC Bank   HDFC Bank   Group
Company
  Type of business
  investment
  ownership
  ownership
        (in millions)                
Computer Age Management Services Private Limited (CAMS)
  Unit Capital Accounting and Transfer Agency Services   Rs.   6.1     19.0%       49.0%  
 
                       
SolutionNET India Private Limited
  Information Technology consulting and services   Rs.   7.6     19.0%       50.0%  
 
                       
Softcell Technologies Limited (Softcell)
  Business-to-business software services   Rs. 26.0     12.0%       26.0%  

     We routinely conduct business with some of the companies in which we have made strategic investments. In fiscal 2004, we paid CAMS Rs. 0.7 million and Softcell Rs. 6.3 million for providing software-related services to us. We have also paid Rs. 21.4 million to Softcell towards capital advances or purchase of fixed assets.

97


Table of Contents

TAXATION

Indian Tax

     The following discussion summarizes the Indian tax consequences for investors in ADSs and equity shares received upon redemption of ADSs who are not resident in India whether of Indian origin or not. This discussion is based on the provisions of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, including the special tax regime for ADSs contained in Section 115AC, which has recently been extended to cover additional ADSs that an investor may acquire in an amalgamation or restructuring of the company, and certain regulations implementing the Section 115AC regime. The Indian Income Tax Act is amended every year by the Finance Act of the relevant year. Some or all of the tax consequences of the Section 115AC regime may be amended or modified by future amendments to the Indian Income Tax Act.

     The summary is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of the tax consequences under Indian law of the acquisition, ownership and sale of ADSs and equity shares by non-resident investors. Potential investors should, therefore, consult their own tax advisers on the tax consequences of such acquisition, ownership and sale, including specifically the tax consequences under Indian law, the law of the jurisdiction of their residence, any tax treaty between India and their country of residence, and in particular the application of the regulations implementing the Section 115 AC regime.

   Residence

     For the purpose of the Act, an individual is a resident of India during any fiscal year, if he (a) is in India in that year for 182 days or more, or (b) having within the four years preceding that year been in India for a period or periods amounting in all to 365 days or more and is in India for period or periods amounting in all to 60 days or more in that year. The period of 60 days is substituted by 182 days in case of an Indian citizen or person of Indian origin who being outside India comes on a visit to India during the fiscal year or an Indian citizen who leaves India for the purposes of his employment during the fiscal year. A company is resident in India in any fiscal year if it is an Indian Company or the control and management of its affairs is situated wholly in India in that year. A firm , association of persons or any other person as defined in the Act, is resident in India except where during that year, the control and the management of its affairs are situated wholly outside India.

   Taxation of Distributions

     Dividends paid to shareholders (whether or not resident in India) will not be subject to tax in the hands of the shareholders. However a company paying the dividend is subject to a dividend distribution tax of 13.07% (including Surcharge and Education Cess) on the total amount it pays to its shareholders as dividend, in addition to the normal corporate tax on its income.

   Taxation on Sale of Equity Shares or ADSs

     Any transfer of ADSs outside India by a non-resident investor to another non-resident investor does not give rise to Indian capital gains tax.

     Subject to any relief under any relevant double taxation treaty and the exemption of Capital Gains Tax discussed elsewhere in this Note, a gain ordinarily arising on the sale of an equity share, whether to a resident or a non-resident or whether inside India or outside India, will give rise to a liability for Indian capital gains tax. Such tax is required to be withheld at source. Where the equity share has been held for more than 12 months (measured from the date of advice of redemption of the ADS by the depositary), the rate of tax is 10% (plus applicable Surcharge and Education Cess). Where the equity share has been held for 12 months or less, the rate of tax varies and will depend on a number of factors, including without limitation the status of the non-resident investor, subject to a maximum tax rate of 41.82% (including applicable Surcharge and Education Cess) in the

98


Table of Contents

case of a foreign company. However there is a concessional rate of tax of 10% (plus applicable Surcharge and Education Cess) on the sale of an equity share of a company held for 12 months or less, if the sale is entered into in a recognized Stock Exchange, on or after the date on which Chapter VII of the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2004 comes into force and such transaction of sale is chargeable to Securities Transaction Tax (STT).

     During the period the underlying equity shares are held by non-resident investors on a transfer from the depositary upon redemption of ADSs, the provisions of the Double Taxation Treaty entered into by the Government of India with the country of residence of the non-resident investors will be applicable in the matter of taxation of any capital gain arising on a transfer of the underlying equity shares. The double taxation treaty between the United States and India does not provide US residents with any relief from Indian tax on capital gains.

     For purposes of determining the amount of capital gains arising on a sale of an equity share for Indian tax purposes, the cost of acquisition of an equity share received upon redemption of an ADS will be the price of the share prevailing on the Bombay Stock Exchange or the National Stock Exchange on the date on which the depositary advises the custodian of such redemption and not the acquisition cost of the ADS being redeemed. The holding period of an equity share received upon redemption of an ADS will commence from the date of advice of redemption by the depositary.

Exemption of Capital Gains

     Any gain arising on the sale of an equity share of a company held for more than 12 months is exempt from tax if the sale is entered into in a recognized Stock Exchange, on or after the date on which Chapter VII of the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2004 comes into force and such transaction of sale is chargeable to STT.

   Rights

     Distribution to non-resident holders of additional ADSs or equity shares or rights to subscribe for equity shares made with respect to ADSs or equity shares are not subject to tax in the hands of the non-resident holder.

   Stamp Duty

     Upon the issuance of the equity shares underlying the ADSs, we are required to pay a stamp duty of 0.1% per share of the issue price. A transfer of ADSs is not subject to Indian stamp duty. Normally, upon the acquisition of equity shares from the depositary in exchange for ADSs representing such equity shares in physical form, an investor would be liable for Indian stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the market value of the equity shares at the date of registration. Similarly, a sale of equity shares by an investor would also be subject to Indian stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the market value of the equity shares on the trade date, although customarily such tax is borne by the transferee, that is, the purchaser. However, our equity shares are compulsorily deliverable in dematerialized form except for trades up to 500 shares only which may be for delivery in physical form. Under Indian stamp law, no stamp duty is payable on the acquisition or transfer of equity shares in dematerialized form.

99


Table of Contents

Securities Transaction Tax

     As per Chapter VII of the Finance (No. 2 Act), 2004 pertaining to STT which will come into force on such date as the Indian Government notifies, the STT shall be payable as under:

                 
Sr. No.
  Taxable Securities Transaction
  Rate
  Payable by
1.   Purchase of an equity share in a company, where -   0.075 per cent   Purchaser
 
               
  a)   the transaction of such purchase is entered into in a recognized stock exchange; and        
 
               
  b)   the contract for purchase of such share is settled by the actual delivery or transfer of such share        
 
               
2.   Sale of an equity share in a company, where -   0.075 per cent   Seller
 
               
  (a)   the transaction of such sale is entered into in a recognized stock exchange; and        
 
               
  (b)   the contract for sale of such share is settled by the actual delivery or transfer of such share        
 
               
3.   Sale of an equity share in a company, where -   0.015 per cent   Seller
 
               
  (a)   the transaction of such sale is entered into in a recognized stock exchange; and        
 
               
  (b)   the contract for sale of such share is settled otherwise than by the actual delivery or transfer of such share        

The recognized Stock Exchange is responsible for collecting the STT and paying it into the Government Treasury.

Other Taxes

     At present, there are no taxes on wealth, gifts and inheritance which may apply to the ADSs and underlying equity shares.

Service Tax

     Brokerage or commission paid to stock brokers in connection with the sale or purchase of shares is subject to a service tax of 10.2%. The stock broker is responsible for collecting the service tax and paying it into the Government Treasury.

100


Table of Contents

United States Tax

     The following summary describes the material United States federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition in our equity shares or ADSs. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, rulings and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to prospective and retroactive rulings and changes. We will not seek a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service with regard to the United States federal income tax treatment relating to investment in our equity shares or ADSs and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with the conclusions set forth below.

     This summary does not purport to address all United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular investor and you are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding your specific tax situation. The summary applies only to holders who hold equity shares or ADSs as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the United States Internal Revenue Code, and does not address the tax consequences that may be relevant to investors in special tax situations including, for example:

  insurance companies;
 
  regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts;
 
  tax-exempt organizations;
 
  broker-dealers;
 
  traders in securities that elect to mark to market;
 
  banks or other financial institutions;
 
  investors whose functional currency is not the United States dollar;
 
  United States expatriates;
 
  investors that hold our equity shares or ADSs as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction; or
 
  holders that own, directly, indirectly, or constructively 10.0% or more of our total combined voting stock.

     Further, this summary does not address the alternative minimum tax consequences of an investment in equity shares or ADSs or the indirect consequences to holders of equity interests in entities that own our equity shares or ADSs. In addition, this summary does not address the state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in our equity shares or ADSs.

     You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, owning, and disposing of our equity shares or ADSs in your particular circumstances.

     You are a “US Holder” if you are a beneficial owner of equity shares or ADSs and you are for United States federal income tax purposes:

    a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
    a corporation, or any other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, including the District of Columbia;

101


Table of Contents

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
    a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or if the trust has made a valid election to be treated as a United States person.

     If a partnership holds equity shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships holding our equity shares or ADSs should consult their own tax advisors.

     For United States federal income tax purposes, a US Holder of an ADS will generally be treated as the owner of the equity shares represented by the ADS. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized upon the exchange of an ADS for equity shares. A US Holder’s tax basis in the equity shares will be the same as the tax basis in the ADS surrendered therefore, and the holding period in the equity shares will include the period during which the holder held the surrendered ADS. However, the US Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom depositary shares are pre-released may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by the holders of ADSs. Accordingly, the analysis of the creditability of Indian taxes paid with respect to the ADSs could be affected by future actions that may be taken by the US Treasury.

   Distributions on Equity Shares or ADSs

     Cash distributions made by us to a US Holder with respect to equity shares or ADSs (including net amounts withheld in respect of any Indian withholding taxes) generally will be taxable to such US Holder as ordinary dividend income when such US Holder receives the distribution, actually or constructively, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes). Under recently enacted legislation, if these dividends constitute qualified dividend income (“QDI”), individual US Holders of our equity shares or ADSs will generally pay tax on such dividends received before 2009 at a maximum rate of 15%, provided certain holding period requirements and other conditions are satisfied. Assuming we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below), foreign personal holding company or foreign investment company, dividends paid by us will be QDI if we are a qualified foreign corporation (“QFC”) at the time the dividends are paid. We believe that we are currently, and will continue to be, a QFC so as to allow all dividends paid by us to be QDI for United States federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of our current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital reducing such US Holder’s tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs. Any distribution in excess of such tax basis will be treated as capital gain and will be either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the US Holder held the equity shares or ADSs for more than one year. Dividends paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to certain United States corporate shareholders.

     Subject to certain limitations, a US holder may be entitled to a credit or deduction against its US federal income taxes for the amount of any Indian taxes that are withheld from dividend distributions made to such US holder. The decision to claim either a credit or deduction must be made annually, and will apply to all foreign taxes paid by the US holder to any foreign country or US possession with respect to the applicable tax year. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. Dividends received with respect to the equity shares or ADSs will be treated as foreign source income and will constitute “passive income” or, in the case of certain holders, “financial services income” for United States foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The rules regarding the availability of foreign tax credits are complex and US holders may be subject to various limitations on the amount of foreign tax credits that are available. We therefore urge you to consult your tax advisor regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.

     The amount of any cash distribution paid in Indian rupees will equal the US dollar value of the distribution, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect at the time the distribution is received by the depositary (in the case of ADSs) or by the US Holder (in the case of equity shares held directly by such US Holder), regardless

102


Table of Contents

of whether the payment is in fact converted to US dollars at that time. Generally, US Holder should not recognize any foreign currency gain or loss if such Indian rupees are converted into US dollars on the date received. If the Indian rupees are not converted into US dollars on the date of receipt, however, gain or loss may be recognized upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the Indian rupees. Such foreign currency gain or loss, if any, will be ordinary income or loss that is United States source.

    Sale or Exchange of Equity Shares or ADSs

     A US Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of the equity shares or ADSs measured by the difference between the US dollar value of the amount received and the US Holder’s tax basis (determined in US dollars) in the equity shares or ADSs. Any gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the equity shares or ADSs have been held for more than one year and will generally be United States source gain or loss. Your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Under certain circumstances described under “Indian Tax—Taxation on Sale of Equity Shares or ADSs” in this report, you may be subject to Indian tax upon the disposition of equity shares or ADSs. In such circumstances and subject to applicable limitations, you may elect to treat the gain as foreign source income and to credit the Indian tax against your United States federal income tax liability with respect to the gain. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.

     For cash-basis US Holders who receive foreign currency in connection with a sale or other taxable disposition of equity shares or ADSs, the amount realized will be based upon the United States dollar value of the foreign currency received with respect to such equity shares or ADSs as determined on the settlement date of such sale or other taxable disposition.

     Accrual-basis US Holders may elect the same treatment required of cash-basis taxpayers with respect to a sale or other taxable disposition of equity shares or ADSs, provided that the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election cannot be changed without the consent of the United States Internal Revenue Service. Accrual-basis US Holders that do not elect to be treated as cash-basis taxpayers (pursuant to the Treasury Regulations applicable to foreign currency transactions) for this purpose may have a foreign currency gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes because of differences between the United States dollar value of the foreign currency received prevailing on the date of such sale or other taxable disposition and the value prevailing on the date of payment. Any such currency gain or loss will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss that is United States source, in addition to the gain or loss, if any, recognized on the sale or other taxable disposition of equity shares or ADSs.

   Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

     US Holders generally will be subject to a special, adverse tax regime that would differ in certain respects from the tax treatment described above if we are, or were to become, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes. Although the determination of whether a corporation is a PFIC is made annually, and thus may be subject to change, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to become, a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes. However, the matter is not free from doubt. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor regarding the adverse tax consequences of owning the equity shares or ADSs of a PFIC and making certain elections designed to lessen those adverse consequences.

   Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

     In general, dividends on equity shares or ADSs, and payments of the proceeds of a sale, exchange or other disposition of equity shares or ADSs, paid to a US Holder within the United States or through certain United States-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding at a rate currently equal to 28% unless the holder:

103


Table of Contents

    is a corporation or other exempt recipient; or
 
    provides an accurate taxpayer identification number and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred.

     You generally will be allowed a credit of the amount of any backup withholding against your United States federal income tax liability or you may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the United States Internal Revenue Service.

104


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     The main legislation governing commercial banks in India is the Banking Regulation Act. Other important legislation includes the Reserve Bank of India Act, the Negotiable Instruments Act, Securitisation And Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act (SARFESI) and the Banker’s Books Evidence Act. Additionally, the RBI, from time to time, issues guidelines to be followed by the banks, under the various provisions of the Banking Regulation Act.

Reserve Bank of India Regulations

     The RBI is the central banking and monetary authority in India. Commercial banks in India are required under the Banking Regulation Act to obtain a license from the RBI to carry on banking business in India. Before granting the license, the RBI must be satisfied that specific conditions are complied with, including (a) that the bank has the ability to pay its present and future depositors in full as their claims accrue; (b) that the affairs of the bank will not be or are not likely to be conducted in a manner detrimental to the interests of present or future depositors; (c) that the bank has adequate capital and earnings prospects; and (d) that the public interest will be served if the license is granted to the bank. The RBI can cancel the license if the bank fails to meet the above conditions or if the bank ceases to carry on banking operations in India.

     As a licensed banking company, we are regulated and supervised by the RBI. The RBI requires us to furnish statements and information relating to our business. It has issued guidelines for commercial banks on recognition of income, classification of assets, maintenance of capital adequacy and provisioning for non-performing assets. The RBI has set up a Board for Financial Supervision, under the chairmanship of the Governor of the RBI. This Board is assisted by the Department of Financial Supervision of the RBI in supervising commercial banks and financial institutions. The appointment of the auditors of the banks is subject to the approval of the RBI. The RBI can direct a special audit in the interest of the depositors or in the public interest.

Regulations Relating to the Opening of Branches

     Banks are required to obtain licenses from the RBI to open new branches. Permission is granted based on factors such as the financial condition and history of the company, its management, adequacy of capital structure and earning prospects and the public interest. The RBI may cancel the license for violations of the conditions under which it is granted. Under the banking license granted to us by the RBI, we are required to have at least 25% of our branches (excluding extension counters) located in rural/semi-urban areas. A rural area is defined to have a population of less than 10,000. A semi-urban area is defined to have a population of greater than 10,000 but less than 100,000. These population figures relate to the latest census conducted by the government of India.

Capital Adequacy Requirements

     The RBI has promulgated minimum capital adequacy standards for banks based on the guidelines of the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices. Under these guidelines, we are required to maintain a minimum ratio of capital to risk adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items of 9.0%, at least half of which must be Tier 1 capital.

     The total capital of a banking company is classified into Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital, the core capital, provides the most permanent and readily available support against unexpected losses. It comprises paid-up capital and reserves consisting of any statutory reserves, free reserves and capital reserve in terms of Indian Income Tax Act as reduced by equity investments in subsidiaries, intangible assets, deferred tax asset, gap in provisioning and losses in the current period and those brought forward from the previous period.

     Tier 2 capital consists of undisclosed reserves, revaluation reserves (at a discount of 55%), general provisions and loss reserves (allowed up to a maximum of 1.25% of weighted risk assets), investment fluctuation reserve, hybrid debt capital instruments (which combine features of both equity and debt

105


Table of Contents

securities), cumulative perpetual preference shares (which should be fully paid up and should not contain clauses that permit redemption by the holder) and subordinated debt with an initial maturity of not less than five years. Any subordinated debt is subject to progressive discounts each year for inclusion in Tier 2 capital and total subordinated debt considered as Tier 2 capital cannot exceed 50% of Tier 1 capital. Investments in the instruments issued by banks/financial institutions that are eligible for capital status will attract 100% risk weight for credit risk for capital adequacy purposes. The Banking Regulation Act does not allow banks established on or after January 15, 1937 to issue preferred equity.

     Risk adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items considered for determining the capital adequacy ratio are the risk weighted total of specified funded and non-funded exposures. Degrees of credit risk expressed as percentage weighting have been assigned to various balance sheet asset items and conversion factors to off-balance sheet items. The value of each item is multiplied by the relevant weight or conversion factor to produce risk-adjusted values of assets and off-balance-sheet items. Financial guarantees are treated as similar to funded exposure and are subject to similar risk weighting. The credit conversion factor for certain off-balance sheet items such as performance bonds, bid bonds and standby letters of credit related to particular transactions is 50% while that for short-term self liquidating trade-related contingencies such as documentary credits collateralized by the underlying shipments is 20%. All open position limits on foreign exchange and gold carry a 100% risk weight. Investment in government and approved securities are also assigned a risk weight for market risk. The aggregate risk weighted assets are taken into account for determining the capital adequacy ratio.

     In order to ensure that the internationally accepted norms for capital charge for market risk under Basel I are adopted, banks were advised by RBI in June 2004 to maintain an explicit capital charge for market risks on the lines of the standardized duration method prescribed under the 1996 Amendment to the Capital Accord issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). This would apply to the trading book, excluding securities under the Available for Sale (AFS) category, by March 2005 and to the entire trading book, including securities under AFS category, by March 2006.

     Trading book for the purpose of these guidelines will include:

    Securities included under the Held for Trading category;
 
    Securities included under the Available for Sale category;
 
    Open gold positions;
 
    Open foreign exchange position limits;
 
    Trading positions in derivatives; and
 
    Derivatives entered into for hedging trading book exposures.

     The RBI has advised banks in its annual policy statement for 2004-2005 that banks should examine in-depth the options available under Basel II and draw a road map by end-December 2004 for migration to Basel II and review the progress made thereof at quarterly intervals.

Loan Loss Provisions and Non-Performing Assets

     In April 1992, the RBI issued formal guidelines on recognition of income, classification of assets, provisioning against assets and valuation of investments applicable to banks, which are revised from time to time. These guidelines are applied for the calculation of non-performing assets under Indian GAAP. The discussion of asset quality in this report is under US GAAP and the US GAAP standards applied are set forth in “Selected Statistical Information.”

     The principal features of these RBI guidelines, which have been implemented with respect to our loans, debentures, lease assets and bills, are set forth below.

   Non-Performing Assets

     A non-performing asset is an asset in respect of which any amount of interest or principal has remained past due for more than one quarter. In particular, loans are not classified as non-performing until the interest payment or principal payment is 90 days past due. Prior to March 31, 2004 RBI regulations classified a loan as non-

106


Table of Contents

performing if interest or principal payment were overdue for more than two quarters. Interest in respect of non-performing assets is not recognized or credited to the income account unless collected.

   Asset Classification

     Assets are classified as described below:

    Standard Assets. Assets that do not have any problems or do not carry more than normal risk attached to the business.
 
    Sub-Standard Assets. Assets that are non-performing assets for a period not exceeding 18 months (12 months with effect from March 31, 2005).
 
    Doubtful Assets. Assets that are non-performing assets for more than 18 months and have not been written off, either wholly or partially (12 months with effect from March 31, 2005).
 
    Loss Assets. Assets that are considered uncollectible and identified as a loss by us, the RBI or our external auditors.

     Renegotiated or rescheduled loans must have no past due amounts for one year after renegotiation or rescheduling for the loan to be upgraded.

   Provisioning and Write-Offs

     Provisions are based on guidelines specific to the classification of the assets. The following guidelines apply to the various asset classifications:

    Standard Assets. A general provision of 0.25% of loans and advances is required.
 
    Sub-Standard Assets. A specific provision of 10% of the loan outstanding is required.
 
    Doubtful Assets. A 100% specific provision is required to be taken against the unsecured portion of the doubtful asset and charged against income. The value assigned to the collateral securing a loan is the amount reflected on the borrower’s books or the realizable value determined by third-party appraisers. In cases where there is a secured portion of the asset, depending upon the period for which the asset remains doubtful, a 20% to 50% provision of the loan outstanding is required to be made against the secured asset as follows:

    Up to one year: 20% provision.
 
    One to three years: 30% provision.
 
    More than three years: 50% provision.

    Loss Assets. The entire asset is required to be written off or provided for.

     While the provisions as indicated above are mandatory, a higher provision in a loan account would be required if the auditors consider it necessary.

     RBI has recently advised that in respect of all doubtful advances remaining outstanding for more than three years on or after April 1, 2004, a 100% provision would have to be made. In respect of all advances which are classified as doubtful for more than three years as on March 31, 2004, additional provision, in a phased manner, over a three year period would have to be made.

107


Table of Contents

Act relating to recovery of non performing assets

     As a part of the financial sector reforms the government of India promulgated a new act called Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act 2002. The act provides banks and other lenders increased powers in the recovery of the collateral underlying against the non performing assets.

Regulations Relating to Making Loans

     The provisions of the Banking Regulation Act govern the making of loans by banks in India. The RBI issues directions covering the loan activities of banks. Some of the more important guidelines of RBI, which are now in effect, are as follows:

  The RBI has prescribed norms for bank lending to non-bank financial companies.
 
  Banks are free to determine their own lending rates but each bank must declare its prime lending rate as approved by the board of directors. The prime lending rate is a reference or benchmark rate for banks and banks can offer loans at below prime lending rates. The interest charged by banks on advances up to Rs. 2,00,000 to any one entity (other than most consumer banking loans) must not exceed the prime lending rate. Interest rates in specified categories of advances are regulated by the RBI. Each bank must declare its benchmark PLR. The benchmark PLR must take into account the bank’s actual cost of funds, operating expenses, a minimum margin to cover regulatory requirement of provisioning, capital charge and the profit margin. The pricing for borrowers would be arrived at by adding time-varying term premiums, risk premiums and other cost elements.
 
  There are guidelines on loans against shares in respect of amount, margin and purpose.

   Directed Lending

     Priority Sector Lending

     The RBI has established guidelines requiring banks to lend a minimum of 40.0% of their net bank credit (total domestic loans less marketable debt instruments and exemptions permitted by the RBI from time to time; currently specified categories of deposits from non-resident Indians are exempted) to specified sectors called priority sectors. Priority sectors include small-scale industries, the agricultural sector, food and agro-based industries, small business enterprises and weaker sections of society.

     The RBI also has set out the minimum percentage of net bank credit that banks may direct to specific priority sectors. The minimum percentage of credit to agriculture sector is 18% and that for weaker sections is 10%. The balance can be loaned to the following:

    Credit to small scale industrial units which are entities engaged in manufacturing, processing and providing services and whose investment in plant and machinery does not exceed Rs. 10.0 million;
 
    Credit to small businesses including small road and water transport operators, retail traders and professional and other self employed persons;
 
    Educational and other loans to the weaker sections of society; and
 
    Direct home loans up to Rs. 1.0 million disbursed in urban and metropolitan areas and investment in bonds of National Housing Bank and Housing and Urban Development Corporation exclusively for the financing of housing;

108


Table of Contents

     Any shortfall in the amount required to be lent to the priority sectors may be required to be deposited with developmental banks like National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development and Small Industries Development Bank of India. These deposits can be for a period of one year to five years.

     The RBI requires banks to lend up to 3.0% of their incremental deposits in the previous fiscal year towards housing finance. This can be in the form of home loans to individuals or subscription to the debentures and bonds of National Housing Bank and housing development institutions recognized by the government of India.

     Export Credit

     The RBI also requires us to make loans to exporters at concessional rates of interest. This enables exporters to have access to an internationally competitive financing option. Pursuant to existing guidelines, 12% of our net bank credit is required to be in the form of export credit. We provide export credit for pre-shipment and post-shipment requirements of exporter borrowers in rupees and foreign currencies. For certain tenors of rupee export credit, the RBI has prescribed ceiling rates linked to the PLR.

   Regulation Relating to Bridge Loans

     Banks may consider approval of bridge loan or interim finance to its customers for a maximum period of four months against commitments made by other financial institutions or banks only in cases where the latter lending institution faces temporary liquidity constraint. These loans are subject to the following conditions specified by the RBI:

    the bank extending bridge loan or interim finance must obtain prior approval of other banks and financial institutions, which have approved the term loans; and
 
    the approving bank must obtain a commitment from other banks and financial institutions that the latter would directly remit the amount of term loan to it at the time of disbursement.
 
    Banks are also permitted to sanction bridge loans to companies for a period not exceeding one year against expected equity flows / issues. Such loans are required to be accommodated within the ceiling as may be prescribed by the RBI.

   Credit Exposure Limits

     As a prudent measure aimed at better risk management and avoidance of concentration of credit risk, the RBI has prescribed credit exposure limits for banks in respect of their lending to individual borrowers and borrower groups.

     The RBI limits exposure to individual borrowers to not more than 15% of capital funds of the bank and limits exposure to a borrower group to not more than 40% of capital funds of the bank. In the case of infrastructure projects, such as power, telecommunications, road and port projects, an additional exposure of up to 5% of capital funds is allowed.

     Exposure is the aggregate of:

    all approved fund-based limits or outstandings (whichever are higher);
 
    investments in shares, debentures and commercial papers of companies and public sector undertakings;

109


Table of Contents

    approved non-fund-based limits, underwriting and similar commitments or outstandings, whichever is higher; and
 
    foreign exchange and derivative contracts at their replacement cost value

     Capital funds for determining the exposure ceilings comprises both Tier I and Tier II capital.

     Our loan exposures to individual borrowers and borrower groups are within the above limits, except in some cases where we have obtained the approval of the RBI for exceeding the above limits.

     In its annual policy statement for 2004-05, the RBI has decided to discontinue with the practice of giving case by case approvals for exceeding the above limits. Banks may, in exceptional circumstances, with the approval of their Boards, consider enhancement of the exposure to a borrower by a further 5% of the capital funds. Banks would need to make appropriate disclosures in their annual financial statements in respect of the exposures where the bank had exceeded the prudential exposure limits during the year. Excess exposures beyond the prescribed limits would need to be phased out either by increasing capital funds or reducing exposures by March 31, 2005.

     To ensure that exposures are evenly spread, the RBI requires banks to fix internal limits of exposure to specific sectors. These limits are subject to periodical review by the banks. We have fixed a ceiling of 12% on our exposure to any one industry and monitor our exposures accordingly.

   Regulation regarding limit on unsecured advances:

     Banks were required to limit their commitments by way of unsecured exposure in such a manner that 20 per cent of a bank’s outstanding unsecured guarantees plus the total of its outstanding unsecured advances should not exceed 15 per cent of its total outstanding advances.

     In order to extend further flexibility to banks on their loan policies, the RBI has removed the above limit on unsecured advances and the banks have been given the freedom to fix their own policy with respect thereto. However, an additional provision of 10% i.e. a total provision of 20% is required to be made in respect of such advances in the substandard category.

Regulation Relating to Country Risk Management

     The RBI has issued detailed guidelines on country risk management that cover banks exposures to those countries to which they have a net funded exposure of 2% of their total assets (1% with effect from March 31, 2005). Banks are required to address the issues of identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling country exposure risks. Provisions are required to be maintained by banks on these exposures on a graded scale ranging from 0.25% to 100 % relating to the level of risk in respect of such countries.

Regulation Relating to Capital Markets Exposure

     The RBI has issued revised guidelines on financing by banks of equities and investments in shares. The revised guidelines place a ceiling on the overall exposure of a bank to the capital markets. The following exposures are subject to the ceiling:

    Direct investment by a bank in equity shares, convertible bonds and debentures and units of equity-oriented mutual funds.
 
    Advances against shares to individuals for investments in equity shares (including initial public offerings), bonds and debentures, units of equity-oriented mutual funds and similar securities.
 
    Secured and unsecured advances to stockbrokers and guarantees issued on behalf of stockbrokers and market makers.

110


Table of Contents

     The ceiling is equal to 5% of the bank’s total outstanding advances (including commercial paper) as reduced by the amount of bills rediscounted at March 31 of the previous year. Within this ceiling, the total investment in shares, convertible bonds and debentures and units of equity oriented mutual funds by a bank should not exceed 20% of its net worth. Non-fund based facilities and investment by banks in non-convertible debentures and other similar instruments (excluding commercial paper) should not be included in computing the total outstanding advances of the bank. Further, for purposes of computing the ceiling, direct investment in shares by banks will be calculated at the historical cost of such shares.

     Exposures subject to the ceiling will not include collateral consisting of equity shares, bonds and debentures pledged to a bank by a corporate customer, other than Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFC), to secure a loan for working capital or other productive purposes which do not involve stock broking or investment in capital markets. Advances made by banks to individuals for personal purposes like education, housing, consumption etc. will also be outside the 5% ceiling.

     The bank’s capital market exposure was 4.81% as on March 31 2004, well within the stipulated norm of 5%.

Regulations Relating to Investments

   Exposure Limits

     Credit exposure limits specified by the RBI in respect of a bank’s lending to individual borrowers and borrower groups apply in respect of non-convertible debt instruments. Further, investments in equity securities, convertible bonds and debentures and units of equity oriented mutual funds are subject to the ceiling of 5% of the bank’s total advances (including commercial paper) at March 31 of the previous year. Within this ceiling the said investments by a bank should not exceed 20% of its net worth.

     Banks’ aggregate investment in bonds eligible for Tier 2 capital status issued by other banks/financial institutions are restricted up to 10% of the investing bank’s capital funds (Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital). The RBI has recently advised that the ceiling of 10% would be applicable to investments made by banks/financial institutions in equity shares, preference shares, subordinated debt instruments, hybrid debt capital instruments and any other instruments approved as being in the nature of capital issued by other banks/financial institutions.

     In order to contain the risks arising out of investment by banks in non statutory liquidity ratio (non-SLR) securities and in particular the risks arising out of investment in bonds through private placement, the RBI has issued detailed guidelines in November, 2003. Banks have been advised to restrict their fresh investments in unlisted securities to 10% of their total non-SLR investments as on March 31 of the previous year. Banks are permitted to invest in unlisted non-SLR securities within this limit, provided that such securities comply with prescribed disclosure requirements for listed companies. A transition time to comply with these guidelines has been prescribed by RBI. With effect from January 1, 2005 only banks whose investment in unlisted non-SLR securities is within the limit of 10% may make fresh investment in such securities and up to the prudential limit. Investment in security receipts issued by securitization companies/reconstruction companies registered with RBI, and in asset backed securities/mortgage backed securities carrying the minimum investment grade, are excluded from this limit. The guidelines do not cover investments in venture capital funds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and in mutual fund schemes where any part of the corpus can be invested in equity.

   Non Performing Investments

     The RBI has recently defined non-performing investments as those where the principal/interest is unpaid for more than 90 days (until March 31, 2004 it was 180 days), including preference shares where the fixed dividend is not paid. In case investment in equity shares is valued at Rupee 1 per company on

111


Table of Contents

account of the non availability of the latest balance sheet of the company, those equity shares would also be reckoned as non-performing investments.

   Restrictions on Investments in a Single Company

     No bank may hold shares in any company exceeding 30% of the paid up share capital of that company or 30% of its own paid up share capital and reserves, whichever is less.

   Limit on Transactions through Individual Brokers

     The guidelines issued by the RBI require banks to empanel brokers for transactions in securities. The guidelines also require that a disproportionate part of the bank’s business should not be transacted through only one broker or a few brokers. The RBI specifies that not more than 5% of the total transactions through empanelled brokers can be transacted through one broker. If for any reason this limit is breached, the RBI has stipulated that the board of directors of the bank concerned should ratify this action.

   Prohibition on Short Selling

     The RBI does not permit short selling of securities by banks.

   Valuation of Investments

     The RBI has issued guidelines for the valuation of investments. These guidelines require banks to classify their entire portfolio of approved securities under three categories namely “held for trading,” “available for sale” and “held to maturity.” However, for disclosure and valuation purpose as per Indian GAAP, the investments are classified under six groups (hereafter called “groups”)—government securities, other approved securities, shares, debentures and bonds, investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures and other investments.

     The held to maturity category cannot exceed 25% of the total investments of the Bank, excluding investments classified as exceptions by the RBI and debentures in the nature of deemed advances. Securities held in the “held to maturity” category would have to be valued at cost and any premium paid over face value would be amortized over the period of maturity of the instrument. Investment held under held for trading cannot be held for more than 90 days.

     In September 2004, the RBI has issued revised guidelines on classification of investment portfolio by banks. Banks have been allowed to exceed the present limit of 25% of total investments under “held to maturity” category provided that this excess comprises only SLR securities, and that the total SLR securities held in this category is not more than 25% of their total demand and time liabilities. Consequently, banks have been allowed as a one time measure, to shift SLR securities to the “held to maturity” category any time, once more, during the accounting year 2004-05. Such shifting should be done at the acquisition cost/book value/fair value on the date of transfer, whichever is the least, and the depreciation, if any, on such transfer should be fully provided for. The non-SLR securities held as part of “held to maturity” category may remain in that category. No fresh non-SLR securities are permitted to be included in this category.

     Investments in the available for sale and held for trading categories are required to be marked to market based on market quotes or on the basis of the yield curve provided by the Fixed Income Money Market Dealers Association of India and Primary Dealers Association of India. Any net loss on the revaluation of investments of each group in the “held for trading” and “available for sale” category would have to be recognized in the income account. Net gain on revaluation of investments shall not be recognized in the income account. Banks would be able to shift investments from one category to another category only with the approval of the board of directors.

     With a view to building up of adequate reserves to guard against any possible reversal of interest rate environment in future due to unexpected developments, banks were advised by the RBI in January 2002 to build up Investment Fluctuation Reserve (IFR) of a minimum 5 per cent of the investment portfolio within a period of 5 years. IFR is computed with reference to investments the “held for trading” and “available

112


Table of Contents

for sale” category. However, banks are free to build up a higher percentage of IFR up to 10 per cent of the portfolio depending on the size and composition of their portfolio, with the approval of their board of directors. Banks should transfer maximum amount of the gains realized on sale of investment in securities to the IFR. The IFR, consisting of realized gains from the sale of investments from the two categories, viz., “held for trading” and “available for sale”, is eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital. Transfer to IFR is an appropriation of net profit after appropriation to statutory reserve.

Regulations Relating to Deposits

     The RBI has permitted banks to independently determine rates of interest offered on fixed deposits. However, no bank is permitted to pay interest on current account deposits. Further, banks can pay interest of 3.5% per annum on savings deposits. In respect of savings and time deposits accepted from employees, we are permitted by the RBI to pay an additional interest of 1% over the interest payable on deposits from the public.

     Domestic time deposits can have a minimum maturity of seven days and maximum maturity of ten years. Time deposits from non-resident Indians denominated in foreign currency can have a minimum maturity of one year and maximum maturity of three years. Rupee time deposits from non-resident Indians can have a minimum maturity of six months and maximum maturity of three years.

     Starting April 1998, the RBI has permitted banks the flexibility to offer varying rates of interests on domestic deposits of the same maturity subject to the following conditions:

    Time deposits are of Rs. 1.5 million and above; and
 
    Interest is paid in accordance with the schedule of interest rates disclosed in advance by the bank and not pursuant to negotiation between the depositor and the bank.

     The RBI regulates the interest rates offered on deposits accepted from non-residents.

Insurance of Deposits

     Demand and time deposits of up to Rs. 100,000 accepted by Indian banks have to be mandatorily insured with the Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the RBI. Banks are required to pay the insurance premium for the eligible amount to the Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation on a semi-annual basis. The cost of the insurance premium cannot be passed on to the customer.

Regulations Relating to Knowing the Customer

     The RBI requires banks to open accounts only after verifying the identity of customers as to their name, residence and other details to ensure that the account is being opened by the customer in his own name. To open an account, a prospective customer requires an introduction by:

    an existing customer who has had his own account with the bank for at least six months duration and has satisfactorily conducted that account; or
 
    a well known person in the local area where the prospective customer is residing.

     If the prospective customer does not have an introducer, documents of the prospective customer, like his identity card, passport or details of bank accounts with other banks, are required to be submitted.

     With a view to safeguarding banks from being unwittingly used for the transfer or deposit of funds derived from criminal activities (both in respect of deposit and borrowal accounts) RBI has reinforced their earlier

113


Table of Contents

instructions/guidelines on “Know Your Customer” norms and “Cash transaction”. The guidelines are also applicable to foreign currency accounts/transactions. The guidelines have been issued under section 35(A) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 and the steps initiated in compliance with the various guidelines are required to be advised to RBI. The guidelines also envisage that the board of directors of banks should have in place adequate policies that establish procedures to verify the bona fide identification of individuals/corporates opening an account.

     To further plug the money laundering activities, the Income Tax authorities have mandated banks to accept cash deposits over Indian Rupees 50,000 only against the evidence of a permanent account number ( PAN ). Banks have to provide information to the revenue authorities on a periodic basis on all cash deposits done over Indian Rupees 50,000.

Legal Reserve Requirements

   Cash Reserve Ratio

     A banking company such as HDFC Bank is required to maintain a specified percentage of its demand and time liabilities by way of a balance in a current account with the RBI. This is to maintain the solvency of the banking system. The cash reserve ratio was 4.5% as on March, 31, 2004. The RBI has, in September 2004, decided to increase the ratio to 4.75% with effect from September 18, 2004 and to 5.0% with effect from October 2, 2004. For this purpose, the following liabilities are not considered:

  inter-bank liabilities; and
 
  refinance from RBI and other institutions permitted to offer refinance to banks.

     The RBI pays no interest on the cash reserves up to 3.0% of the demand and time liabilities and pays interest at the prevailing Bank Rate (6.0% per annum) on the balance. The RBI has, in September 2004, decided that with effect from September 18, 2004, banks will be paid interest at the rate of 3.5 per cent per annum on their cash reserves as against the current practice of payment of interest at the Bank Rate.

     The cash reserve ratio has to be maintained on an average basis for a two-week period and should not fall below 70% of the required cash reserve ratio on any particular day.

   Statutory Liquidity Ratio

     In addition to the cash reserve ratio, a banking company like us is required to maintain in India a specified percentage of its total demand and time liabilities by way of liquid assets like cash, gold or approved securities, such as government of India securities and state government securities. This is to maintain liquidity in the banking system. The percentage of this liquidity ratio is fixed by the RBI from time to time. Currently, the RBI requires banks to maintain a liquidity ratio of 25% on its total demand and time liabilities. For this purpose the following liabilities are not considered:

    any advance taken from the RBI or from institutions notified in this regard; and
 
    interbank liabilities to the extent of interbank assets.

Regulations for Asset Liability Management

     At present, RBI regulations for asset liability management require banks to draw up two types of asset-liability gap statements separately for rupee and for four major foreign currencies. These gap statements are prepared by scheduling all assets and liabilities according to the stated or anticipated re-pricing date, or maturity date. These statements have to be submitted to the RBI on a quarterly basis. The RBI has advised banks to actively monitor the difference in the amount of assets and liabilities maturing or being re-priced in a particular period and place internal prudential limits on the gaps in each time period, as a risk control mechanism. Additionally, the RBI requires banks to manage their asset-liability structure so that the negative liquidity gap in the one to 14 day and 15 to 28 day time periods does not exceed 20% of the cash outflows in these time periods.

114


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Dealership

     RBI has granted us a full authorized dealers’ license to deal in foreign exchange through our designated branches. Under this license, we have been granted permission to:

    engage in foreign exchange transactions in all currencies;
 
    open and maintain foreign currency accounts abroad;
 
    raise foreign currency and rupee-denominated deposits from non resident Indians;
 
    grant foreign currency loans to on-shore and off-shore corporations;
 
    open documentary credits;
 
    grant import and export loans;
 
    handle collection of bills, funds transfer services;
 
    issue guarantees; and
 
    enter into derivative transactions and risk management activities that are incidental to our normal functions authorized under our organizational documents.

     Our foreign exchange operations are subject to the guidelines specified by the RBI in the exchange control manual. As an authorized dealer, we are required to enroll as a member of the Foreign Exchange Dealers Association of India, which prescribes the ground rules relating to foreign exchange business in India.

     Authorized dealers such as HDFC Bank are required to determine their limits on open positions and maturity gaps in accordance with RBI guidelines and these limits are approved by the RBI. Further, we are permitted to hedge foreign currency loan exposures of Indian corporations in the form of interest rate swaps, currency swaps and forward rate agreements, subject to specific conditions.

Statutes Governing Foreign Exchange and Cross Border Business Transactions

     The foreign exchange and cross border transactions undertaken by banks are subject to the provisions of Foreign Exchange Management Act. All branches should monitor all non-resident accounts to prevent money laundering. These transactions are regulated by the Foreign Exchange Management Act and will be regulated by the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, once it is put in force.

Requirements of Banking Regulation Act

   Reserve Fund

     Any bank incorporated in India is required to create a reserve fund to which not less than 25% of the profits of each year before dividends must be transferred. If there is an appropriation from this account, the bank is required to report the same to the RBI within 21 days, explaining the circumstances leading to the appropriation.

   Restrictions on Payment of Dividends

     The Banking Regulation Act requires that a bank shall pay dividends on its shares only after all its expenses capitalized under Indian GAAP (including preliminary expenses, organization expenses, share selling

115


Table of Contents

commission, brokerage on public offerings, amounts of losses and any other item of expenditure not represented by tangible assets) have been written off.

     The government of India may, on recommendation of the RBI, exempt a bank from requirements relating to its reserve fund and the restrictions on dividend payments.

     The RBI has issued new guidelines in April 2004, regarding declaration and payment of dividend including interim dividend) by banks with effect from the accounting year ended March 31, 2004. Banks which comply with the following prudential requirements would be eligible to declare dividends without the prior approval of the RBI:

    Capital adequacy ratio should be at least 11% for the preceding two completed years and the accounting year for which the bank proposes to declare dividend;
 
    Net NPA’s are less than 3%;
 
    The bank has complied with the provisions of Sections 15 and 17 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949;
 
    The bank should comply with the prevailing regulations/ guidelines issued by RBI, including creating adequate provisions for impairment of assets and staff retirement benefits, transfer of profits to Statutory Reserves and Investment Fluctuation Reserve, etc.; and
 
    The RBI has not placed any explicit restrictions on the bank for declaration of dividend.

Banks, which comply with the above prudential requirements, can pay dividends without obtaining prior approval of the RBI, subject to compliance with the following conditions:

    Dividend payout ratio [calculated as a percentage of “dividend payable in a year” (excluding dividend tax) to “net profit during the year”] should not exceed 33.33%. Whilst calculating the net profit, any extraordinary items should be excluded;
 
    Dividend should be payable out of the current year’s profits; and
 
    If the financial statements for which dividend is declared have any audit qualifications which have an adverse bearing on the profits, the same should be adjusted whilst calculating the dividend payout ratio.

Prior to the above guidelines, a prior approval of the RBI was required for a dividend payment above 25% of par value of a company’s shares or for an interim dividend payment.

   Restriction on Share Capital and Voting Rights

     Banks can issue only ordinary shares. Banks incorporated before January 15, 1937 can also issue preference shares. The Banking Regulation Act specifies that no shareholder in a banking company can exercise voting rights on poll in excess of 10% of total voting rights of all the shareholders of the banking company.

     RBI has recently issued draft guidelines for the ownership and governance in private sector banks. The objective of the draft guidelines is to have a regulatory road map for ownership and governance in private sector banks in the interests of the depositors and financial stability. The underlying thread of the draft guidelines is to ensure that the ultimate ownership and control of banks is well diversified, banks are owned and managed by ‘fit and proper’ persons/entities and well capitalized and that the processes are transparent and fair. The guidelines propose that the minimum capital of all private sector banks should be a minimum of Rs. 3.0 billion within three years. An investment by any category of investors greater than 5 percent in a private sector bank shall have to meet the ‘fit and proper’ criteria prescribed by the RBI. The guidelines propose that no single entity or group of related entities should have shareholding or control, direct or indirect, in excess of 10 per cent of paid up

116


Table of Contents

capital of a private sector bank. Any private sector bank or a foreign bank with a presence in India will not be allowed to hold shares above 5 per cent of the paid up capital of the investee private sector bank.

   Restriction on Transfer of Shares

     RBI approval is required before we can register the transfer of shares for an individual or group which acquires 5.0% or more of our total paid up capital.

   Regulatory Reporting and Examination Procedures

     The RBI is empowered under the Banking Regulation Act to inspect a bank. The RBI monitors prudential parameters at quarterly intervals. The results of these inspections are provided to the bank, but are required by law to be kept confidential. To this end and to enable off-site monitoring and surveillance by the RBI, the banks are required to report to the RBI on financial and operating measures such as:

    assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures;
 
    the risk weighting of these exposures, the capital base and the capital adequacy ratio;
 
    the unaudited balance sheet/statement of income
 
    asset quality;
 
    concentration of exposures;
 
    connected and related lending and the profile of ownership, control and management; and
 
    other prudential parameters.

     The RBI also conducts periodical on-site inspections on matters relating to the bank’s portfolio, risk management systems, internal controls, credit allocation and regulatory compliance, at intervals ranging from one to three years. We have been subject to the on-site inspection by the RBI at yearly intervals. The inspection report, along with the report on actions taken by us, has to be placed before our board of directors. On approval by our board of directors, we are required to submit the report on actions taken by us to the RBI. The RBI also discusses the report with our management team including our chief executive officer.

     The RBI also conducts on-site supervision of our selected branches with respect to their general operations and foreign exchange related transactions.

     Keeping in view the emerging scenario under the Basel II accord and the need to allocate supervisory resources in accordance with the risk profile of banks, RBI intends to switch over from micro regulation to Risk Based Supervision (RBS). RBI has recently conducted a pilot study of select banks under RBS and has developed and circulated to the banks detailed standardized Risk Profile Templates for different business areas to be used by banks for undertaking self assessment of the risks to which they are exposed.

   Penalties

     The RBI can impose penalties on banks and its employees in case of infringement of regulations under the Banking Regulation Act. The penalty can be a fixed amount or be related to the amount involved in any contravention of the regulations. The penalty may also include imprisonment.

   Assets to be Maintained in India

     Every bank is required to ensure that its assets in India (including import-export bills drawn in India and RBI approved securities, even if the bills and the securities are held outside India) are not less than 75% of its demand and time liabilities in India.

117


Table of Contents

   Secrecy Obligations

     Our obligations relating to maintaining secrecy arise out of common law principles governing our relationship with our customers. We cannot disclose any information to third parties except under clearly defined circumstances. The following are the exceptions to this general rule:

    where disclosure is required to be made under any law;
 
    where there is an obligation to disclose to the public;
 
    where we need to disclose information in our interest; and
 
    where disclosure is made with the express or implied consent of the customer.

     We are required to comply with the above in furnishing any information to any parties. We are also required to disclose information if ordered to do so by a court. The RBI may, in the public interest, publish the information obtained from the bank.

Appointment and Remuneration of our Chairman, Managing Director and other Directors

     We require prior approval of the RBI to appoint our chairman and managing director and any other directors and to fix their remuneration. The RBI is empowered to remove the appointee on the grounds of public interest or the interest of depositors or to ensure the proper management of the bank. Further, the RBI may order meetings of the bank’s board of directors to discuss any matter in relation to the bank, appoint observers to these meetings and in general may make changes to the management as it may deem necessary and can also order the convening of a general meeting of the company to elect new directors.

     RBI has issued guidelines relating to salary and other remuneration payable to the Chairman, Managing Director and Whole Time Directors of new Private Sector Banks. Pursuant to the guidelines, the RBI has permitted banks to fix the performance bonus payable to the Managing Director/Whole Time Directors on either of the two criteria:

  (a)   up to a maximum of 25% of the salary; or
 
  (b)   the average bonus paid to the officers/employees. The average bonus paid to officers/employees is calculated by dividing the total salary bill by the total bonus paid to them.

Securities and Exchange Board of India Regulations and Guidelines

     The Securities and Exchange Board of India was established to protect the interests of public investors in securities and to promote the development of, and to regulate, the Indian securities market. We are subject to Securities and Exchange Board of India regulations in respect of our activities as agents for collecting subscriptions to public offerings of securities made by other companies. These regulations provide for registration with the Securities and Exchange Board of India for each of these activities, the functions, responsibilities and a code of conduct applicable for these activities.

Regulations Relating to Setting up of Off-shore Banking Units

     The Government of India introduced Special Economic Zones (SEZs) with a view to providing an internationally competitive and a hassle-free environment for export production. Offshore Banking Units (OBUs) have been permitted to be set up in SEZs. These units would be virtually foreign branches of Indian banks but located in India. These OBUs, inter alia, would be exempted from cash reserve requirements and would be able to provide finance to SEZ units and SEZ developers at international rates of interest.

118


Table of Contents

Finance Act 2004

     The recent Finance Act 2004 made some changes in the tax laws, which may have an effect on our business. The statutory tax rates ( including surcharge and cess ) for companies has marginally increased from 35.875% in fiscal year ended March 2004 to 36.59% for the fiscal ended March 2005. The Finance Act 2004 has introduced an educational cess of 2 percent on all taxes. The Finance Act 2004 also

    Exempted from taxation, long-term capital gains arising from transfer of shares or units of an equity oriented mutual fund on a recognized stock exchange in India from a date to be notified and such transaction of sale is chargeable to Securities Transaction Tax (STT).
 
    Reduced the rate of taxation on short term capital gains rising from transfer of shares or units of an equity oriented mutual fund on a recognized stock exchange in India from a date to be notified.
 
    Withdraws the exemption of tax deduction at source on interest on FCNR/NRE/RFC deposits with effect from April 1, 2005.
 
    Service tax of 10.2% (including the education cess of 2%) has been applied to fees and charges on core banking activities such as issue of payorder, demand drafts, letter of credit, bank guarantees, safe deposit charges, operation of bank accounts etc.

119


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE CONTROLS

Restrictions on Conversion of Rupees

     There are restrictions on the conversion of rupees into dollars. Before February 29, 1992, the RBI determined the official value of the rupee in relation to a weighted basket of currencies of India’s major trading partners. In the February 1992 budget, a new dual exchange rate mechanism was introduced by allowing conversion of 60% of the foreign exchange received on trade or current account at a market-determined rate and the remaining 40% at the official rate. All importers were, however, required to buy foreign exchange at the market rate except for specified priority imports. In March 1993, the exchange rate was unified and allowed to float. In February 1994 and again in August 1994, the RBI announced relaxations in payment restrictions in the case of a number of transactions. Since August 1994, the government of India has substantially complied with its obligations owed to the International Monetary Fund, under which India is committed to refrain from using exchange restrictions on current international transactions as an instrument in managing the balance of payments. Effective July 1995, the process of current account convertibility was advanced by relaxing restrictions on foreign exchange for various purposes, such as foreign travel and medical treatment.

Restrictions on Sale of the Equity Shares underlying the ADSs and for Repatriation of Sale Proceeds

     ADSs issued by Indian companies to non-residents have free transferability outside India. However, under Indian regulations and practice, the approval of the RBI is required for the sale of equity shares underlying the ADSs (other than a sale on a stock exchange or in connection with an offer made under the takeover regulations) by a non-resident of India to a resident of India as well as for renunciation of rights to a resident of India. Contrary to prior regulations, an investor who surrenders an ADS and withdraws equity shares may be entitled to redeposit those equity shares in the depositary facility in exchange for ADSs and the depositary may accept deposits of outstanding equity shares purchased by a non-resident on the local stock exchange and issue ADSs representing those equity shares. However in each case, the aggregate number of equity shares redeposited or deposited by such persons cannot exceed the number represented by ADSs converted into underlying equity shares.

     Pursuant to the announcement of the Finance Minister in the Budget for fiscal 2002, the RBI has issued a notification inter-alia permitting Indian companies to sponsor ADR/GDR issues against shares held by its shareholders at a price to be determined by the lead manager. Investors who seek to sell in India any equity shares (other than a sale on a stock exchange or in connection with an offer made under the takeover regulations) withdrawn from the depositary facility and to convert the rupee proceeds from the sale into foreign currency and repatriate the foreign currency from India will, subject to the foregoing, have to obtain RBI approval for each transaction.

120


Table of Contents

RESTRICTIONS ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP OF INDIAN SECURITIES

     The government of India regulates ownership of Indian companies by foreigners. Foreign investment in Indian securities is generally regulated by the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999. The Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, when read together with a series of regulations issued thereunder by the RBI, which permits transactions involving the inflow or outflow of foreign exchange and empowers the RBI to prohibit or regulate such transactions.

     The Foreign Exchange Management Act permits most transactions involving foreign exchange except those prohibited or restricted by the RBI. The Foreign Exchange Management Act has eased restrictions on current account transactions. However, the RBI continues to exercise control over capital account transactions (i.e., those that alter the assets or liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of persons). The RBI has issued regulations under the Foreign Exchange Management Act to regulate the various kinds of capital account transactions, including certain aspects of the purchase and issuance of shares of Indian companies.

     The RBI has issued a notification under the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management Act relaxing the requirement of prior approval for an Indian company making an ADS issue provided that the issuer is eligible to issue ADSs pursuant to the guidelines issued by the Ministry of Finance and has the necessary approval from the Foreign Investment Promotion Board.

     Under the foreign investment rules, the following restrictions are applicable to foreign ownership:

    Under the foreign direct investment route, foreign investors may own our equity shares only with the approval of the Foreign Investment Promotion Board; this approval is granted on a case-by-case basis;
 
    Under the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Equity Shares (through Depositary Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993, foreign investors may purchase ADSs or GDRs, subject to the receipt of all necessary government approvals at the time the depositary receipt program is set up. With a view to liberalizing the operational procedures, the government of India’s Ministry of Finance and the RBI have granted a general approval to ADS or GDR issues, subject to specified restrictions; and
 
    Under the portfolio investment route, foreign institutional investors, subject to registration with the Securities and Exchange Board of India and the RBI, non-resident Indians, subject to a resolution of the Board of Directors and a special resolutions of the shareholder; may be permitted to own in the aggregate up to 49% of our equity shares that are not represented by ADSs or GDRs; no single foreign institutional investor may own more than 10% of our equity shares and no single non-resident Indian may own more than 5% of our total equity shares.

     As an investor in ADSs, you do not need to seek the specific approval from the government of India to purchase, hold or dispose of your ADSs. In our ADS offering, we obtained the approval of the relevant stock exchanges and the Foreign Investment Promotion Board. We were not required to obtain the prior approval of the RBI.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a foreign institutional investor, non-resident Indian or overseas corporate body were to withdraw its equity shares from the ADS program, its investment in the equity shares would be subject to the general restrictions on foreign ownership noted above and may be subject to the portfolio investment restrictions, including the portfolio investment limitations mentioned above. The application of these limitations, however, is not clear. Secondary purchases of securities of Indian companies in India by foreign direct investors or investments by non-resident Indians, persons of Indian origin, overseas corporate bodies and foreign institutional investors above the ownership levels set forth above require government of India approval on a case-by-case basis. It is unclear whether similar case-by-case approvals of ownership of equity shares withdrawn from the depositary facility by foreign institutional investors, non-resident Indians and overseas corporate bodies would be required.

121


Table of Contents

     Further, if you withdraw your equity shares from the ADS program and your direct or indirect holding in us exceeds 15% of our total equity, you would be required to make a public offer to the remaining shareholders under the Takeover Code.

122


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     In accordance with the Securities Act, we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form F-1, which includes relevant exhibits and schedules with respect to the ADSs and the underlying equity shares issued in our initial public offering. The registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected without charge at the principal office of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and the regional offices of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661.

     Copies of this material may also be obtained by mail from the Public Reference Branch of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.

123


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         
    Page
Financial Statements of HDFC Bank Limited:
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
HDFC Bank Limited:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of HDFC Bank Limited (the “Bank”) as of March 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three year period ended March 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HDFC Bank Limited as of March 31, 2003 and 2004, and the results of its operations and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended March 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

     As described in Note 2 (a) to the financial statements, these financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which differ in certain material respects from accounting principles generally accepted for banks in India, which form the basis of the Bank’s general purpose financial statements.

/s/ DELOITTE HASKINS & SELLS



CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
Mumbai, India
April 16, 2004

F-2


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
BALANCE SHEETS
As of March 31, 2003 and 2004

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
ASSETS:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  Rs. 23,944.9     Rs. 33,010.4     US$ 760.6  
Term placements
    7,747.4       3,565.2       82.1  
Investments held for trading, at market
    3,976.1       6,233.8       143.6  
Investments available for sale, at market
    98,929.2       133,274.6       3,070.8  
Investments held to maturity, at amortized cost
    38,426.7       36,368.4       838.0  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
          19,950.0       459.7  
Loans (net of allowance of Rs. 1,866.7 and Rs. 3,494.3, respectively)
    118,299.9       177,681.1       4,094.0  
Accrued interest receivable
    6,283.8       4,178.7       96.3  
Property and equipment
    5,277.5       6,169.1       142.1  
Other assets
    8,955.2       6,404.3       147.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total assets
  Rs. 311,840.7     Rs. 426,835.6     US$ 9,834.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
                       
Liabilities
                       
Interest-bearing deposits
  Rs. 174,250.4     Rs. 215,710.8     US$ 4,970.3  
Non-interest bearing deposits
    49,509.6       88,351.2       2,035.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total deposits
    223,760.0       304,062.0       7,006.0  
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
    4,600.0              
Short-term borrowings
    21,579.6       24,064.2       554.5  
Accrued interest payable
    6,897.3       4,165.4       96.0  
Long-term debt
    2,116.0       6,086.0       140.2  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    26,774.7       57,242.2       1,318.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total liabilities
  Rs. 285,727.6     Rs. 395,619.8     US$ 9,115.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Contingencies (See Note 25)
                 
 
                       
Shareholders’ equity:
                       
Equity shares: par value—Rs. 10 each; authorized 450,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 279,718,938 shares and 282,844,438 shares, respectively
    2,797.2       2,828.4       65.2  
Additional paid in capital
    11,758.9       12,527.3       288.6  
Advance received pending allotment of shares
    146.5       125.5       2.9  
Retained earnings
    6,532.1       9,057.1       208.7  
Statutory reserve
    3,249.9       4,523.7       104.2  
Deferred stock based compensation
    (60.2 )     (374.6 )     (8.6 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,688.7       2,528.4       58.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity
    26,113.1       31,215.8       719.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  Rs. 311,840.7     Rs. 426,835.6     US$ 9,834.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

F-3


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For each of the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions, except share and per share amounts)
Interest and dividend revenue:
                               
Loans
  Rs. 6,130.7     Rs. 7,805.3     Rs. 11,705.0     US$ 269.7  
Trading account
    218.7       478.9       289.6       6.7  
Securities, including dividend
    7,947.7       9,907.2       11,487.3       264.7  
Other
    2,150.9       1,233.4       1,109.6       25.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total interest revenue
    16,448.0       19,424.8       24,591.5       566.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Interest expense:
                               
Deposits
    9,158.5       10,508.5       10,279.2       236.8  
Short-term borrowings
    1,328.1       1,032.9       1,435.9       33.1  
Long-term debt
    275.9       237.8       268.0       6.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total interest expense
    10,762.5       11,779.2       11,983.1       276.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net interest revenue
    5,685.5       7,645.6       12,608.4       290.5  
Allowance for credit losses, net
    451.6       741.5       2,343.4       54.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net interest revenue after allowance for credit losses
    5,233.9       6,904.1       10,265.0       236.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Non-interest revenue, net:
                               
Fees and commissions
    1,620.5       2,306.4       3,140.7       72.4  
Trading account gains, net
    600.9       507.8       396.8       9.1  
Realized (losses)/gains on sales of available for sale securities, net
    344.4       721.7       (48.3 )     (1.1 )
Foreign exchange transactions
    391.4       445.3       740.0       17.1  
Derivative transactions
    249.7       379.1       443.9       10.2  
Other, net
    8.2       37.0       24.5       0.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total non-interest revenue, net
    3,215.1       4,397.3       4,697.6       108.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total revenue, net
    8,449.0       11,301.4       14,962.6       344.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Non-interest expense:
                               
Salaries and staff benefits
    1,184.6       1,661.2       2,154.0       49.6  
Premises and equipment
    913.8       1,343.6       1,828.5       42.1  
Depreciation and amortization
    675.7       1,052.4       1,254.9       28.9  
Administrative and other
    1,421.9       2,000.7       3,131.9       72.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total non-interest expense
    4,196.0       6,057.9       8,369.3       192.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income before income tax
    4,253.0       5,243.5       6,593.3       152.0  
Income tax
    1,294.6       1,729.7       1,838.8       42.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net income
  Rs. 2,958.4     Rs. 3,513.8     Rs. 4,754.5     US$ 109.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Per share information: (see note 28)
                               
Earnings per equity share—basic
  Rs. 11.10     Rs. 12.57     Rs. 16.87     US$ 0.39  
Earnings per equity share—diluted
  Rs. 11.04     Rs. 12.51     Rs. 16.70     US$ 0.38  
Per ADS information (where 1 ADS represents 3 shares):
                               
Earnings per ADS—basic
  Rs. 33.30     Rs. 37.71     Rs. 50.61     US$ 1.17  
Earnings per ADS—diluted
  Rs. 33.12     Rs. 37.53     Rs. 50.10     US$ 1.15  

See accompanying notes to financial statements

F-4


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For each of the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                               
Net income
  Rs. 2,958.4     Rs. 3,513.8     Rs. 4,754.5     US$ 109.6  
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
                               
Allowance for credit losses
    451.6       741.5       2,343.4       54.0  
Depreciation and amortization
    675.7       1,052.4       1,254.9       28.9  
Amortization of deferred stock based compensation
    89.8       138.0       135.1       3.1  
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs
    46.7       66.3       405.4       9.3  
Amortization of investments
    499.2       761.6       1,489.6       34.3  
Provision for deferred income taxes
    (105.6 )     (102.8 )     (588.4 )     (13.5 )
Provision made for guarantees
                112.7       2.6  
Gain on securitization of loans
                123.8       2.9  
Accrued interest income
    (1,774.1 )     (2,199.9 )     2,105.1       48.5  
Net realized (gain)/loss on sale of available for sale securities
    (344.4 )     (721.7 )     48.3       1.1  
Accrued interest expense
    1,214.8       2,718.6       (2,731.9 )     (62.9 )
Loss/(gain) on disposal of property and equipment, net
    8.1       (10.8 )     4.4       0.1  
Net change in:
                               
Other assets
    347.5       (2,406.2 )     2,113.7       48.7  
Other liabilities
    4,340.9       11,075.2       30,945.6       713.0  
Trading account assets
    (3,837.6 )     (138.5 )     (2,257.7 )     (52.0 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    4,571.0       14,487.5       40,258.50       927.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                               
Net change in term placements
          (7,747.4 )     4,182.2       96.4  
Activity in available for sale securities:
                               
Purchases
    (300,993.8 )     (382,916.3 )     (265,970.2 )     (6,128.3 )
Proceeds from sales
    243,462.6       341,254.1       209,229.1       4,820.9  
Maturities, prepayments and calls
    25,514.1       24,209.6       22,626.0       521.3  
Activity in held to maturity securities:
                               
Purchases
    (23,281.5 )     (56,274.0 )     (78,592.0 )     (1,810.9 )
Maturities, prepayments and calls
    10,213.3       52,896.0       79,721.9       1,836.9  
Net change in repos and reverse repos
    (722.7 )     6,779.6       (24,550.0 )     (565.7 )
Proceeds from loans securitized
                5,917.4       136.3  
Increase in loans originated, net of principal collections
    (20,897.3 )     (47,512.5 )     (67,765.8 )     (1,561.5 )
Additions to property and equipment
    (1,682.6 )     (2,533.5 )     (2,143.9 )     (49.4 )
Proceeds from sale or disposal of property and equipment
    101.0       16.2       24.9       0.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (68,286.9 )     (71,828.2 )     (117,320.4 )     (2,703.4 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                               
Net increase in deposits
    59,957.0       47,221.9       80,302.0       1,850.3  
Net increase/(decrease) in short-term borrowings
    4,929.1       (20.7 )     2,484.6       57.2  
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
                4,000.0       92.2  
Repayments of long-term debt
    (62.7 )     (41.9 )     (30.0 )     (0.7 )
Proceeds from issuance of equity shares and ADSs
    7,890.6       86.7       203.6       4.7  
Proceeds from applications received for shares pending allotment
          146.5       125.5       2.9  
Payment of dividends and dividend tax
    (528.6 )     (697.5 )     (958.3 )     (22.0 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    72,185.4       46,695.0       86,127.4       1,984.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net change in cash
    8,469.5       (10,645.7 )     9,065.5       208.9  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    26,121.1       34,590.6       23,944.9       551.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  Rs. 34,590.6     Rs. 23,944.9     Rs. 33,010.4     US$ 760.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Supplementary cash flow information:
                               
Interest paid
  Rs. 9,547.7     Rs. 9,183.4     Rs. 14,819.5     US$ 341.5  
Income taxes paid
  Rs. 1,487.0     Rs. 2,374.7     Rs. 2,843.9     US$ 65.5  
Supplementary information on non cash transactions:
                               
Investments transferred from available for sale to held to maturity category
  Rs. 22,627.0     Rs.     Rs.     US$  
Investments transferred from held to maturity to available for sale category
  Rs.     Rs. 450.0     Rs. 4.9     US$ 0.1  
Investments transferred from trading to available for sale category
  Rs.     Rs. 1,162.3     Rs.     US$

See accompanying notes to financial statements

F-5


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For each of the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

                                                                         
                            Advance                                
                            received                           Accumulated    
            Equity   Additional   pending                   Deferred   other   Total
    Number of   share   paid in   allotment   Retained   Statutory   stock based   comprehensive   Shareholders’
    equity shares
  capital
  capital
  of shares
  Earnings
  reserve
  compensation
  income (loss)
  equity
    (In millions, except for equity shares)
Balance at March 31, 2001
    239,738,286     Rs. 2,397.3     Rs. 3,957.2     Rs.     Rs. 2,997.6     Rs. 1,538.3     Rs. (63.7 )   Rs. (66.9 )   Rs. 10,759.8  
Shares issued upon exercise of options
    1,875,900       18.8       68.3                                               87.1  
Shares issued as ADSs upon IPO in the United States (See Note 20)
    37,418,652       374.2       7,429.3                                               7,803.5  
Transfer to statutory reserve
                                    (742.6 )     742.6                        
Dividends, including dividend tax
                                    (528.6 )                             (528.6 )
Stock options issued
                    224.3                               (224.3 )              
Amortization of deferred stock based compensation
                                                    89.8               89.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub Total
    279,032,838       2,790.3       11,679.1             1,726.4       2,280.9       (63.2 )     (66.9 )     18,211.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net income
                                    2,958.4                               2,958.4  
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net
                                                            890.9       890.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub Total
                            2,958.4                   890.9       3,849.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2002
    279,032,838       2,790.3       11,679.1             4,684.8       2,280.9       (198.2 )     824.0       22,060.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Shares issued upon exercise of options
    686,100       6.9       79.8                                               86.7  
Dividends, including dividend tax
                                    (697.5 )                             (697.5 )
Advance paid pending allotment of shares
                            146.5                                       146.5  
Amortization of deferred stock based compensation
                                                    138.0               138.0  
Transfer to statutory reserve
                                    (969.0 )     969.0                        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub Total
    279,718,938       2,797.2       11,758.9       146.5       3,018.3       3,249.9       (60.2 )     824.0       21,734.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net income
                                    3,513.8                               3,513.8  
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net
                                                            864.7       864.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub Total
                            3,513.8                   864.7       4,378.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2003
    279,718,938       2,797.2       11,758.9       146.5       6,532.1       3,249.9       (60.2 )     1,688.7       26,113.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Shares issued upon exercise of options
    3,125,500       31.2       318.9       (146.5 )                                     203.6  
Stock options granted
                    449.5                               (449.5 )              
Dividends, including dividend tax
                                    (955.7 )                             (955.7 )
Advance paid pending allotment of shares
                            125.5                                       125.5  
Amortization of deferred stock based compensation
                                                    135.1               135.1  
Transfer to statutory reserve
                                    (1,273.8 )     1,273.8                        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub Total
    282,844,438       2,828.4       12,527.3       125.5       4,302.6       4,523.7       (374.6 )     1,688.7       25,621.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net income
                                    4,754.5                               4,754.5  
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net
                                                            839.7       839.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Sub Total
                            9,057.1                   839.7       5,594.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2004
    282,844,438     Rs. 2,828.4     Rs. 12,527.3     Rs. 125.5     Rs. 9,057.1     Rs. 4,523.7     Rs. (374.6 )   Rs. 2,528.4     Rs. 31,215.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2004
          US$ 65.2     US$ 288.6     US$ 2.9     US$ 208.7     US$ 104.2     US$ (8.6 )   US$ 58.3     US$ 719.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

F-6


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. The Bank

     HDFC Bank Limited (the “Bank”) was incorporated in August 1994 with its registered office in Mumbai, India. The Bank is a banking company governed by India’s Banking Regulations Act, 1949. The Bank’s shares are listed on The Stock Exchange, Mumbai, the National Stock Exchange, India, The Stock Exchange, Ahmedabad and its ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

     The Bank’s largest shareholder is HDFC Limited, who controls 24.2% of the Bank’s equity. The India Private Equity Fund (Mauritius) and Indocean Financial (Holding) Ltd., both funds advised by Indocean Chase Capital Advisors (the Indian affiliate of J.P. Morgan Partners), have a combined stake of 5.5% of the Bank’s equity. The balance of the Bank’s equity is widely held by the public and by foreign and Indian institutional investors.

     The Bank provides a wide range of traditional banking and financial services including corporate lending, trade finance, cash management, corporate finance advisory services, foreign exchange, retail lending, credit cards, bullion sale and custodial and depositary services. In addition, the Bank trades in debt and equity securities and derivatives on its own account.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

a. Basis of presentation and consolidation

     The Bank does not have any subsidiaries. Entities where the Bank controls between 20% to 50% of the voting stock of the investee company are considered affiliates and are accounted for using the equity method.

     These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). US GAAP differs in certain material respects from accounting principles generally accepted in India, the requirements of India’s Banking Regulations Act and related regulations issued by the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) (collectively Indian GAAP), which form the basis of the statutory general purpose financial statements of the Bank in India. Principal differences insofar as they relate to the Bank include: determination of the allowance for credit losses; valuation of investments; accounting for: deferred income taxes, stock based compensation, retirement benefits and affiliates, loan origination fees, and the presentation and format of the financial statements and related notes.

b. Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of these financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the years presented. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Material estimates included in these financial statements that are susceptible to change include the allowance for credit losses and the valuation of unlisted investments.

c. Cash and cash equivalents

     The Bank considers all highly liquid financial instruments, which are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less on the date of purchase, to be cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates fair value.

d. Intangible assets

     The Bank capitalizes the cost of purchased goodwill.

     Until March 31, 2001, the Bank amortized the cost of goodwill on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life.

     With effect from April 1, 2001, the Bank adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, and ceased to amortize the remaining unamortized cost at March 31, 2001 of goodwill that arose on the acquisition of Times Bank Limited. In accordance with the two step methodology required by SFAS No. 142, the Bank tests the carrying value of goodwill for impairment annually on March 31 or upon the occurrence of triggering event.

     The adoption of SFAS No. 142 resulted in an increase in net income for the year ended March 31, 2002 of Rs. 6.7 million.

F-7


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

e. Customer acquisition costs

     Customer acquisition costs principally consist of commissions paid to third party referral agents who obtain retail loans and are deferred and amortized as a yield adjustment over the life of the loans. Advertising and marketing expenses incurred to solicit new business are expensed as incurred.

f. Investments in securities

     The Bank accounts for its investments in securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. SFAS No. 115 requires that investments in debt and equity securities be reported at fair value, except for debt securities classified as held to maturity securities, which are reported at amortized cost.

     Securities that are held principally for resale in the near term are recorded in the trading assets account at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in earnings.

     Debt securities which management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and recorded at amortized cost.

     Securities with readily determinable fair values that are not classified as held to maturity or trading are classified as available for sale and recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on such securities, net of applicable taxes, are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

     Declines in the fair values of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses, based on management’s best estimate of the value of the investment.

     Investments consist of government securities, other debt and equity securities and credit substitute securities.

     Credit substitute securities are typically comprised of commercial paper, short term debentures and preference shares issued by the same customers with whom the Bank has a lending relationship in its wholesale banking business. Investment decisions for credit substitute securities are subject to the same credit approval processes as for loans, and the Bank bears the same customer risk as it does for loans extended to those customers. Additionally the yield and maturity terms are generally directly negotiated by the Bank with the issuer. Fair values for such securities are estimated based on present values at current interest rates for such instruments.

     Estimates of any declines in the fair values of such securities that are other than temporary are measured on a case by case basis together with loans under the overall program to those customers and recognized as realized losses. As the Bank’s exposures to such securities are similar to its exposures on its loan portfolio, additional disclosures have been provided on the maturity profile and impairment status in Note 8 and on concentrations of credit risk in Note 11.

     All other securities are actively managed as a part of the Bank’s treasury operations and are held primarily to meet the Bank’s statutory and regulatory requirements. The issuers of such securities are either the government, public financial institutions or private issuers. These investments are typically purchased from the market, and debt securities are generally publicly rated. Fair values for such securities are based on market quotations.

     On April 1, 2001, the Bank transferred securities with a fair value of Rs. 22,627.0 million to the held to maturity category.

     Where the management makes a determination that an HTM security’s credit rating has been irrevocably downgraded, and continued holding it to maturity is likely to result in increased losses, it transfers the security to AFS, pending its disposal at the best available price, as permitted by SFAS No. 115.

g. Loans

     The Bank grants commercial and consumer loans to customers. Commercial loans are made to customers as either short or medium term loans, cash credit facilities or bills discounting. Cash credit facilities are revolving credits provided to customers which are secured by working capital such as inventory or accounts receivable. Bills discounting consists of short term loans that are secured by bills of exchange that have been accepted by the Bank’s customers or drawn on another bank.

     Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for an allowance for credit losses.

     Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, inclusive of interest accrued and due. Interest is accrued on the unpaid principal balance and is included in interest income. Loans are placed on “non-accrual” status when interest or principal payments are past due, at which time no further interest is accrued and overdue interest is written off against interest income. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. For the years ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, loans were place on “non-accrual” status when interest or principal payments were two quarters past due, and to the extent that interest was accrued on loans that were more than one quarter overdue but not yet considered for “non accrual” status, the Bank considered the collectibility as a part of the allowance for credit losses. In accordance with RBI guidelines with effect from March 31, 2004, loans are placed on ‘non-accrual’ status when interest or principal payments are one quarter overdue.

F-8


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

h. Allowance for credit losses

     The Bank provides an allowance for credit losses based on management’s best estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for credit losses consists of specific and unallocated components. The allowance for credit losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s view of the probability of recovery of loans in light of historical experience, nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, factors affecting the industry which the loan exposure relates to and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. Credit losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the loan balance cannot be recovered. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

     The Bank evaluates its entire credit portfolio on a periodic basis and grades its accounts considering both qualitative and quantitative criteria. Non homogeneous loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, the financial condition of the borrower, the value of collateral held, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.

     Impairment is measured for each non homogeneous loan customer in the aggregate for all facilities, including term loans, cash credits, bills discounted and lease finance, based on either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the net realizable value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

     Non-homogenous loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls are generally not classified as impaired but are placed on a surveillance watch list and closely monitored for deterioration. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

     With effect from April 1, 2003, the Bank also establishes an unallocated allowance for non homogenous standard loans based on the overall portfolio quality, asset growth, economic condition and other risk factors.

     For loans made where marketable securities are held as collateral, the Bank monitors margin positions of customers based on the market price of the underlying collateral. To the extent that declines in the market value of the collateral cause the Bank’s margin to be eroded, the Bank generally calls for additional margin to be deposited by the customer to restore the loan to value ratio to an acceptable level. In the event that the customer does not meet such margin calls within a short time frame, the Bank gives notice of its intent to liquidate the collateral. After the notice period, subject to market conditions, the Bank sells the underlying collateral. The Bank recognizes as a realized loss any shortfall between the proceeds realized and the carrying value of the loan.

     At each reporting date, the Bank stratifies its loans against securities portfolio based on loan to value ratios computed using current market prices for the collateral. The probability of loss increases with increased loan to value ratios and with increased volatility in the equities markets. The Bank establishes a specific allowance for the shortfall in collateral for all loans where the loan to value ratio exceeds 100% and it is probable that the borrower will not repay the full amount of the outstanding principal or interest. Additionally, the Bank also establishes an unallocated allowance for credit losses using loss factors for loans which fall into a high risk loan to value strata based on historical losses incurred in each such strata in the last 3 years.

     Retail loans other than loans made with shares as collateral are comprised of large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans. Such loans are collectively evaluated for impairment and an unallocated allowance is established using a historical default rate determined separately for each class of loan. The Bank does not separately identify individual retail consumer loans for impairment disclosures. Additionally, the Bank provides a specific allowance for loan losses for retail loans that have payment arrears of one quarters or more (two quarters or more for years ended March 31, 2002 and 2003) in an amount equivalent to the outstanding principal and interest balance.

     Loans include aggregate rentals on finance lease transactions, net of related unearned income and security deposits collected from the lessee. Unearned income is recognized as income using the internal rate of return method over the primary period of the lease. Income on non-performing leases is recognized on the same basis as non-performing loans.

     Provision for credit card reward points is based on their expected redemption value as per prevailing market practice.

i. Sales of Receivables

     HDFC Bank sells finance receivables to special purpose entities (SPEs) in securitization transactions. Recourse is in the form of the Company’s investment in subordinated securities issued by these SPEs and cash collateral. In accordance with SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, the receivables are derecognized in the balance sheet when they are sold and consideration has been received by the Company. Sales and transfers that do not meet the criteria for surrender of control are accounted for as secured borrowings.

     Gains or losses from the sale of receivables are recognized in the period the sale occurs based on the relative fair value of the portion sold and the portion allocated to retained interests, and are reported net of the estimated cost of servicing by the Company.

     Fair Values are determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows, using the best estimates of key assumptions such as prepayment rates, credit losses and discount rates, commensurate with the risk involved.

F-9


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

j. Property and equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of fixed assets on a straight-line basis at the following rates:

         
Type of Asset
  Rate of depreciation
Buildings
    1.61 %
Leasehold improvements
  Over the period of lease
ATMs
    12.50 %
VSAT terminals
    10.00 %
Office equipment
    16.21 %
Computer equipment
    33.33 %
Motor cars
    25.00 %
Software
    25.00 %

k. Impairment or disposal of long lived assets

     Whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of tangible long lived assets may not be recoverable, the Bank subjects such long lived assets to a test of recoverability based on the undiscounted cash flows from use or disposition of the asset. Such events or circumstances would include changes in the market, technology obsolescence, adverse changes in profitability or regulation. If the asset is impaired, the Bank recognizes an impairment loss estimated as the difference between carrying value and the net realizable value.

l. Foreclosed or repossessed assets

     Assets acquired through or in lieu of foreclosure or through repossession are generally held for sale and initially recorded at fair value on the date of foreclosure or repossession. On subsequent dates, such assets are periodically evaluated by management for changes in fair value, and are carried at the lower of the fair value on the date of foreclosure or repossession and the net realizable value on the balance sheet date. Net realizable value represents the anticipated sale price less the estimated costs of disposal. Revenues and expenses from the operation of such assets and changes in the fair value are included in earnings.

m. Income tax

     Income tax comprises the current tax provision and the net change in the deferred tax asset or liability in the year.

     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying values of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss carry forwards. Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to management’s judgement that realization is more likely than not. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be received or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the income statement in the period of enactment of the change.

n. Financial instruments

     The Bank enters into forward exchange contracts and currency swaps with its corporate clients (See below in Note 2(x)).

     The Bank also enters into interest rate swaps with its corporate clients as well as for trading purposes. Interest rate swaps are accounted for at their fair value based on the yield curve of the transaction with changes in fair value recognized in earnings.

F-10


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

o. Retirement benefits

   Gratuity

     In accordance with Indian law, the Bank provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan covering all eligible employees. The plan provides for lump sum payments to vested employees at retirement, death while in employment or on termination of employment in an amount equivalent to 15 days salary payable for each completed year of service. Vesting occurs upon completion of five years of service. The Bank makes annual contributions to a fund administered by trustees and managed by the Life Insurance Corporation of India (“LIC”) in an amount notified by the LIC. The Bank accounts for the liability for future gratuity benefits in accordance with SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions, based on an external actuarial valuation carried out annually.

   Superannuation

     Employees of the Bank are entitled to receive retirement benefits under the Bank’s superannuation fund. The superannuation fund is a defined contribution plan under which the Bank annually contributes a sum equivalent to 13% of the employee’s eligible annual salary to the LIC, who administer the fund. The Bank has no liability for future superannuation fund benefits other than its annual contribution, and recognizes such contributions as an expense in the year incurred.

   Provident fund

     In accordance with Indian law, all employees of the Bank are entitled to receive benefits under the provident fund, a defined contribution plan in which both the employee and the Bank contribute monthly at a determined rate (currently 12% of employee’s salary). These contributions are made to a fund set up by the Bank and administered by a board of trustees, except that in case of employees who receive a salary of up to Rs. 6,500 (specified employees) the Bank contributes at a determined rate (currently 8.33% of the employees salary) out of the aforesaid contribution of the employer, to the Pension Scheme administered by the Regional Provident Fund Commissioner (RPFC). Employees are credited with interest, which is subject to a government specified minimum rate. The Bank has no liability for future provident fund benefits other than its annual contribution and any shortfall between the government specified rate and the rate at which employees are credited, and recognizes such contributions as an expense in the year incurred.

p. Revenue recognition

     Interest income from loans and from investments in finance leases is recognized on an accrual basis when earned except in respect of loans or finance leases placed on non-accrual status, where it is recognized when received. The Bank generally does not charge up front loan origination fees. Nominal application fees are charged which offset the related costs incurred.

     Fees and commissions from guarantees issued are amortized over the contractual period of the commitment, provided the amounts are collectible.

     Dividends are recognized when declared.

     Realized gains and losses on sales of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the weighted average cost method.

     Other fees and income are recognized when earned, which is when the service that results in the income has been provided.

     The Bank amortizes the annual fees on credit cards over the contractual period of the fees.

F-11


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

q. Foreign currency transactions

     The Bank’s functional currency is the Indian rupee. Foreign currency transactions are recorded at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities are converted into Indian rupees using exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet dates. Gains and losses arising on conversion of foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities and on foreign currency transactions are included in the determination of net income.

r. Stock Based Compensation

     The Bank has elected to use the intrinsic value method specified under APB Opinion No. 25 to account for the compensation cost of stock options and awards granted to employees of the Bank. The Bank uses the fair value approach for any options that are granted to individuals who do not qualify as employees in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 44. Pro forma disclosures required by SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS 148, have been provided in Note 19.

s. Debt issuance costs

     Issuance costs of long-term debt are amortized over the tenure of the debt.

t. Dividends

     Any dividends declared by the Bank are based on the profit available for distribution as reported in the statutory financial statements of the Bank prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP. Additionally, the Banking Regulation Act requires the Bank to transfer 25% of its Indian GAAP profit after tax to a non-distributable statutory reserve. Accordingly, the net income reported in these financial statements may not be fully distributable. As of March 31, 2004, the amount available for distribution is Rs. 1,000.5 million. Dividends for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were Rs. 2.50, Rs. 3.00 and Rs. 3.50 per equity share, respectively.

u. Earnings per share

     The Bank reports basic and diluted earnings per equity share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share. Basic earnings per equity share has been computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding for the period. For the purpose of determining the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding, the Bank treats cash received from optionees who exercise their options as issued shares even if the administrative formalities of allocating equity shares have not been completed. Diluted earnings per equity share has been computed using the weighted average number of equity shares and dilutive potential equity shares outstanding during the period, using the treasury stock method for options, except where the result would be anti dilutive. The Bank also reports basic and diluted earnings per ADS, where each ADS represents three equity shares. Earnings per ADS have been computed as earnings per equity share multiplied by the number of equity shares per ADS. A reconciliation of the number of shares used in computing earnings per share has been provided in Note 28.

v. Comprehensive Income

     The Bank reports comprehensive income in accordance with SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income. Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities along with net income are components of comprehensive income.

w. Segment information

     The Bank operates in three segments, namely wholesale banking, retail banking and treasury services. Segment-wise information has been provided in Note 24.

F-12


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

x. Derivative Financial Instruments

     The Bank adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities, and SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No 133, with effect from April 1, 2001 and SFAS 149, Amendment of SFAS No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, that amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under SFAS.133, with effect from June 30, 2003. In doing so, the Bank did not incur any transition adjustments to earnings.

     In accordance with the above standards, the Bank recognizes all derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measures them at fair value, unless those instruments qualify to be accounted for as hedge contracts. For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, changes in fair value are recognized in net income in the period of change.

     Certain forward exchange contracts and currency swaps qualify as a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of a foreign currency denominated transaction. SFAS No. 133 provides for matching the timing of the recognition of the gain or loss on such hedge contracts with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the item being hedged in net income.

     The Bank enters into forward exchange contracts or currency swaps with its customers as accommodations. The Bank also enters into forward exchange or currency swap contracts to lay off such customer accommodation exposures in the inter-bank foreign exchange markets, and also to take trading positions and to cover its own foreign exchange exposures. All such instruments are carried at fair value, determined based on market quotations.

     The Bank enters into rupee interest rate swaps for trading purposes. The Bank also enters into interest rate currency swaps and interest rate swaps in foreign currency cash flows as customer accommodations and lays these off in the inter-bank market. Such contracts are carried on the balance sheet at fair value, determined based on market quotations.

y. New Accounting Pronouncements

     In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”. SFAS 150 establishes classification and measurement standards for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity, and requires that such financial instrument, if previously classified as equity, be now classified as a liability. The standard is effective for instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and pre-existing instruments as of the beginning of the first interim period that commenced after June 15, 2003. The Bank does not have any such financial instruments at present.

     In December 2003, FASB revised FIN 46 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”. FIN 46 establishes consolidation criteria for entities for which “ Control” is not easily discernable from ownership of voting shares. FIN 46 provides guidance for identifying entities where indirect “control” exists and requires that their assets, liabilities and results of the activities should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the controlling entity. The interpretation is effective for the Bank no later than the end of the first reporting period that ends after December 15, 2003. The Bank does not have any interests in variable interests entities.

     In December 2003, AcSec issued Statement of Position (or SOP) 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer”. SOP 03-3 addresses accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from an investor’s initial investment in a loan/debt security acquired in a transfer, if those differences are attributable , at least in part, to credit quality. It limits the yield that may be accreted to the excess of the investor’s estimate of undiscounted expected cash flows over the initial investment in the loan/debt security. The SOP is effective for loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004, with earlier adoption encouraged.

     Neither of these above interpretation/standards are expected to have a material impact on the results of operations, financial position or cash flows of the bank when adopted.

z. Convenience Translation

     The accompanying financial statements have been expressed in Indian rupees (“Rs.”), the Bank’s functional currency. For the convenience of the reader, the financial statements as at and for the year ended March 31, 2004 have been translated into US dollars at US$1.00 = Rs. 43.40 based on the noon buying rate for cable transfers on March 31, 2004 as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Such translation should not be construed as a representation that the rupee amounts have been or could be converted into United States dollars at that or any other rate, or at all.

aa. Reclassifications

     Certain amounts in fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003 have been reclassified to conform to the presentation in the fiscal 2004. These reclassifications have no effect on the stockholders’ equity or net income as previously reported.

F-13


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

3. Cash and cash equivalents

     Cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 include balances of Rs. 19,152.8 million and Rs. 22,877.9 million, respectively, maintained with the RBI for meeting the Bank’s cash reserve ratio requirement. This balance is subject to withdrawal and usage restrictions.

4. Term placements

     Term placements comprises of placements with banks and financial institution in the ordinary course of business. These placements have remaining maturities for periods between 3 months and 6 years.

5. Investments, held for trading

     The portfolio of trading securities at March 31, 2003 and 2004 is as follows:

                                 
    As of March 31, 2003
            Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   unrealized   unrealized   Fair
    cost
  gains
  losses
  Value
    (In millions)
Government of India securities
  Rs. 3,783.4           Rs. 36.6     Rs. 3,746.8  
Securities issued by Government of India sponsored institutions
    37.0             5.4       31.6  
Debentures
    207.4             9.7       197.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 4,027.8           Rs. 51.7     Rs. 3,976.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
                                 
    As of March 31, 2004
            Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   unrealized   unrealized   Fair
    cost
  gains
  losses
  Value
    (In millions)
Government of India securities
  Rs. 4,244.2     Rs. 25.0     Rs.     Rs. 4,269.2  
Securities issued by Government of India sponsored institutions
    1,483.6             13.7       1,469.9  
Corporate Bonds
    153.0                   153.0  
Debentures
    350.0       1.1       9.4       341.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 6,230.8     Rs. 26.1     Rs. 23.10     Rs. 6,233.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  US$ 143.7     US$ 0.6     US$ 0.5     US$ 143.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Interest and dividends on trading securities and gross realized gains and gross realized losses from sales of such securities are set out below:

                                 
    Year ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Gross realized gains on sale
  Rs. 680.3     Rs. 793.4     Rs. 587.1     US$ 13.5  
Gross realized losses on sale
    (79.4 )     (285.6 )     (190.3 )     (4.4 )
Dividends and interest
    218.7       478.9       289.6       6.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 819.6     Rs. 986.7     Rs. 686.4     US$ 15.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-14


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

6. Investments, available for sale

     The portfolio of available for sale securities at March 31, 2003 and 2004 is as follows:

                                 
    As of March 31, 2003
            Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   unrealized   Unrealized   Fair
    cost
  gains
  Losses
  value
    (In millions)
Government of India securities
  Rs. 45,128.6     Rs. 782.3     Rs. 19.1     Rs. 45,891.8  
Securities issued by Government of India sponsored institutions
    17,545.8       1,581.9       125.8       19,001.9  
State government securities
    21.0       2.5             23.5  
Securities issued by state government sponsored institutions
    514.2       38.2       6.5       545.9  
Credit substitutes (See Note 8)
    10,973.6       178.4       49.6       11,102.4  
Corporate bonds
    324.2       3.8       4.8       323.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Fixed maturity investments
    74,507.4       2,587.1       205.8       76,888.7  
Mortgage backed securities
    4,650.6       86.2             4,736.8  
Asset backed securities
    14,538.6       375.8       62.6       14,851.8  
Equity securities
    148.8       23.5       3.1       169.2  
Mutual fund units
    2,311.8       7.5       36.6       2,282.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 96,157.2   Rs. 3,080.1     Rs. 308.1     Rs. 98,929.2
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
                                 
    As of March 31, 2004
            Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   unrealized   Unrealized   Fair
    cost
  gains
  Losses
  value
    (In millions)
Government of India securities
  Rs. 63,252.8     Rs. 1,407.9     Rs. 37.3     Rs. 64,623.4  
Securities issued by Government of India sponsored institutions
    22,495.8       1,970.1       97.9       24,368.0  
State government securities
    282.2       19.0       0.1       301.1  
Securities issued by state government sponsored institutions
    47.7       0.5             48.2  
Credit substitutes (See Note 8)
    7,812.3       136.0       2.3       7,946.0  
Corporate Bonds
    198.9       0.1       0.9       198.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Fixed maturity investments
    94,089.7       3,533.6       138.5       97,484.8  
Mortgage backed securities
    8,878.7       275.3             9,154.0  
Asset backed securities
    19,978.4       593.2       13.1       20,558.5  
Equity securities
    180.9       26.5       2.0       205.4  
Mutual fund units
    6,045.4       12.4       185.9       5,871.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 129,173.1     Rs. 4,441.0     Rs. 339.5     Rs. 133,274.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  US$ 2, 976.3     US$ 102.3     US$ 7.8     US$ 3,070.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-15


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     The aggregate fair values of securities carrying an unrealized loss of Rs. 339.5 million is Rs. 13,788.3 million.

     The contractual residual maturity of fixed maturity available for sale securities as of March 31, 2004 is set out below:

                         
    As of March 31, 2004
    Amortized cost
  Fair value
  Fair value
    (In millions)
Within one year
  Rs. 18,949.0     Rs. 19,219.4     US$ 442.8  
Over one year through five years
    42,364.0       44,045.5       1,014.9  
After five years through ten years
    30,537.0       31,930.0       735.7  
Over ten years
    2,239.8       2,289.9       52.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 94,089.7     Rs. 97,484.8     US$ 2,246.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Available for sale investments of Rs. 45,915.3 million and Rs. 64,924.5 million as of March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, are held to meet the Bank’s statutory liquidity ratio requirements. These balances are subject to withdrawal and usage restrictions, but may be freely traded by the Bank within those restrictions.

     Interest and dividends on available for sale securities and gross realized gains and gross realized losses from sales of such securities are set out below:

                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Gross realized gains on sale
  Rs. 484.9     Rs. 991.4     Rs. 710.3     US$ 16.4  
Gross realized losses on sale
    (140.5 )     (269.7 )     (758.6 )     (17.5 )
Dividends and interest
    5,667.4       6,144.0       8,604.8       198.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 6,011.8     Rs. 6,865.7   Rs. 8,556.5     US$ 197.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-16


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

7. Investments, held to maturity

     The portfolio of held to maturity securities at March 31, 2003 and 2004 is as follows

                                 
    As of March 31, 2003
            Gross   Gross    
            unrecognized   unrecognized    
    Fair   holding   holding   Amortized
    value
  gains
  losses
  Cost
    (In millions)
Government of India securities
  Rs. 20,392.6     Rs. 1,145.5     Rs. 7.3     Rs. 19,254.4  
Securities issued by Government of India sponsored institutions
    562.6       40.7             521.9  
Credit substitutes (See Note 8)
    19,153.1       540.2       37.5       18,650.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 40,108.3     Rs. 1,726.4     Rs. 44.8     Rs. 38,426.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
                                 
    As of March 31, 2004
            Gross   Gross    
            unrecognized   unrecognized    
    Fair   holding   holding   Amortized
    value
  gains
  losses
  Cost
    (In millions)
Government of India securities
  Rs. 28,424.2     Rs. 1,180.1     Rs. 1.1     Rs. 27,245.2  
Securities issued by Government of India sponsored institutions
    537.9       26.6             511.3  
Credit substitutes (See Note 8)
    9,095.5       484.5       0.9       8,611.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 38,057.6     Rs. 1,691.2     Rs. 2.0     Rs. 36,368.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  US$ 877.0       39.0       0.0     US$ 838.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The contractual residual maturity of fixed maturity held to maturity securities as of March 31, 2004 is set out below:

                         
    As of March 31, 2004
    Fair value
  Amortized cost
  Amortized cost
    (In millions)
Within one year
  Rs. 24,134.8     Rs. 23,957.4     US$ 552.0  
Over one year through five years
    12,011.0       10,892.3       251.0  
After five years through ten years
    1,911.8       1,518.7       35.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 38,057.6     Rs. 36,368.4     US$ 838.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Held to maturity investments of Rs. 19,254.4 million and Rs. 27,245.2 million as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 respectively, are held to meet the Bank’s statutory liquidity ratio requirements. These balances are subject to withdrawal and usage restrictions, but may be freely traded by the Bank within those restrictions.

F-17


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     Interest on held to maturity securities is set out below:

                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Interest
  Rs. 2,280.3     Rs. 3,763.2     Rs. 2,882.5     US$ 66.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 2,280.3     Rs. 3,763.2     Rs. 2,882.5     US$ 66.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     On April 14, 2002, the Bank transferred securities with an amortized cost of Rs. 450.0 million from held to maturity category to the available for sale category for reasons permitted by SFAS No. 115, primarily due to downgrades in credit ratings. The unrealized holding loss of Rs. 40.1 million on the date of the transfer has been recorded in other comprehensive income, a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

     In April, 2003, the Bank transferred securities with a carrying value net of valuation allowance of Rs. Nil, book value of Rs. 4.9 million, from held to maturity category to the available for sale category for reasons permitted by SFAS No. 115, primarily due to downgrades in credit ratings.

F-18


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

8. Credit Substitutes

     Credit substitutes consist of securities that are negotiated as part of an overall extension of credit to certain customers. Such securities share many of the risk and reward characteristics of loans and are managed by the Bank together with other facilities extended to the same customers. The fair values of credit substitutes have been analyzed by type of instrument as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

                                 
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
    Amortized cost
  Fair value
  Amortized cost
  Fair value
    (In millions)
Available for sale credit substitute securities:
                               
Debentures
  Rs. 4,963.9     Rs. 5,092.7     Rs. 6,905.6     Rs. 7,039.3  
Commercial paper
    6,009.7       6,009.7       906.7       906.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 10,973.6     Rs. 11,102.4     Rs. 7,812.3     Rs. 7,946.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Held to maturity credit substitute securities:
                               
Debentures
  Rs. 17,806.0     Rs. 18,268.4       7,812.7       8,247.1  
Preferred shares
    844.4       884.7       799.2       848.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 18,650.4     Rs. 19,153.1     Rs. 8,611.9     Rs. 9,095.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total credit substitutes, net
  Rs. 29,624.0     Rs. 30,255.5     Rs. 16,424.2     Rs. 17,041.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total credit substitutes, net
                  US$ 378.4     US$ 392.6  
 
                   
 
     
 
 

     The fair values of credit substitutes have been analyzed as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Performing
  Rs. 30,205.5     Rs. 16,946.9     US$ 390.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Impaired—gross balance
    104.8       189.3       4.4  
Less amounts written off for impairments other than temporary
    (54.8 )     (94.6 )     (2.2 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Impaired credit substitutes, net
    50.0       94.7       2.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total credit substitutes, net
  Rs. 30,255.5     Rs. 17,041.5     US$ 392.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-19


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     Impaired credit substitutes as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 have been analyzed as follows:

                         
    As of March 31
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Gross impaired credit substitutes:
                       
—on accrual status
  Rs. 100.0     Rs. 100.0     US$ 2.3  
—on non-accrual status
    4.8       89.3       2.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 104.8     Rs. 189.3     US$ 4.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross impaired credit substitutes by industry:
                       
—Textiles
  Rs. 100.0     Rs. 100.0     US$ 2.3  
—Oil and gas
    4.8              
—Financial institution
          89.3       2.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 104.8     Rs. 189.3     US$ 4.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Average impaired credit substitutes
  Rs. 104.8     Rs. 147.1       3.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Interest foregone on impaired credit substitutes
  Rs. 3.2     Rs. 10.3     US$ 0.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Interest income recognized on impaired credit substitutes
  Rs.     Rs. 12.0     US$ 0.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Interest income recognized on impaired credit substitutes on a cash basis
  Rs.     Rs. 12.0     US$ 0.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     As of March 31, 2004, the Bank has not committed any additional funds to borrowers whose credit substitutes were impaired.

9. Securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities purchased under resell agreements

     Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are classified as secured borrowings and generally mature within 14 days of the transaction date. Such repurchase transactions are recorded at the amount of cash received on the transaction. Repurchase transactions outstanding as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 are Rs. 4,600.0 million and Rs. 0.0 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2004, investments available for sale with a fair value of Rs. nil were pledged as collateral.

     Securities purchased under agreements to resell are classified separately from investments and generally mature within 14 days of the transaction date. Such resell transactions are recorded at the amount of cash advanced on the transaction. Resell transactions outstanding as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 are Rs. 0.0 million and Rs. 19,950.0 million, respectively.

F-20


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

10. Loans and Securitization

     Loans analyzed by facility as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Working capital finance
  Rs. 42,739.1     Rs. 54,104.5     US$ 1,246.6  
Term loans
    43,005.0       53,819.3       1,240.1  
Investment in finance leases
    8.3              
Retail loans
    34,414.2       73,251.6       1,687.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross loans
    120,166.6       181,175.4       4,174.5  
Less: Allowance for credit losses
    1,866.7       3,494.3       80.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 118,299.9     Rs. 177,681.1     US$ 4,094.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The contractual residual maturity of gross loans as of March 31, 2004 is set out below:

                                         
    As of March 31, 2004
    Working           Investment        
    Capital   Term   in finance   Retail    
    Finance
  loans
  Leases
  loans
  Total
    (In millions)
Maturity profile of loans:
                                       
Within one year
  Rs. 45,234.5     Rs. 33,196.4           Rs. 27,560.8     Rs. 105,991.7  
Over one year through five years
    8,870.0       17,202.3             45,512.2       71,584.5  
After five years through ten years
          3,420.6             178.6       3,599.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Gross loans
  Rs. 54,104.5     Rs. 53,819.3     Rs.     Rs. 73,251.6     Rs. 181,175.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Gross loans
  US$ 1,246.6     US$ 1,240.1     US$     US$ 1,687.8     US$ 4,174.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Gross loans analyzed by performance are as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Performing
  Rs. 117,799.0     Rs. 178,182.8     US$ 4,105.5  
Impaired
    2,367.6       2,992.6       69.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Gross loans
  Rs. 120,166.6     Rs. 181,175.4     US$ 4,174.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-21


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Bank entered into securitization transaction for the first time in fiscal 2004. The following table summarizes pre-tax gains on securitizations and certain cash flows received from customers and paid to SPE’s for sales that were completed during the year ended March 31, 2004:

                 
    For the years ended March 31,
    2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Gross proceeds from new securitizations
  Rs. 5,917.4     US$ 136.3  
Less: Fair value of finance receivables derecognized
    5,772.0       133.0  
Less: Estimated costs of servicing
    21.6       0.4  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Pre-tax gains on securitizations
  Rs. 123.8       2.9  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Cash flow information
               
Collections against securitized receivables
    682.1       15.7  
Payments made to SPEs
    264.4       6.1  
Cash flows on retained interests
    21.1       0.5  

Key assumptions used in measuring the retained interests in finance receivables of sales completed during the years ended March 31, 2004 as of the dates of such sales were as follows:

         
    For the year
    ended March 31,
    2004
Key assumptions: (rates per annum)
       
Annual prepayment rate
    0.2 %
Expected credit losses
    0.7 %

Credit losses and prepayment losses are estimated on the basis of historical losses as a percentage to the gross loans disbursed on a similar portfolio.

The table below outlines the economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the estimated fair value of retained interests in finance receivables at March 31, 2004 to immediate 10% and 20% changes in those assumptions:

                 
    As of March 31, 2004
    (In millions)
Carrying value/fair value of retained interests
               
Annual prepayment rate:
               
Impact of 10% adverse change
  Rs. 2.0     US$ 0.1  
Impact of 20% adverse change
    4.0       0.1  
Expected credit losses:
               
Impact of 10% adverse change
    2.4       0.1  
Impact of 20% adverse change
    4.9       0.1  

The discount rate used for the valuation of retained interests is the rate of return to the transferees of the various pools of securitized receivables and, therefore, is not subject to change. Weighted average life in years of the securitized receivables is also not subject to change except in case of a change in the prepayment rate assumption. Consequently, the above sensitivity analysis does not include the impact on the estimated fair values of the retained interests due to adverse change in the weighted average life in years and the discount rate.

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with appropriate caution. A 10% change in the assumptions may not result in lineally proportionate changes in the fair values of retained interests. Adverse changes assumed in the above analysis and the resultant change in the fair values of retained interests are calculated independent of each other. In reality, any change in one factor may cause change in the other factors.

F-22


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     Impaired loans as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 have been analyzed by facility as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Working capital finance
  Rs. 1,482.5     Rs. 1,867.8     US$ 43.0  
Term loans
    810.2       721.3       16.6  
Retail loans
    74.9       403.5       9.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross impaired loans
    2,367.6       2,992.6       69.0  
Less: Specific allowance for credit losses
    1,684.3       2,722.7       62.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Impaired loans, net of specific allowance
  Rs. 683.3     Rs. 269.9     US$ 6.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross impaired loans:
                       
—without valuation allowance
  Rs. 683.3     Rs. 269.9     US$ 6.3  
—with valuation allowance
    1,684.3       2,722.7       62.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 2,367.6     Rs. 2,992.6     US$ 69.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross impaired loans:
                       
—on accrual status
  Rs. 51.9           US$
—on non-accrual status
    2,315.7       2,992.6       69.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 2,367.6     Rs. 2,992.6     US$ 69.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gross impaired loans by industry:
                       
—Automotive
  Rs. 642.9     Rs. 653.7     US$ 15.1  
—Electronic machinery
    207.8       639.1       14.7  
—Iron and steel
    437.3       440.4       10.1  
—Textiles
    372.0       356.2       8.2  
—Others (none > than 5% of impaired loans)
    707.6       903.2       20.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 2,367.6     Rs. 2,992.6     US$ 69.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Summary information relating to impaired loans as of March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is as follows:

                                 
    As of March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Average impaired loans, net of allowance
  Rs. 511.0     Rs. 609.9     Rs. 476.6     US$ 11.6  
Cumulative interest foregone on impaired loans
  Rs. 325.5     Rs. 334.0     Rs. 274.2     US$ 6.3  
Interest income recognized on impaired loans
  Rs. 27.2     Rs 7.7     Rs. 31.6     US$ 0.7  
Interest income recognized on impaired loans on a cash basis
  Rs. 15.2     Rs. 1.1     Rs. 31.6     US$ 0.7  

     As of March 31, 2004, the Bank has not committed any additional funds to borrowers whose loans were impaired.

F-23


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     Changes in the allowance for credit losses are as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Specific allowance for credit losses, beginning of year
  Rs. 1,423.5     Rs. 1,684.3     US$ 38.8  
Gross provision for credit losses
    943.1       2,054.5       47.3  
Allowance no longer required due to:
                       
Cash recoveries
    (201.6 )     (300.3 )     (6.9 )
Write-offs
    (480.7 )     (715.8 )     (16.5 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Specific allowance for credit losses, end of year
  Rs. 1,684.3     Rs. 2,722.7     US$ 62.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Unallocated provision for credit losses, beginning of year
  Rs. 182.4     Rs. 182.4     US$ 4.2  
Additions during the year
          589.2       13.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Unallocated provision for credit losses, end of year
  Rs. 182.4     Rs. 771.6     US$ 17.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total allowance for credit losses, end of year
  Rs. 1,866.7     Rs. 3,494.3     US$ 80.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Interest and fees on loans analyzed by facility are as follows:

                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Working capital finance
  Rs. 2,388.2     Rs. 2,861.8     Rs. 2,178.9     US$ 50.2  
Term loans
    2,945.3       2,922.2       3,538.1       81.5  
Finance leases
    9.8       5.1              
Retail loans
    787.4       2,016.2       5,988.0       138.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 6,130.7     Rs. 7,805.3     Rs. 11,705.0     US$ 269.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

11. Concentrations of credit risk

     Concentrations of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographic factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate credit exposure is material in relation to the Bank’s total credit exposure. The Bank manages its credit risk collectively for credit substitute securities and its loan portfolio as these instruments are usually negotiated as part of an overall lending program for corporate customers; accordingly, information on concentrations of credit risk has been provided for these exposures together.

F-24


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Bank’s portfolio of loans and credit substitute securities is broadly diversified along industry and product lines, and as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 the exposures are as follows:

                                 
    As of March 31, 2003
            Fair values of        
    Gross   credit        
Category
  loans
  substitutes
  Total
  %
    (In millions, except percentages)
Automotive manufacturers
  Rs. 12,096.3     Rs. 1,296.9     Rs. 13,393.2       8.9  
Heavy industrial organic chemicals
    5,993.2       2,304.9       8,298.1       5.5  
Hire purchase
    2,307.4       3,569.7       5,877.1       3.9  
Fertilizers
    3,760.4       1,405.5       5,165.9       3.4  
Consumer goods
    4,367.4             4,367.4       2.9  
Petrochemicals, fuel oils, lubricants
    3,584.5       663.8       4,248.3       2.8  
Cement
    1,464.6       2,707.3       4,171.9       2.8  
Leasing companies
    29.7       4,136.4       4,166.1       2.7  
Heavy engineering
    2,581.3       1,248.8       3,830.1       2.5  
Electrical machinery
    1,430.8       1,999.6       3,430.4       2.3  
Manufacturing of dairy, bakery, confectionery products
    3,091.0             3,091.0       2.1  
Others (none > than 2%)
    79,460.0       10,922.6       90,382.6       60.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 120,166.6     Rs. 30,255.5     Rs. 150,422.1       100.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-25


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

                                         
    As of March 31, 2004
            Fair values of            
    Gross   credit            
Category
  loans
  substitutes
  Total
  Total
  %
    (In millions, except percentages)
Automotive manufacturers
  Rs. 18,541.1     Rs. 829.1     Rs. 19,370.2     US$ 446.3       9.8  
Heavy engineering
    6,050.0       580.9       6,630.9       152.8       3.3  
Cement
    1,838.5       4,509.8       6,348.3       146.3       3.2  
Land transport
    5,352.4             5,352.4       123.3       2.7  
Hire purchase
    3,088.8       1,409.7       4,498.5       103.7       2.3  
Investment and finance
    1,940.8       2,550.5       4,491.3       103.5       2.3  
Iron and steel
    3,616.6       642.2       4,258.8       98.1       2.1  
Telecom
    3,744.4       309.6       4,054.0       93.4       2.0  
Drugs and pharmaceuticals
    3,039.5       974.5       4,014.0       92.5       2.0  
Others (none > than 2%)
    133,963.3       5,235.2       139,198.5       3,207.3       70.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 181,175.4     Rs. 17,041.5     Rs. 198,216.9     US$ 4,567.2       100.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The Bank has a geographic concentration of credit risk, with exposure to borrowers based in Mumbai comprising 36.1% and 28.0% of the total loan and credit substitute security portfolio as of March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. While such borrowers are based in Mumbai, they may use the funds provided by the Bank for a variety of uses that may or may not be related to the economy in Mumbai. Loan and credit substitute exposures as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 based on the region in which the instruments are originated are as follows:

                                 
    As of March 31, 2003
            Fair values of        
    Gross   credit   Total    
Region of origination
  Loans
  substitutes
  exposure
  %
    (In millions, except percentages)
Mumbai
  Rs. 35,102.1     Rs. 19,149.8     Rs. 54,251.9       36.1  
Western region, other than Mumbai
    17,374.2       4,321.0       21,695.2       14.4  
Northern region
    22,825.3       4,053.2       26,878.5       17.9  
Eastern region
    14,488.1       747.1       15,235.2       10.1  
Southern region
    30,376.9       1,984.4       32,361.3       21.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 120,166.6     Rs. 30,255.5     Rs. 150,422.1       100.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-26


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

                                         
    As of March 31, 2004
            Fair values of            
    Gross   credit   Total   Total    
Region of origination
  loans
  substitutes
  exposure
  exposure
  %
    (In millions, except percentages)
Mumbai
  Rs. 48,004.4     Rs. 7,451.6     Rs. 55,456.0     US$ 1,277.8       28.0  
Western region, other than Mumbai
    31,246.7       5,664.7       36,911.4       850.5       18.6  
Northern region
    40,084.5       2,552.7       42,637.2       982.4       21.5  
Eastern region
    17,872.5       149.3       18,021.8       415.2       9.1  
Southern region
    43,967.3       1,223.2       45,190.5       1,041.3       22.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 181,175.4     Rs. 17,041.5     Rs. 198,216.9     US$ 4,567.2       100.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The Bank’s exposures to its five largest borrowers as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

                         
    As of March 31, 2003
            Investments    
            (including credit   Total
    Loans
  Substitutes)
  exposure
    (In millions)
Borrower 1
  Rs.     Rs. 6,242.2     Rs. 6,242.2  
Borrower 2
    3,000.0       2,594.8       5,594.8  
Borrower 3
          5,244.7       5,244.7  
Borrower 4
    3,276.5       1,356.6       4,633.2  
Borrower 5
          4,554.7       4,554.7  
                                 
    As of March 31, 2004
            Investments        
            (including credit   Total   Total
    Loans
  Substitutes)
  Exposure
  exposure
    (In millions)
Borrower 5
  Rs.     Rs. 8,125.2     Rs. 8,125.2     US$ 187.2  
Borrower 2
          6,210.3       6,210.3       143.1  
Borrower 3
          6,008.1       6,008.1       138.4  
Borrower 6
    500       1,974.7       2,474.7       57.0  
Borrower 7
    1,953.8             1,953.8       45.0  

F-27


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

12. Property and equipment

Property and equipment by asset category is as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Land and premises
  Rs. 1,933.5     Rs. 2,508.9     US$ 57.8  
Software and systems
    579.5       1,288.7       29.7  
Equipment and furniture
    5,589.8       6,377.4       146.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Property and equipment, at cost
    8,102.8       10,175.0       234.4  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
    2,825.3       4,005.9       92.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Property and equipment, net
  Rs. 5,277.5     Rs. 6,169.1     US$ 142.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Depreciation charged for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 was Rs. 675.7 million, Rs. 1,052.4 million and Rs. 1,254.9 million respectively.

13. Other assets

     Other assets include the following:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
            (In millions)        
Checks in the course of collection
  Rs. 2,944.5     Rs. 784.1     US$ 18.1  
Security deposits for leased property
    879.0       753.0       17.4  
Sundry accounts receivable
    2,781.1       1,539.6       35.5  
Stamps and Stationery
    9.4       16.6       0.4  
Bonds and Debentures pending allotment
          92.5       2.1  
Advance tax (net of provision for taxes)
    888.6       1,297.8       29.9  
Advances to vendors
    403.8       180.1       4.1  
Advances for capital work in progress
    98.8       91.8       2.1  
Prepaid expenses
    736.6       845.3       19.5  
Unrealized gain on foreign exchange transactions
    127.1       602.6       13.9  
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of TBL, net of
                    0  
amortization and write offs (See Note 2(d))
    53.6       53.6       1.2  
Other
    32.7       147.3       3.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 8,955.2     Rs. 6,404.3     US$ 147.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-28


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

14. Deposits

Deposits include demand deposits, which are non-interest-bearing, and savings and time deposits, which are interest-bearing. Deposits as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Interest-bearing:
                       
Savings deposits
  Rs. 46,631.4     Rs. 78,043.0     US$ 1,798.2  
Time deposits
    127,619.0       137,667.8       3,172.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total interest-bearing deposits
    174,250.4       215,710.8       4,970.3  
Non-interest bearing demand deposits
    49,509.6       88,351.2       2,035.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 223,760.0     Rs. 304,062.0     US$ 7,006.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     As of March 31, 2003 and 2004, time deposits of Rs. 97,330.0 million and Rs. 95,083.7 million, respectively, have a residual maturity of less than one year. The balance of the deposits mature between one and five years.

     As of March 31, 2003 and 2004, time deposits in excess of Rs. 4.5 million (approximately US$ 100,000) aggregated Rs. 52,077.1 million and Rs. 54,246.8 million, respectively.

F-29


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

15. Short-term borrowings

Short-term borrowings are mainly comprised of money market borrowings. These borrowings are unsecured and are availed of by the Bank as part of its treasury operations. Short-term borrowings as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 are comprised of the following:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Borrowed in the call market
  Rs. 11,767.1     Rs. 10,582.9     US$ 243.8  
Overdrawn nostro balances
    80.4              
Term borrowings from institutions/banks
    8,610.0       5,880.0       135.5  
Foreign currency borrowings
    237.4       6,601.3       152.1  
Bills rediscounted
    750.0       1,000.0       23.0  
Export credit refinanced by the RBI
    134.7              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 21,579.6     Rs. 24,064.2     US$ 554.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total borrowings outstanding:
                       
Maximum amount outstanding
  Rs. 32,221.7     Rs. 52,274.3     US$ 1,204.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Average amount outstanding
  Rs. 15,362.9     Rs. 33,040.7     US$ 761.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Weighted average interest rate
    6.3 %     4.3 %     4.3 %
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

16. Long-term debt

Long-term debt as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 is comprised of the following:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Subordinated debt
  Rs. 2,000.0     Rs. 6,000.0     US$ 138.3  
Capital lease obligations
    71.6       44.5       1.0  
Term borrowings
    44.4       41.5       0.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 2,116.0     Rs. 6,086.0     US$ 140.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The scheduled maturities of long-term debt are set out below:

                 
    As of March 31,
    2004
  2004
Due in the year ending March 31:
               
2005
  Rs. 1,057.8     US$ 24.4  
2006
    19.5       0.4  
2007
    1,003.6       23.1  
2008
    2.9       0.1  
Thereafter
    4,002.2       92.2  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 6,086.0     US$ 140.2  
 
   
 
     
 
 

F-30


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     Long-term debt as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 includes unsecured non-convertible subordinated debt aggregating Rs. 6,000 million. This debt is subordinate to present and future senior indebtedness of the Bank and qualifies as Tier 2 risk-based capital under the RBI’s guidelines for assessing capital adequacy. This subordinated debt was privately placed in three tranches, and does not permit prepayment by the Bank. Details are as follows:

     The first tranche aggregating Rs. 1,000.0 million was issued on various dates between January 29, 1998 and March 20, 1998 and carries a coupon rate of 13.00%. This tranche is repayable on various dates between July 28, 2004 and September 19, 2004.

     The second tranche aggregating Rs. 500.0 million was issued on various dates between March 30, 1999 and June 5, 1999 and carries a coupon rate of 13.75%. This tranche is repayable on various dates between June 29, 2006 and September 4, 2006.

     The third tranche aggregating Rs. 500.0 million was issued on March 22 and March 23, 2001 and carries a coupon rate of 11.00%. This tranche is repayable by June 22, 2006.

     The Bank in the current year issued subordinated debts aggregating to Rs. 4,000 million, issued on February 4, 2004 of which Rs. 3,950 million carries a coupon rate of 5.90% and matures in May 2013 and Rs. 50 million carries a coupon rate of 6.0% and matures in May 2016.

     The capital lease obligation was assumed in the acquisition of TBL and is secured by computers, ATMs and VSAT terminals acquired from TBL.

     The term borrowing as of March 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004 consists of a Rs. 27.5 million unsecured loan borrowed from HDFC Limited, a related party, with a coupon rate of 11.5%. Additionally, the Bank has a loan with an unpaid balance of Rs. 16.9 million and Rs.14.0 million as of March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, from the Indian Renewable Energy Development Authority. This loan was obtained at a concessional coupon rate of 2.5% and used to finance the purchase of solar power equipment. The loan is secured by a charge on the solar power system in use at the Bank’s central transaction processing facility in Mumbai.

17. Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Accrued expenses and other liabilities include the following:

                         
    As of March 31
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Bills payable
  Rs. 8,511.2     Rs. 36,672.7       845.0  
Remittances in transit
    12,323.1       13,540.5       312.0  
Provisions for expenses
    410.6       482.7       11.1  
New account deposits
    3,242.4       1,752.3       40.4  
Deferred income tax payable, net
    1,162.3       1,026.8       23.7  
Accounts payable
    593.5       2,248.9       51.8  
Cash margins on guarantees and documentary credits and securities purchased under resell agreements
    13.3       969.4       22.3  
Unearned income
    474.7       398.2       9.2  
Liabilities for guarantees
          112.7       2.6  
Other
    43.6       38.0       0.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 26,774.7     Rs. 57,242.2     US$ 1,318.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-31


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

18. Income taxes

The income tax expense comprises the following:

                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Current income tax expense
  Rs. 1,400.2     Rs. 1,769.6     Rs. 2,427.2     US$ 55.9  
Deferred income tax benefit
    (105.6 )     (39.9 )     (588.4 )     (13.5 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income tax expense
  Rs. 1,294.6     Rs. 1,729.7     Rs. 1,838.8     US$ 42.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

The following is the reconciliation of estimated income taxes at the Indian statutory income tax rate to income tax expense as reported:

                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Net income before taxes
  Rs. 4,253.0     Rs. 5,243.5     Rs. 6,593.3     US$ 152.0  
Effective statutory income tax rate
    35.70 %     36.75 %     35.87 %     35.87 %
Expected income tax expense
    1,518.3       1,927.0       2,365.4       54.5  
Adjustments to reconcile expected income tax to actual tax expense:
                               
Permanent differences:
                               
Stock based compensation (net of forfeitures)
    30.1       50.3       48.5       1.1  
Income exempt from taxes
    (143.8 )     (273.1 )     (529.4 )     (12.2 )
Other, net
    (86.4 )     6.8       (17.9 )     (0.4 )
Effect of change in statutory tax rate
    (23.6 )     18.7       (27.8 )     (0.6 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income tax expense
  Rs. 1,294.6     Rs. 1,729.7     Rs. 1,838.8     US$ 42.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-32


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The tax effects of significant temporary differences are as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Tax Effect of:
                       
Deductible temporary differences:
                       
Allowance for loan losses
  Rs. 572.0     Rs. 1,107.5     US$ 25.5  
Investment income deferred for tax
    23.9       178.8       4.1  
Minimum alternate tax credit
    23.7       23.1       0.5  
Other
    138.5       141.0       3.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Deferred tax asset
    758.1       1,450.4       33.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Taxable temporary differences:
                       
Property and equipment
    834.6       959.1       22.1  
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities arising on the acquisition of TBL
    69.9       68.2       1.6  
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
    972.1       1,401.7       32.3  
Unrealized gain on investments transferred to held to maturity category
    34.4       33.5       0.8  
Debt issue expenses
    9.4       14.7       0.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Deferred tax liability
    1,920.4       2,477.2       57.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net deferred tax liability
  Rs. 1,162.3     Rs. 1,026.8     US$ 23.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Management believes that the realization of the recognized deferred tax assets is more likely than not based on expectations as to future taxable income.

F-33


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

19. Stock based compensation

     The stock based compensation plans of the Bank are as follows:

Employees Stock Option Scheme:

     The shareholders of the Bank approved Employees’ Stock Option Schemes in January 2000 (Plan ‘A’) and June 2003 (Plan ‘B’) respectively. Under the terms of each of these Plans, the Bank may issue stock options to employees and directors of the Bank, each of which is convertible into one equity share. The Bank reserved 10 million equity shares, with an aggregate nominal value of Rs. 100 million, for issuance under each Plan.

     Plan ‘A’ provides for the issuance of options at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) at an average of the daily closing prices on the Mumbai Stock Exchange during the 60 days preceding the date of grant of options, which was the minimum prescribed option price under regulations then issued by the Securities and Exchange Board of India.

     Plan ‘B’ provides for the issuance of options at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) at the closing price on the working day immediately preceding the date when options are granted on an Indian stock exchange where there is the highest trading volume during a period of two weeks preceding the said date, which was the minimum prescribed option price under regulations then issued by the Securities and Exchange Board of India.

     Such options vest at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, subject to a maximum vesting not exceeding five years, and the vesting period is notified to optionees at the time the grants are made. Such options are exercisable for a period following vesting at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, subject to a maximum of five years, and is notified to optionees at the time of the grant.

     On February 8, 2002, the Bank granted 1,406,900 options to employees under the Plan A at an option price of Rs. 226.96 each. Such options vest at the rate of 30%, 30% and 40% on each successive anniversary of the grant date. The option price computed in accordance with the formula was Rs. 1.91 higher than the closing quoted market price on the date of the grant; accordingly, no stock based compensation arose on these grants.

     On December 26, 2003, the Bank granted 6,823,400 options to employees under the Plan A at an option price of Rs. 358.60 each. Such options also vest at the rate of 30%, 30% and 40% on each successive anniversary of the grant date. The option price computed in accordance with the formula was Rs. 21.20 lower than the closing quoted market price on the date of the grant; accordingly, the Bank recognized aggregate deferred stock based compensation of Rs. 144.6 million, which is being amortized as an expense over the vesting period.

     On March 26, 2004, the Bank granted 2,424,500 options to employees under the Plan A at an option price of Rs. 366.30 each. Such options also vest at the rate of 30%, 30% and 40% on each successive anniversary of the grant date. The option price computed in accordance with the formula was Rs. 8.13 lower than the closing quoted market price on the date of the grant; accordingly, the Bank recognized aggregate deferred stock based compensation of Rs. 19.7 million, which is being amortized as an expense over the vesting period.

     On March 26, 2004, the Bank granted 1,745,100 options to employees under the Plan B at an option price of Rs. 362.90 each. Such options also vest at the rate of 30%, 30% and 40% on each successive anniversary of the grant date. The option price computed in accordance with the formula was Rs. 11.20 lower than the closing quoted market price on the date of the grant; accordingly, the Bank recognized aggregate deferred stock based compensation of Rs. 19.5 million, which is being amortized as an expense over the vesting period.

F-34


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     Activity in the options available to be granted under the Employee Stock Option Scheme is as follows:

                         
    Options available to be granted
    Years ending March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
Options available to be granted, beginning of year
    2,513,600       1,534,200       2,048,300  
Equity shares allocated for grant under the plan
                10,000,000  
Options granted
    (1,406,900 )           (10,993,000 )
Forfeited/lapsed
    427,500       514,100       530,500  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Options available to be granted, end of year
    1,534,200       2,048,300       1,585,800  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-35


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     Activity in the options outstanding under the Employee Stock Option Scheme is as follows:

                                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
            Weighted           Weighted           Weighted
            average           average           average
            exercise           exercise           exercise
    Options
  price
  Options
  price
  Options
  price
Options outstanding, beginning of year
    7,168,400     Rs. 179.15       7,788,100     Rs. 189.48       6,602,900     Rs. 193.07  
Granted
    1,406,900       226.96                   10,993,000       360.98  
Exercised
    (359,700 )     131.33       (671,100 )     132.00       (2,746,000 )     163.90  
Forfeited
    (427,500 )     188.43       (514,100 )     218.48       (530,500 )     251.07  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Options outstanding, end of year
    7,788,100     Rs. 189.48       6,602,900     Rs. 193.07       14,319,400     Rs. 325.42  
 
   
 
             
 
             
 
         
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year
          Rs. 225.05                             Rs. 374.10  
 
           
 
                             
 
 

     An Employees Welfare Trust (the “EWT”) was established in 1994 for various welfare activities for the benefit of the Bank’s employees. The EWT has borrowed funds from third parties and initially subscribed to an aggregate of 10,000,000 equity shares of the Bank at the same price as available to other shareholders, and from time to time, also makes open market purchases of shares. In pursuance to the Trust’s objectives, grants are allotted to employees, directors and advisors at prices designated by the trustees. The vesting period varies at the discretion of the trustees from grant to grant, but is generally between twelve and twenty four months.

     Purely from an accounting perspective under US GAAP, as required by AICPA Statement of Position No. 93-6, the Bank is required to account for the equity shares of the Bank held by the EWT as treasury shares until transferred and report the external borrowings of the EWT as borrowings of the Bank. Consequently, dividends paid to the EWT are eliminated, and the interest cost incurred by the EWT and stock based compensation are charged as an expense by the Bank. Since November 1994, the EWT has granted an aggregate of 9,723,225 grants. The Bank has recognized deferred stock based compensation on each grant as the difference between the closing price on The Stock Exchange, Mumbai and the applicable grant price. The Bank has recognized stock based compensation expense under this scheme of Rs. 56.7 million, Rs. 125.9 million and Rs. 113.7 million, for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

F-36


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     Activity in the grants available to be allotted under the EWT Plan is as follows:

                         
    Years ending March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
Grants available to be allotted, beginning of year
    2,806,375       1,244,775       1,250,775  
Grants allotted
    (1,561,600 )     (15,000 )     (974,000 )
Grants cancelled
          21,000        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Grants available to be allotted, end of year
    1,244,775       1,250,775       276,775  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Activity in the allotted grants outstanding under the EWT Plan is as follows:

                                                 
    As of March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
            Weighted           Weighted           Weighted
            Average           average           Average
            Exercise           exercise           Exercise
    Grants
  price
  Grants
  price
  Grants
  Price
Grants allotted, beginning of year
    1,051,600     Rs. 29.50       1,097,000     Rs. 38.64       1,076,000       38.64  
New grants
    1,561,600       37.35       15,000       35.00       974,000       46.00  
Grants exercised
    (1,516,200 )     30.97       (15,000 )     35.00       (379,500 )     38.64  
Grants cancelled
                (21,000 )     38.64              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Grants allotted, end of year
    1,097,000     Rs. 38.64       1,076,000     Rs. 38.64       1,670,500       42.93  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Weighted average fair value of grants allotted during the year
          Rs. 227.80             Rs. 229.70             Rs. 299.25  
 
           
 
             
 
             
 
 

F-37


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     Had compensation cost for the Bank’s stock option plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards, consistent with the method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS 148, the Bank’s net income and earnings per share would have been as per the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                     
        Years ended March 31,
        2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
        (In millions, except per share amounts)
Net Income:
  As reported   Rs. 2,958.4     Rs. 3,513.8     Rs. 4,754.5     US$ 109.6  
Add: Stock-based employee compensation
expense included in net income
  As reported     89.8       138.0       135.1       3.1  
Less: Stock based compensation expense
determined under fair value based method:
  Pro forma     (393.6 )     (329.4 )     (293.3 )     (6.6 )
 
       
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net Income:
  Pro forma   Rs. 2,654.6     Rs. 3,322.4     Rs. 4,596.3     US$ 106.1  
 
       
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Basic earnings per share
  As reported   Rs. 11.10     Rs. 12.57     Rs. 16.87     US$ 0.39  
 
  Pro forma     9.96       11.88       16.31       0.38  
Diluted earnings per share
  As reported   Rs. 11.04     Rs. 12.51     Rs. 16.70     US$ 0.38  
 
  Pro forma     9.91       11.81       16.14       0.37  
Basic earnings per ADS
  As reported   Rs. 33.30     Rs. 37.71     Rs. 50.61     US$ 1.17  
 
  Pro forma     29.88       35.64       48.93       1.13  
Diluted earnings per ADS
  As reported   Rs. 33.12     Rs. 37.53     Rs. 50.10     US$ 1.15  
 
  Pro forma     29.73       35.43       48.42       1.12  

F-38


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     The fair value of options used to compute pro forma net income and basic earnings per equity share have been estimated on the dates of each grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for fiscal year 2002 and a Binomial option pricing model for fiscal 2004 with the following assumptions:

                         
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
Dividend yield
    1 %           0.9 %
Expected volatility
    30.2 %           45.0 %
Risk-free interest rate
                       
ESOS Plan
    7.1 %           4.4%-4.5 %
EWT Plan
    6.2 %           4.5 %
Expected lives:
                       
ESOS Plan
  7.1 years         1-3 years
EWT Plan
  1-2.1 years         1.2-2.2 years

     The following summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2004:

                                 
            As of March 31, 2004
            Number of   Weighted   Weighted
            shares arising   average   average
Plan
  Range of exercise price
  out of options
  remaining life
  exercise price
ESOS  
Rs. 131.33 to Rs. 226.96 (or US$3.0 to US$5.2)
    3,436,700     0.16 yrs     213.73  
ESOS  
Rs. 358.60 to Rs. 366.30 (or US$8.3 to US$8.4)
    10,882,700     1.95 yrs     361.00  
EWT  
Rs. 44.00 to 48.00 (or US$1.01 to US$1.11)
    1,670,500     1.5 yrs     46.00  

20. Share Capital

     On July 20, 2001, the Bank issued 10,845,986 ADSs, representing 32,537,958 equity shares pursuant to its initial public offering in the United States, at an issue price of US$ 13.83 per ADS. On July 25, 2001, the underwriters to the issue exercised their over allotment option; accordingly, the Bank issued a further 1,626,898 ADSs representing 4,880,694 equity shares. The net proceeds of the issue, after expenses and underwriting discount, was Rs. 7,803.5 million.

F-39


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

21. Retirement benefits

Gratuity

     The following table sets out the funded status of the Gratuity Plan and the amounts recognized in the Bank’s financial statements as of March 31, 2003 and 2004.

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Change in benefit obligations:
                       
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of the year
  Rs. 34.0     Rs. 65.0     US$ 1.4  
Service cost
    11.6       16.7       0.4  
Interest cost
    3.0       4.7       0.1  
Actuarial loss
    17.8       21.1       0.5  
Benefits paid
    (1.4 )     (4.4 )     (0.1 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Projected benefit obligation, end of the year
    65.0       103.1       2.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Change in plan assets:
                       
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of the year
    25.9       30.9       0.7  
Actual return on plan assets
    2.8       2.9       0.1  
Employer contributions
    7.0       20.4       0.5  
Benefits paid
    (1.4 )     (4.4 )     (0.1 )
Actuarial (loss) gain
    (3.4 )     3.2       0.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Fair value of plan assets, end of the year
    30.9       53.0       1.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Accrued benefit
  Rs. (34.1 )   Rs. (50.1 )   US$ (1.0 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

The Bank’s expected contribution towards the gratuity fund for the next fiscal year is estimated at Rs. 30.0 million. The accumulated benefit obligation for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 was 21.3 million, 32.9 million and 49.6 million respectively.

Net gratuity cost for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 comprises the following components:

                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Service cost
  Rs. 9.1     Rs. 11.6     Rs. 16.7     US$ 0.4  
Interest cost
    1.5       3.0       4.7       0.1  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1.0 )     (2.5 )     (2.7 )     (0.1 )
Actuarial (gain) loss
          (2.5 )     14.6       0.3  
Amortization of actuarial loss in excess of 10% of PBO
    0.4                    
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net gratuity cost
  Rs. 10.0     Rs. 9.6     Rs. 33.3     US$ 0.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The assumptions used in accounting for the gratuity plan for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are set out below:

                         
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
    (%)
Discount rate
    9.5       9.0       7.0  
Rate of increase in compensation levels of covered employees
    7.0       10.0       10.0  
Rate of return on plan assets
    10.0       8.0       6.5  

F-40


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate are expected to be paid.

         
Year ending March 31,   (In millions)
   
2005
    Rs.2.2  
2006
    1.1  
2007
    2.8  
2008
    1.8  
2009
    6.3  

Superannuation

     The Bank contributed Rs. 14.5 million, Rs. 16.6 million and Rs. 19.7 million to the superannuation plan for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 respectively.

Provident fund

     The Bank contributed Rs. 42.5 million, Rs. 55.6 million and Rs. 71.1 million to the provident fund for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

22. Financial instruments

     Foreign exchange and derivative contracts

     The Bank enters into foreign exchange forward contracts, currency swaps and rupee based interest rate swaps with inter-bank participants on its own account and for customers. These transactions enable customers to transfer, modify or reduce their foreign exchange and interest rate risks.

     Forward foreign exchange contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency at a future date at the contracted rate. Currency swaps are commitments to exchange cash flows by way of interest in one currency against another currency and exchange of notional principal amount at maturity based on predetermined rates.

     The market and credit risk associated with these products, as well as the operating risks, are similar to those relating to other types of financial instruments. Market risk is the exposure created by movements in interest rates and exchange rates, during the tenure of the transaction. The extent of market risk affecting such transactions depends on the type and nature of the transaction, value of the transaction and the extent to which the transaction is uncovered. Credit risk is the exposure to loss in the event of default by counter-parties. The extent of loss on account of a counter-party default will depend on the replacement value of the contract at the ongoing market rates.

     Fair values for off Balance Sheet derivative financial instruments are based on quoted market prices, except in the case of certain options and currency swap where pricing models are used.

     The following table presents the aggregate notional principal amounts of the Bank’s outstanding foreign exchange and interest rate derivative contracts as of March 31, 2003 and 2004, together with the fair values on each reporting date.

                                                 
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
            Fair           Fair           Fair
    Notional
  value
  Notional
  value
  Notional
  value
    (In millions)
Interest rate swap agreements
  Rs. 174,841.7     Rs. 0.4     Rs. 343,015.7     Rs. (15.4 )   US$ 7,903.6     US$ (0.4 )
Currency options
    1,549.2             28,232.8       36.3       650.5       0.8  
Forward exchange contracts
    197,725.5       127.1       394,440.8       467.0       9,088.5       10.8  
Forward rate agreements
                897.9             20.7        
Currency swap agreements
    9,659.5       (6.7 )     17,243.4             397.3        

F-41


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Guarantees

     As a part of its commercial banking activities, the Bank has issued guarantees and documentary credits, such as letters of credit, to enhance the credit standing of its customers. These generally represent irrevocable assurances that the Bank will make payments in the event that the customer fails to fulfill his financial or performance obligations. Financial guarantees are obligations to pay a third party beneficiary where a customer fails to make payment towards a specified financial obligation. Performance guarantees are obligations to pay a third party beneficiary where a customer fails to perform a non-financial contractual obligation. The guarantees are generally for a period not exceeding 18 months.

     The credit risk associated with these products, as well as the operating risks, are similar to those relating to other types of financial instruments.

     The fair values of guarantees and documentary credits have been estimated based on fees currently charged for such contracts.

     Details of guarantees and documentary credits outstanding are set out below:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Nominal values:
                       
Bank guarantees:
                       
Financial guarantees
  Rs. 5,743.6     Rs. 7,497.0     US$ 172.7  
Performance guarantees
    8,445.4       8,916.8       205.5  
Documentary credits
    11,715.1       18,921.0       436.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 25,904.1     Rs. 35,334.8     US$ 814.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Estimated fair values:
                       
Guarantees
  Rs. 85.1     Rs. (14.2 )   US$ (0.3 )
Documentary credits
  Rs. 18.7     Rs. 30.3       0.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 103.8     Rs. 16.1     US$ 0.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Based on historical trends, the Bank has recognized a liability of Rs. 112.7 million in respect of guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002 as required by FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees” (FIN 45), issued in November 2002.

     As part of its risk management activities, the Bank continuously monitors the credit-worthiness of the customer as well as the guarantee exposure; however, if the customer fails to perform the specified obligation to the beneficiary, the beneficiary may draw upon the guarantee by presenting documents that are in compliance with the guarantee. In that event the Bank makes payment on account of the indebtedness of the customer or makes payment on account of the default by the customer in the performance of an obligation, to the beneficiary up to the full notional amount of the guarantee. The customer is obligated to reimburse the Bank for any such payment. If the customer fails to pay, the Bank would, as applicable, liquidate collateral and/or set off accounts.

Loan sanction letters

     The Bank has issued sanction letters indicating its intent to provide new loans to certain customers. The aggregate of loans contemplated in these letters that had not yet been made was Rs. 44,526.4 million as of March 31, 2004. If the Bank were to make such loans, the interest rates would be dependent on the lending rates in effect when the loans are disbursed. The Bank has no commitment to lend under these letters. Among other things, the making of a loan is subject to a review of creditworthiness of the customer at the time the customer seeks to borrow, at which time the Bank has the unilateral right to decline to make the loan.

23. Estimated fair value of financial instruments

     The Bank’s financial instruments include financial assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet, as well as off-balance sheet instruments such as foreign exchange and derivative contracts. Management uses its best judgement in estimating the fair value of the Bank’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of all the amounts the Bank could have realized in a sales transaction as of either March 31, 2003 or 2004. The estimated fair value amounts for the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 have been measured as of the respective year ends, and have been not been reevaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each year end.

F-42


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial instruments valued at carrying value:

     The respective carrying values of certain on-balance-sheet financial instruments approximated their fair value. These financial instruments include cash and amounts due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in banks, securities purchased and sold under resale and repurchase agreements, accrued interest receivable, short-term borrowings, acceptances, accrued interest payable, and certain other assets and liabilities that are considered financial instruments. Carrying values were assumed to approximate fair values for these financial instruments as they are short-term in nature and their recorded amounts approximate fair values or are receivable or payable on demand.

Trading securities:

     Trading securities are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices. For more information on the fair value of these securities, refer to Note 5.

Available for sale securities:

     Available for sale investments principally comprise debt securities and are carried at fair value. Such fair values were based on quoted market prices, if available. If quoted market prices did not exist, fair values were estimated using market yield on balance period to maturity on similar instruments and similar credit risk. The fair values of asset backed securities is estimated based on revised estimated cash flows at each balance sheet date, discounted at current market pricing for transactions with similar risk. For more information on the fair value of these securities, refer to Note 6.

Held to maturity securities:

     Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost less diminution other than temporary, if any. Fair values of these securities were based on quoted market prices, if available. If quoted market prices did not exist, fair values were estimated using market yield on balance period to maturity on similar instruments and similar credit risk. For more information on these securities, refer to Note 7.

Loans:

     The fair values of consumer installment loans and other consumer loans that do not reprice frequently were estimated using discounted cash flow models. The discount rates were based on current market pricing for loans with similar characteristics and risk factors. Since substantially all individual lines of credit and other variable rate consumer loans reprice frequently, with interest rates reflecting current market pricing, the carrying values of these loans approximate their fair values.

     The fair values of commercial loans that do not reprice or mature within relatively short time frames were estimated using discounted cash flow models. The discount rates were based on current market interest rates for loans with similar remaining maturities and credit ratings. For commercial loans that reprice within relatively short time frames, the carrying values approximate their fair values.

     For purposes of these fair value estimates, the fair values of impaired loans were computed by deducting an estimated market discount from their carrying values to reflect the uncertainty of future cash flows.

Deposits:

     The fair value of demand deposits, savings deposits, and money market deposits without defined maturities are the amounts payable on demand. For deposits with defined maturities, the fair values were estimated using discounted cash flow models that apply market interest rates corresponding to similar deposits and timing of maturities. For variable-rate deposits with fixed repricing dates, the first repricing date was considered the maturity date for purposes of fair value calculation.

Long-term debt:

     The fair values of the Bank’s unquoted long-term debt instruments were calculated based on a discounted cash flow model. The discount rates were based on yield curves appropriate for the remaining maturities of the instruments.

Term Placements:

     The fair values of term placements were estimated using discounted cash flow models. The discount rates were based on current market pricing for placements with similar characteristics and risk factors.

F-43


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

A comparison of the fair values and carrying values of financial instruments other than derivatives (see Note 22) is set out below:

                                 
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
    Carrying   Estimated   Carrying   Estimated
    value
  fair value
  value
  fair value
    (In millions)
Financial Assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  Rs. 23,944.9     Rs. 23,944.9     Rs. 33,010.4     Rs. 33,010.4  
Term placements
    7,747.4       7,944.6       3,565.2       3,721.0  
Investments held to maturity
    38,426.7       40,108.3       36,368.4       40,208.9  
Investments held for trading
    3,976.1       3,976.1       6,233.8       6,233.8  
Investments available for sale
    98,929.2       98,929.2       133,399.9       133,399.9  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
                19,950.0       19,950.0  
Loans
    118,299.8       121,078.4       177,681.1       177,765.0  
Accrued interest receivable
    6,283.9       6,283.9       4,178.7       4,178.7  
Financial Liabilities:
                               
Interest-bearing deposits
    174,250.4       175,075.4       215,710.8       214,715.3  
Non-interest bearing deposits
    49,509.6       49,509.6       88,351.2       88,351.2  
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
    4,600.0       4,600.0              
Short term borrowings
    21,579.6       21,579.6       24,064.2       24,064.2  
Accrued interest payable
    6,896.3       6,896.3       4,165.4       4,165.4  
Long-term debt
    2,116.0       2,399.8       6,086.0       6,499.9  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    26,774.7       26,774.7       57,242.2       57,242.2  

24. Segment Information

     The Bank operates in three segments: wholesale banking, retail banking and treasury services. The revenue and related expense recognition policies are set out in Note 2. Substantially all operations and assets are based in India.

     The wholesale banking segment provides loans and transaction services to corporate customers. Revenues of the wholesale banking segment consist of interest earned on loans made to corporate customers, investment income from credit substitutes, interest earned on the cash float arising from transaction services, and fees from such transaction services. The principal expenses of the segment consist of interest expense on funds borrowed from other segments, premises expenses, personnel costs, other direct overheads and allocated expenses.

     The retail banking segment serves retail customers through a branch network and other delivery channels. This segment raises deposits from customers and makes loans and provides advisory services to such customers. Revenues of the retail banking segment are derived from interest earned on retail loans, fees for banking and advisory services and interest earned from other segments for surplus funds placed with those segments. Expenses of this segment primarily comprise interest expense on deposits, infrastructure and premises expenses for operating the branch network and other delivery channels, personnel costs, other direct overheads and allocated expenses.

     The treasury services segment undertakes trading operations on the proprietary account, foreign exchange operations and derivatives trading. Revenues of the treasury services segment primarily consist of fees and gains and losses from trading operations.

     Effective this fiscal year, commercial vehicle loan division, which was earlier a part of wholesale division has now been classified as retail banking in line with the change in segment focus for this product. Last year figures have been readjusted to confirm with current year classification.

F-44


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

     Segment-wise income and expenses include certain allocations. Interest income is charged by a segment that provides funding to another segment, based on yields benchmarked to an internally developed composite yield curve which broadly tracks market discovered interest rates. Transaction charges are made by the retail banking segment to the wholesale banking segment for the use by corporate customers of the retail banking segment’s branch network or other delivery channels; such transaction costs are determined on a cost plus basis.

     Directly identifiable shared overheads are generally allocated at actual amounts incurred. Indirect shared costs, principally corporate office expenses, are generally allocated equally to each segment. Income taxes for each segment have been allocated based on the effective rate applicable to the Bank, adjusted for specifically identifiable permanent differences relating to each segment.

     Summarized segment information for the years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is as follows:

                                                                         
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
    Wholesale   Retail   Treasury   Wholesale   Retail   Treasury   Wholesale   Retail   Treasury
    banking
  banking
  services
  Banking
  banking
  services
  banking
  banking
  services
    (In millions)        
Net interest revenue
  Rs. 2,553.7     Rs. 2,948.5     Rs. 183.3     Rs. 2,155.0     Rs. 4,530.3     Rs. 960.3     Rs. 5,112.3     Rs. 7,159.7     Rs. 336.4  
Allowance for credit losses
    412.7       38.9             662.3       79.2             1,425.1       918.3        
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net interest revenue, after allowance for credit losses
    2,141.0       2,909.6       183.3       1,492.7       4,451.1       960.3       3,687.2       6,241.4       336.4  
Non-interest revenue
    662.1       973.7       1,579.3       1,467.8       1,742.6       1,186.9       965.8       2,606.7       1,125.1  
Non-interest expense
    (1,117.3 )     (2,870.1 )     (208.6 )     (1,182.1 )     (4,350.4 )     (525.4 )     (1,521.5 )     (6,250.0 )     (597.8 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income before income tax
  Rs. 1,685.8     Rs. 1,013.2     Rs. 1,554.0     Rs. 1,778.4     Rs. 1,843.3     Rs. 1,621.8     Rs. 3,131.5     Rs. 2,598.1     Rs. 863.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Segment assets:
                                                                       
Segment average total assets
  Rs. 124,378.3     Rs. 43,218.1     Rs. 33,454.8     Rs. 172,541.6     Rs. 79,682.3     Rs. 28,289.5     Rs. 178,753.3     Rs. 142,643.0     Rs. 42,907.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

25. Commitments and contingent liabilities

     Commitments and contingent liabilities other than for off balance sheet financial instruments (see Note 22) are as follows:

Capital commitments

     The Bank has entered into committed capital contracts, principally for branch expansion and technology upgrades. The estimated amounts of contracts remaining to be executed on the capital account as of March 31, 2003 and 2004 aggregated Rs. 587.5 million and Rs. 608.6 million, respectively.

Contingencies

     The Bank is party to various legal and tax-related proceedings in the normal course of business. The Bank does not expect the outcome of these proceedings to have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s results of financial condition, operations or cash flows.

F-45


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

26. Related party transactions

     The Bank’s principal related parties consist of HDFC Limited, its principal shareholder, and its affiliates as well as companies where directors and officers have an equity interest. The Bank enters into transactions with its related parties, such as providing banking services, sharing costs and service providers, purchasing services, making joint investments, and borrowing from related parties and subletting premises. The Bank is prohibited from making loans to companies with which it has directors in common; however, it obtained RBI approval to maintain a loan to HDFC Limited that was originally made by and acquired from Times Bank. The Bank also makes loans at concessional rates to its employees. The Bank’s related party balances and transactions are summarized as follows:

     Balances payable to related parties are as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Balances in current account
  Rs. 720.1     Rs. 1,098.2     US$ 25.3  
Balances in fixed deposits
    344.1       293.6       6.8  
Long term debt
    27.5       27.5       0.6  
Borrowings
    1,200.0              
Accounts payable
    6.1       13.6       0.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 2,297.8     Rs. 1,432.9     US$ 33.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Balances receivable from related parties are as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Deposits to secure leased property
  Rs. 85.4     Rs. 22.9     US$ 0.5  
Loans and overdrafts
    418.1       11.6       0.3  
Loans to officers and employees
    690.9       835.3       19.2  
Capital advances
    1.7       2.3       0.1  
Other deposits
    46.0       46.8       1.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  Rs. 1,242.1     Rs. 918.9     US$ 21.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Purchases of fixed assets from related parties for the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 were Rs. 43.0 million and Rs. 19.4 million, respectively.

     Included in the determination of net income are the following significant transactions with related parties:

                                 
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Service charges income
  Rs. 1.7     Rs. 29.9     Rs. 99.4     US$ 2.3  
Service charges expense
    (12.3 )     (13.9 )     (11.9 )     (0.3 )
Outsourcing charges
    (224.7 )     (594.8 )     (949.0 )     (21.9 )
Interest income
    34.7       34.7       23.9       0.6  
Rent and maintenance expense
    (10.1 )     (18.3 )     (17.0 )     (0.4 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net expense from related parties
  Rs. (210.7 )   Rs. (562.4 )   Rs. (854.6 )   US$ (19.7 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Outsourcing charges comprises mainly of payments made by the Bank to its affiliates Atlas Documentary Facilitators Company Private Limited (ADFC), for back office processing and HBL Global Private Limited (HBL) for the direct sale support for certain products of the Bank. The Bank believes that the transaction entered into with ADFC and HBL are at arms length.

F-46


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

27. Capital adequacy

     The Bank is a banking company within the meaning of the Indian Banking Regulation Act, 1949, registered with and subject to examination by the RBI. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could lead to regulatory actions by the RBI that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Bank and its financial position.

     The Bank’s regulatory capital and capital adequacy ratios are measured in accordance with Indian GAAP and are as follows:

                         
    As of March 31,
    2003
  2004
  2004
    (In millions)
Tier 1 capital
  Rs. 19,850.2     Rs. 22,297.0     US$ 513.8  
Tier 2 capital
    3,414.7       10,081.2       232.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total capital
  Rs. 23,264.9     Rs. 32,378.2     US$ 746.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total risk weighted assets and contingents
  Rs. 209,177.1     Rs. 277,738.2     US$ 6,399.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Capital ratios of the Bank:
                       
Tier 1
    9.49 %     8.03 %     8.03 %
Total capital
    11.12 %     11.66 %     11.66 %
Minimum capital ratios required by the RBI:
                       
Tier 1
    4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %
Total capital
    9.00 %     9.00 %     9.00 %

28. Earnings per equity share

     A reconciliation of the equity shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per equity share has been provided below. None of the potential equity shares outstanding during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were anti-dilutive.

                         
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing basic earnings per equity share
    266,609,698       279,596,510       281,856,152  
Effect of potential equity shares for stock options outstanding
    1,263,690       1,795,656       2,863,744  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing diluted earnings per equity share
    267,873,388       281,392,166       284,719,896  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     For the purpose of determining the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding, the Bank treats cash received from optionees who exercise their option as issued equity shares even if the administrative formalities of allocating equity shares have not been completed.

F-47


Table of Contents

HDFC BANK LIMITED
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following are reconciliations of basic and diluted earnings per equity share and earnings per ADS:

                         
    Years ended March 31,
    2002
  2003
  2004
Basic earnings per share
  Rs. 11.10     Rs. 12.57     Rs. 16.87  
Effect of potential equity shares for stock options outstanding
    0.06       0.06       0.17  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Diluted earnings per share
  Rs. 11.04     Rs. 12.51     Rs. 16.70  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Basic earnings per ADS
  Rs. 33.30     Rs. 37.71     Rs. 50.61  
Effect of potential equity shares for stock options outstanding
    0.18       0.18       0.51  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Diluted earnings per ADS
  Rs. 33.12     Rs. 37.53     Rs. 50.10  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

F-48


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

12.1   Certification by our Managing Director pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act
12.2   Certification by our Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act
13   Certifications by our Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002